Manual Seassoft Data Processing 7.26.8

User Manual:

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 177

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Software Manual
Seasoft V2:
SBE Data Processing
CTD Data Processing & Plotting Software for Windows

Release Date
Software

09/12/2017
SBE Data Processing 7.26.8 & later

Limited Liability Statement
Extreme care should be exercised when using or servicing this equipment. It should be used or serviced
only by personnel with knowledge of and training in the use and maintenance of oceanographic
electronic equipment.
SEA-BIRD SCIENTIFIC disclaims all product liability risks arising from the use or servicing of this
system. SEA-BIRD SCIENTIFIC has no way of controlling the use of this equipment or of choosing the
personnel to operate it, and therefore cannot take steps to comply with laws pertaining to product
liability, including laws which impose a duty to warn the user of any dangers involved in operating this
equipment. Therefore, acceptance of this system by the customer shall be conclusively deemed to
include a covenant by the customer to defend, indemnify, and hold SEA-BIRD SCIENTIFIC harmless
from all product liability claims arising from the use or servicing of this system.

Manual revision 7.26.8 Table of Contents

SBE Data Processing

Table of Contents
Limited Liability Statement ................................................................................ 2
Table of Contents.................................................................................................. 3
Section 1: Introduction ........................................................................................ 6
Summary ............................................................................................................6
System Requirements.........................................................................................7
Products Supported ............................................................................................7
Software Modules ..............................................................................................8
Section 2: Installation and Use............................................................................ 9
Installation .........................................................................................................9
Getting Started .................................................................................................10
SBE Data Processing Window .................................................................10
Module Dialog Box ..................................................................................11
File Formats .....................................................................................................15
Converted Data File (.cnv) Format ...........................................................17
Editing Raw Data Files ....................................................................................18
Section 3: Typical Data Processing Sequences .............................................. 19
Processing Profiling CTD Data (SBE 9plus, 19, 19plus, 19plus V2, 25, 25plus,
and 49) .............................................................................................................20
Processing SBE 16, 16plus, 16plus-IM, 16plus V2, 16plus-IM V2, 21, and 45
Data ..................................................................................................................21
Processing SBE 37-SM, SMP, SMP-IDO, SMP-ODO, IM, IMP, IMP-IDO,
IMP-ODO, SI, SIP, SIP-IDO, and SIP-ODO Data with a .hex data file and
.xmlcon configuration file ................................................................................22
Processing SBE 37-SM, SMP, IM, IMP, SI, and SIP Data without a
configuration file..............................................................................................22
Processing SBE 39, 39-IM, and 48 Data..........................................................23
Processing SBE 39plus and 39plus-IM Data ...................................................23
Processing Glider Payload CTD Data (GPCTD) .............................................23
Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure) ............................................. 24
Introduction ......................................................................................................24
Instrument Configuration .................................................................................26
SBE 9plus Configuration ..........................................................................26
SBE 16 Seacat C-T Recorder Configuration ............................................28
SBE 16plus or 16plus-IM Seacat C-T Recorder Configuration ................29
SBE 16plus V2 or 16plus-IM V2 SeaCAT C-T Recorder Configuration 31
SBE 19 Seacat Profiler Configuration ......................................................33
SBE 19plus Seacat Profiler Configuration................................................35
SBE 19plus V2 SeaCAT Profiler Configuration ......................................37
SBE 21 Thermosalinograph Configuration...............................................39
SBE 25 Sealogger Configuration ..............................................................41
SBE 25plus Sealogger Configuration .......................................................43
SBE 37 MicroCAT C-T Recorder Configuration .....................................47
SBE 45 MicroTSG Configuration ............................................................49
SBE 49 FastCAT Configuration ...............................................................50
SBE Glider Payload CTD Configuration ..................................................51
Accessing Calibration Coefficients Dialog Boxes ...........................................52
Importing and Exporting Calibration Coefficients...........................................52
Calibration Coefficients for Frequency Sensors ..............................................53
Temperature Calibration Coefficients .......................................................53
Conductivity Calibration Coefficients ......................................................54
Pressure (Paroscientific Digiquartz) Calibration Coefficients ..................55
Oxygen (SBE 43I) Calibration Coefficients .............................................55
Bottles Closed (HB - IOW) Calibration Coefficients ...............................55
Sound Velocity (IOW) Calibration Coefficients ......................................55
3

Manual revision 7.26.8 Table of Contents

SBE Data Processing

Calibration Coefficients for A/D Count Sensors..............................................56
Temperature Calibration Coefficients .......................................................56
Pressure (Strain Gauge) Calibration Coefficients .....................................56
Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors ..................................................57
Pressure (Strain Gauge) Calibration Coefficients .....................................57
Altimeter Calibration Coefficients ............................................................57
Fluorometer Calibration Coefficients .......................................................57
Methane Sensor Calibration Coefficients .................................................62
OBS/Nephelometer/Turbidity Calibration Coefficients ...........................62
Oxidation Reduction Potential (ORP) Calibration Coefficients ...............63
Oxygen Calibration Coefficients ..............................................................64
PAR/Irradiance Calibration Coefficients ..................................................65
Particle Size Calibration Coefficients .......................................................66
pH Calibration Coefficients ......................................................................66
Pressure/FGP (voltage output) Calibration Coefficients...........................66
Suspended Sediment Calibration Coefficients ..........................................67
Transmissometer Calibration Coefficients................................................67
User Exponential (for user-defined sensor) Calibration Coefficients ......69
User Polynomial (for user-defined sensor) Calibration Coefficients .......69
Zaps Calibration Coefficients ...................................................................69
Calibration Coefficients for RS-232 Sensors ...................................................70
SBE 63 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Sensor Calibration Coefficients ........70
SBE 38 Temperature Sensor and SBE 50 Pressure Sensor Calibration
Coefficients ...............................................................................................70
WET Labs Sensor Calibration Coefficients ..............................................70
WET Labs SeaOWL UVA Sensor Calibration Coefficients ....................71
GTD Calibration Coefficients ...................................................................71
Aanderaa Oxygen Optode Calibration Coefficients .................................71
Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules ...................................................... 72
Data Conversion ..............................................................................................73
Data Conversion: Creating Water Bottle (.ros) Files ................................76
Data Conversion: Notes and General Information ....................................77
Bottle Summary ...............................................................................................79
Mark Scan ........................................................................................................81
Section 6: Data Processing Modules................................................................. 82
Align CTD .......................................................................................................83
Align CTD: Conductivity and Temperature .............................................84
Align CTD: Oxygen .................................................................................86
Bin Average .....................................................................................................87
Bin Average: Formulas .............................................................................88
Buoyancy .........................................................................................................90
Buoyancy: Formulas .................................................................................91
Cell Thermal Mass ...........................................................................................92
Cell Thermal Mass: Formulas...................................................................93
Derive (EOS-80; Practical Salinity) .................................................................94
Derive TEOS-10 ..............................................................................................97
TEOS-10 Formulas ...................................................................................99
Filter ...............................................................................................................100
Filter: Formulas ......................................................................................101
Loop Edit .......................................................................................................103
Wild Edit ........................................................................................................105
Window Filter ................................................................................................107
Window Filters: Descriptions and Formulas ..........................................108
Median Filter: Description ......................................................................110
Section 7: File Manipulation Modules ........................................................... 112
ASCII In.........................................................................................................113
ASCII Out ......................................................................................................114
Section ...........................................................................................................115
Split ................................................................................................................116
Strip................................................................................................................117
4

Manual revision 7.26.8 Table of Contents

SBE Data Processing

Translate ........................................................................................................118
Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot ................................................... 119
Sea Plot File Setup Tab ..................................................................................120
Sea Plot Plot Setup Tab..................................................................................121
Process Options ......................................................................................122
Overlay Setup .........................................................................................123
TS Plot Setup ..........................................................................................125
Sea Plot Axis Setup Tabs ...............................................................................126
X-Y Axis Setup Tabs ..............................................................................126
TS Plot Axis Setup Tabs .........................................................................127
Sea Plot Header View Tab .............................................................................128
Viewing Sea Plot Plots...................................................................................129
Multiple X-Y Plots, No Overlay .............................................................129
Multiple TS Plots, No Overlay ...............................................................130
X-Y Overlay Plot ....................................................................................131
Plot Menus ..............................................................................................132
Section 9: Miscellaneous Module – SeaCalc III.................................... 133
Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, and
Batch File Processing ....................................................................................... 135
Command Line Options .................................................................................135
Command Line Operation..............................................................................137
Batch File Processing .....................................................................................138
Appendix II: Configure (.con or .xmlcon) File Format .............................. 142
.xmlcon Configuration File Format ...............................................................142
.con Configuration File Format ......................................................................142
Appendix III: Generating .con or .xmlcon File Reports – ConReport.exe147
Appendix IV: Software Problems .................................................................. 148
Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity) 149
Appendix VI: Output Variable Names .......................................................... 160
Practical Salinity and related Thermodynamic Parameters (EOS-80), and
Auxiliary Sensor Data ....................................................................................161
Absolute Salinity and related Thermodynamic Parameters (TEOS-10) ........173
Index................................................................................................................... 174

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 1: Introduction

SBE Data Processing

Section 1: Introduction
This section includes a brief description of Seasoft V2 and its components, and
a more detailed description of SBE Data Processing.
Sea-Bird welcomes suggestions for new features and enhancements of our
products and/or documentation. Please contact us with any comments or
suggestions (seabird@seabird.com or 425-643-9866). Our business hours are
Monday through Friday, 0800 to 1700 Pacific Standard Time (1600 to 0100
Universal Time) in winter and 0800 to 1700 Pacific Daylight Time (1500 to
0000 Universal Time) the rest of the year.

Summary
Seasoft V2 consists of modular, menu-driven routines for acquisition, display,
processing, and archiving of oceanographic data acquired with Sea-Bird
equipment. Seasoft V2 is designed to work with a PC running Windows 7/8/10
(32 bit or 64 bit).
Seasoft V2 is actually several stand-alone programs:

Note:
The following Seasoft-DOS
calibration modules are not available
in Seasoft V2:
 OXFIT – compute oxygen
calibration coefficients
 OXFITW – compute oxygen
calibration coefficients using
Winkler titration values
 PHFIT – compute pH coefficients
See the Seasoft-DOS manual.



SeatermV2 (a launcher for Seaterm232, Seaterm485, SeatermIM, and
SeatermUSB), Seaterm, and SeatermAF terminal programs that send
commands for status, setup, data retrieval, and diagnostics to a wide
variety of Sea-Bird instruments.
Note: SeatermV2 is used with our newest generation of instruments,
which have the ability to output data in XML.



Seasave V7 program that acquires and displays real-time and raw
archived data for a variety of Sea-Bird instruments.



SBE Data Processing program that converts, edits, processes, and plots
data for a variety of Sea-Bird instruments.



Plot39 program for plotting SBE 39, 39-IM, 39plus, 39plus-IM, and
48 data.

This manual covers only SBE Data Processing.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 1: Introduction

SBE Data Processing

System Requirements
Seasoft V2 was designed to work with a PC running Windows 7/8/10
(32 bit or 64 bit).

Products Supported
SBE Data Processing supports the following Sea-Bird products:












Notes:
 SBE 37-SI and 37-SIP - SBE Data
Processing can be used with data
uploaded from firmware version 3.0
and later. Earlier versions of these
MicroCATs did not have internal
memory, and SBE Data
Processing is not compatible with
real-time MicroCAT data.
 SBE 39, 39-IM, 39plus, 39plus-IM,
and 48 data - SBE Data
Processing support is limited; see
Processing SBE 39, 39-IM, and 48
Data and Processing SBE 39plus
and 39plus-IM Data in Section 3:
Typical Data Processing
Sequences.










SBE 9plus CTD with SBE 11plus Deck unit (often referred to as 911plus)
or with SBE 17 or 17plus Searam (often referred to as 917plus)
SBE 16 SeaCAT C-T (optional pressure) Recorder
SBE 16plus and 16plus-IM SeaCAT C-T (optional pressure) Recorder
SBE 16plus V2 and 16plus-IM V2 SeaCAT C-T (optional pressure)
Recorder
SBE 19 SeaCAT Profiler
SBE 19plus SeaCAT Profiler
SBE 19plus V2 SeaCATProfiler
SBE 21 SeaCAT Thermosalinograph
SBE 25 Sealogger CTD
SBE 25plus Sealogger CTD
SBE 37-SM, 37-SMP, 37-IM, 37-IMP, 37-SI, and 37-SIP MicroCAT
Conductivity and Temperature (optional pressure) Recorder
SBE 37-SMP-IDO, 37-IMP-IDO, and 37-SIP-IDO MicroCAT
Conductivity, Temperature, and Dissolved Oxygen (optional pressure)
Recorder
SBE37-SMP-ODO, 37-IMP-ODO, and 37-SIP-ODO MicroCAT
Conductivity, Temperature, Optical Dissolved Oxygen (optional pressure)
Recorder
SBE 39 and 39-IM Temperature (optional pressure) Recorder
SBE 39plus and 39plus-IM Temperature (optional pressure) Recorder
SBE 45 MicroTSG Thermosalinograph
SBE 48 Hull Temperature Sensor
SBE 49 FastCAT CTD Sensor
SBE Glider Payload CTD (GPCTD)

Additionally, SBE Data Processing supports many other sensors / instruments
interfacing with the instruments listed above, including Sea-Bird oxygen, pH,
and ORP sensors; SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler and SBE 55 ECO Water
Sampler; and assorted equipment from third party manufacturers.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 1: Introduction

SBE Data Processing

Software Modules
SBE Data Processing includes the following modules:
Type
Module Name
Module Description
Instrument
Define instrument configuration and
Configure
configuration
calibration coefficients.
See Section 4.

Data
Conversion

Data
conversion

Bottle
Summary

See Section 5.

Mark Scan
Align CTD
Bin Average
Buoyancy
Cell Thermal
Mass
Data
processing

Derive

Performed on
converted data
from a .cnv file.
See Section 6.

Derive
TEOS-10
Filter
Loop Edit
Wild Edit
Window Filter
ASCII In

ASCII Out
File
manipulation

Section

See Section 7.

Split
Strip
Translate
Data plotting
Performed on
converted data
from a .cnv file.
See Section 8.
Miscellaneous
Performed on
data typed in
by user.
See Section 9.

Sea Plot

SeaCalc III

Convert raw .hex or .dat data to
engineering units, and store converted
data in .cnv file (all data) and/or .ros file
(water bottle data).
Summarize data from water sampler .ros
file, storing results in .btl file.
Create .bsr bottle scan range file from
.mrk data file.
Align data (typically conductivity,
temperature, oxygen) relative to pressure.
Average data, basing bins on pressure,
depth, scan number, or time range.
Compute Brunt Väisälä buoyancy and
stability frequency.
Perform conductivity thermal
mass correction.
Calculate salinity, density, sound
velocity, oxygen, etc. based on EOS-80
(Practical Salinity) equations.
Calculate salinity, density, sound
velocity, etc. based on TEOS-10
(Absolute Salinity) equations.
Low-pass filter columns of data.
Mark scan with badflag if scan fails
pressure reversal or minimum
velocity test.
Mark data value with badflag to eliminate
wild points.
Filter data with triangle, cosine, boxcar,
Gaussian, or median window.
Add header information to .asc file
containing ASCII data.
Output data and/or header from .cnv file
to ASCII file (.asc for data, .hdr for
header). Used to export converted data
for processing by non-Sea-Bird software.
Extract data rows from .cnv file.
Split data in .cnv file into upcast and
downcast files.
Extract data columns from .cnv file.
Convert data in .cnv file from ASCII to
binary, or vice versa.
Plot data (C, T, P as well as derived
variables, overlay plots, and TS contour
plots). Plots can be printed, or saved to a
file or clipboard. Can plot data at any
point after Data Conversion has been run.
Calculate derived variables from one
user-input scan of temperature,
pressure, etc.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use

SBE Data Processing

Section 2: Installation and Use
Seasoft V2 was designed to work with a PC running Windows 7/8/10
(32 bit or 64 bit).

Installation
Note:
Sea-Bird supplies the current version
of our software when you purchase
an instrument. As software revisions
occur, we post the revised software
on our website.
 You may not need the latest
version. Our revisions often include
improvements and new features
related to one instrument, which
may have little or no impact on
your operation.
See our website (www.seabird.com)
for the latest software version
number, a description of the software
changes, and instructions for
downloading the software.

If not already installed, install SBE Data Processing and other Sea-Bird
software programs on your computer using the supplied software CD:
1.

Insert the CD in your CD drive.

Double click on SeasoftV2_date.exe (where date is the date the software
release was created).

Follow the dialog box directions to install the software.

The default location for the software is c:\Program Files\Sea-Bird. Within that
folder is a sub-directory for each program. The installation program allows
you to install the desired components. Install all the components, or just install
SBE Data Processing.
Note that the following additional software is installed with SBE Data
Processing, in the same directory as SBE Data Processing:
 StripNullChars.exe – This program removes null characters from an
uploaded SBE 25plus data file; the file can then be processed in SBE Data
Processing’s Data Conversion module.
 Run StripNullChars.exe from a DOS window, following instructions
provided in the software.
 Note that the null characters in the file also prevent uploading of the
data from the SBE 25plus via RS-232. You must open the 25plus and
upload via the internal USB connector.
 NMEATest.exe – This program simulates a NMEA navigation device;
see the manual for your deck unit (SBE 11plus, 33, or 36 Deck Unit).
 phFit.exe – This program calculates a new offset and slope for a pH
sensor; see Application Note 18-1 (www.seabird.com/document
/an18-1-sbe-18-27-and-30-amt-ph-sensor-calibration-phfit-version-21).
Note: phfit can be run from SBE Data Processing’s Run menu.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use

SBE Data Processing

Getting Started
SBE Data Processing Window
Note:
SBE Data Processing modules can
be run from the command line.
Also, batch file processing can be
used to process a batch file to
automate data processing tasks.
See Appendix I: Command Line
Options, Command Line Operation,
and Batch File Processing.

To start SBE Data Processing:
 Double click on SBEDataProc.exe
(default location c:\Program Files\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessing-Win32), or
 Left click on Start and follow the path
Programs\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessing-Win32
The SBE Data Processing window looks like this:

The window’s menus are described below.
 Run  List of data processing modules, separated into categories: typical
processing for profiling CTDs (1-8), other data processing (9-13), file
manipulation (14-19), plotting (20), and seawater calculator (21).
Select the desired module to set up the module parameters and
process data. Module Dialog Box provides an overview of the module
dialog box for all modules except Sea Plot and SeaCalc III;
Sections 5 through 9 provide details for each module.
 Command Line Options: Select Command Line Options to assist in
automating processing. See Appendix I: Command Line Options,
Command Line Operation, and Batch File Processing.
 phfit: Calculate offset and slope for an SBE 18, 27, or 30 pH sensor.
 Exit: Select to exit the program.
 Configure - List of instruments that require a configuration (.con or
.xmlcon) file, which defines the number and type of sensors interfacing
with the instrument, as well as the sensor calibration coefficients. Select
the desired instrument to modify or create a .con or .xmlcon file. See
Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure).
 Help - General program help files as well as context-specific help.
10

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use

SBE Data Processing

Module Dialog Box
To open a module, select it in the Run menu of the SBE Data Processing
window. Each module’s dialog box has three menus:



File –


Start Process - begin to process data as defined in dialog box



Open - select a different program setup (.psa) file



Save or Save As - save all current settings to a .psa file



Restore - reset all settings to match last saved .psa file



Default File Setup - reset all settings on File Setup tab to defaults



Default Data Setup - reset all settings on Data Setup tab to defaults



Exit or Save & Exit - exit module and return to SBE Data
Processing window

Options (where applicable) –


Confirm Program Setup Change - If selected, program provides a prompt to save the program setup
(.psa) file if you make changes and click the Exit button or select Exit
in the File menu without clicking or selecting Save or Save As.
- If not selected, program changes Exit to Save & Exit; to exit
without saving changes, use the Cancel button.



Confirm Instrument Configuration Change - If selected, program provides a prompt to save the configuration
(.con or .xmlcon) file if you make changes and then click the Exit
button in the Configuration dialog box without clicking Save or Save
As.
- If not selected, program changes Exit button to Save & Exit; to exit
without saving changes, use the Cancel button.



Overwrite Output File Warning - If selected, program provides a warning if output data will
overwrite an existing file.
- If not selected, program automatically overwrites an existing file
with the same file name as the output file.



Inconsistent Data Setup Warning - If selected, program provides a warning if the configuration (.con or
.xmlcon) file and/or the input data file are inconsistent with the
selected output variables. For example, if the user-selected output
variables include conductivity difference, but you remove the second
conductivity sensor from the configuration file, a warning will
appear. The warning details what output variable cannot be
calculated, and allows you to retain the change to the configuration
file (and remove the inconsistent output variable) or restore the
configuration file to the previous configuration.
- If not selected, program automatically changes the user-selected
output variables to be consistent with the selected configuration or
data file.
11

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use





Note:
The dialog box for Sea Plot and
SeaCalc III differ from the other
modules. See Section 8:
Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot
and Section 9: Miscellaneous Module
– SeaCalc III.

SBE Data Processing

Diagnostics log – If selected, brings up a Diagnostics dialog box.
- Select Keep a diagnostics log to enable diagnostics output.
- Click Select Path to select the location and name for the diagnostics
file. The default location is %USERPROFILE%\Application Data\
Sea-Bird; the default name is PostProcLog.txt
(Example c:\Documents and Settings\dbresko\Application Data\
Sea-Bird\PostProcLog.txt).
- Select the Level of diagnostics to include: Errors, Warnings (includes
Errors), or Information (includes Errors and Warnings).
- If desired, click Display Log File to display the contents of the
indicated file, using Notepad.
- If desired, click Erase Log File to erase the contents of the indicated
file. If not erased, SBE Data Processing appends diagnostics data to
the end of the file.
- Click OK.

Help - contains general program help files as well as context-specific help
(where applicable)

Each module’s dialog box typically has three tabs - File Setup, Data Setup,
and Header View. The File Setup and Header View tabs are similar for most
modules, and are discussed below. The Data Setup tab contains input
parameters specific to the module. Additionally, Data Conversion and Derive
have a fourth tab – Miscellaneous. See the module discussions in Sections 5
through 7 for details.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use

SBE Data Processing

The following examples and discussion of the File Setup and Header View
tabs is for Data Conversion. The other modules (except Sea Plot and SeaCalc
III) are similar; however, not all fields are applicable to all modules.

File Setup Tab

Directory and file name for file to store all information input in File Setup and Data
Setup tabs. Open to select a different .psa file, Save or Save As to save current
settings, or Restore to reset all settings to match last saved version.
See note above.

Directory and file name for
instrument configuration
(.con or .xmlcon) file, which
defines instrument
configuration and sensor
calibration coefficients.
This file is used in Data
Conversion, Bottle
Summary, and Derive.
Select to pick a different
file, or Modify to view
and/or modify instrument
configuration.
Directory and file names
for input data. Select to
pick a different file. To
process multiple data files
from same directory:
1. Click Select.
2. In Select dialog box,
hold down Ctrl key
while clicking on each
desired file.
If multiple files are
selected, header in each
file must contain same set
of sensors and variables.
Click Start Process to
begin processing data.
Status field shows
Processing complete
when done.

 Select to have program find .con or .xmlcon
file with same name and in same directory as
data file. For example, if processing test.dat
and this option is selected, program searches
for test.xmlcon (in same directory as test.dat);
if it does not find test.xmlcon, it searches for
test.con.
 Also select if more than 1 data file is to be
processed, and data files have different
configuration files. For example, if processing
test.dat and test1.dat, and this option is
selected, program searches for test.xmlcon
and test1.xmlcon (in same directory as test.dat
and test1.dat); if it does not find .xmlcon files,
it searches for .con files.

Directory and file name for output data.
 If more than 1 data file is to be processed, Output file field disappears
and output file name is set to match input file name. For example,
if processing test.dat and test1.dat, output files will be test.cnv
and test1.cnv.
 SBE Data Processing adds Name append to (each) output file name,
before extension. For example, if processing test.dat and test1.dat
with a Name append of datcnv, output files will be testdatcnv.cnv and
test1datcnv.cnv. Use Name append to save intermediate data files
when input and output files have same extension.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu - If you made
changes and did not Save or Save As, program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu - Button says
Save & Exit. If you do not want to save changes, use Cancel button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use

SBE Data Processing

Header View Tab

Begin processing data.
Status field on File Setup tab
shows Processing complete
when done.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes in the File Setup or Data Setup tab and did not
Save or Save As, program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save & Exit. If you do not want to save changes made on
the File Setup or Data Setup tab, use Cancel button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use

SBE Data Processing

File Formats

Notes:
 Configuration files (.con or .xmlcon)
can also be opened, viewed, and
modified with DisplayConFile.exe, a
utility that is installed in the same
folder as SBE Data Processing.
Right click on the desired
configuration file, select Open With,
and select DisplayConFile. This
utility is often used at Sea-Bird to
quickly open and view a
configuration file for troubleshooting
purposes, without needing to go
through the additional steps of
selecting the file in SBE Data
Processing or Seasave.
 We recommend that you do not
open .xmlcon files with a text editor
(i.e., Notepad, Wordpad, etc.).

File extensions are used by Seasoft to indicate the file type:
Extension
Description
Bottle sequence, date and time, firing confirmation, and 5 scans
of CTD data, created by Auto Fire Module (AFM) or (when used
.afm
for autonomous operation) SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler.
Data file:
 Data portion of .cnv converted data file written in ASCII by
ASCII Out
 File written by Seaterm for data uploaded from SBE 37
(firmware < 3.0), 39, 39-IM, or 48.
Notes:
.asc
1. Convert button on Seaterm’s toolbar can convert .asc file to
.cnv file that can be used by SBE Data Processing to process
data.
2. Not applicable to SBE 37 IDO or ODO MicroCATs.
 File written by SeatermV2 for data uploaded from
SBE 39plus or 39plus-IM..
Bottle log information - output bottle file, containing bottle firing
sequence number and position, date, time, and beginning and
ending scan numbers for each bottle closure. Beginning and
ending scan numbers correspond to approximately 1.5-second
duration for each bottle. Seasave writes information to file each
.bl
time bottle fire confirmation is received from SBE 32 Carousel
Water Sampler or SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler or (only when
used with SBE 911plus) G.O. 1016 Rosette. File can be used by
Data Conversion.
Sea Plot output bitmap graphics file.
.bmp
Bottle scan range file created by Mark Scan, and used by Data
.bsr
Conversion to create a .ros file.
Averaged and derived bottle data from .ros file, created by Bottle
.btl
Summary.
Converted (engineering units) data file, with ASCII header
preceding data. Created by:
 Data Conversion.
 SeatermV2’s Convert XML data file (in Tools menu of
Seaterm232 or SeatermIM, or Convert XML Data button in
.cnv
SeatermUSB) for SBE 39plus or 39plus-IM.
 Upload menu in Seaterm232 (SBE Glider Payload CTD only)
 Seaterm’s Convert button (SBE 37 [firmware < 3.0], 39,
39-IM, or 48 only).
Note: Not applicable to SBE 37 IDO or ODO MicroCATs.
Instrument configuration - number and type of sensors, channel
assigned to each sensor, and calibration coefficients. SBE Data
Processing uses this information to interpret raw data from
instrument. Latest version of configuration file for your
instrument is supplied by Sea-Bird when instrument is
purchased, upgraded, or calibrated. If you make changes to
.con or
instrument (add or remove sensors, recalibrate, etc.), you must
.xmlcon
update configuration file. Can be viewed and/or modified in SBE
Data Processing in Configure, Data Conversion, Derive, and
Bottle Summary; and in Seasave.
 .xmlcon files, written in XML format, were introduced with
SBE Data Processing and Seasave 7.20a. Instruments
introduced after that are compatible only with .xmlcon files.
Data file - binary raw data file created by older versions
(Version < 6.0) of Seasave from real-time data stream from
.dat
SBE 911plus. File includes header information.
15

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use

.hdr

Note:
Seatermv2 version 1.1 and later
creates a .hex file from data
uploaded from an SBE 37. Earlier
versions of SeatermV2, and all
versions of Seaterm, created a .cnv
file.

.hex

.jpg

.mrk

.psa

.ros

.txt

SBE Data Processing

Header recorded when acquiring real-time data (same as header
information in data file), or header portion of .cnv converted data
file written by ASCII Out. Header information includes software
version, sensor serial numbers, instrument configuration, etc.
Data file:
 Hexadecimal raw data file created by Seasave from real-time
data stream from SBE 9plus (Seasave > 7.0), 16, 16plus,
16plus V2, 19, 19plus, 19plus V2, 21, 25, 25plus, or 49.
 Data uploaded from memory of SBE 16, 16plus, 16plus-IM,
16plus V2, 16plus-IM V2, 17plus (used with SBE 9plus
CTD), 19, 19plus, 19plus V2, 21, 25, or 37.
 Converted (engineering units) data file created by Seasave
from real-time data stream from SBE 45.
File includes header information.
Sea Plot output JPEG graphics file.
Mark scan information - output marker file containing sequential
mark number, system time, and data for selected variables.
Information is written to file by Seasave when user clicks on
Mark Scan during real-time data acquisition to mark significant
events in the cast. File can be used by Mark Scan.
File containing input file name and data path, output data path,
and module-specific parameters used by SBE Data Processing. - Primary .psa file default location, if available, is:
%LOCALAPPDATA%\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessing-Win32\
(Example
c:\Users\dbresko\AppData\Local\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessingWin32\DatCnv.psa)
- Secondary .psa file default location is:
%APPDATA%\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessing-Win32\
(Example
c:\Documents and Settings\dbresko.SEABIRD\Application
Data\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessing-Win32\DatCnv.psa)
PostProcSuite.ini contains a list of paths and file names for
recently used .psa files. To view list, click File in module dialog
box and select Recent Setup Files.
- Primary PostProcSuite.ini file default location, if available, is:
%LOCALAPPDATA%\Sea-Bird\IniFiles\
(Example
c:\Users\dbresko\AppData\Local\Sea-Bird\IniFiles\
PostProcSuite.ini)
- Secondary PostProcSuite.ini file default location is:
%APPDATA%\Sea-Bird\IniFiles\
(Example
c:\Documents and Settings\dbresko.SEABIRD\
Application Data\Sea-Bird\IniFiles\PostProcSuite.ini)
File containing data for each scan associated with a bottle
closure, as well as data for a user-selected range of scans before
and after each closure; created by Data Conversion.
 Easy-to-read file (for viewing only; cannot be modified) that
shows all parameters in .con or .xmlcon file. Created by
clicking Report in Configuration dialog box. SBE Data
Processing creates this as a temporary file; to save it to
document your settings, select Save and exit and enter desired
file name and location. Alternatively, create file by running
ConReport.exe.
 File written by Seaterm232 for data uploaded from SBE
25plus, containing data from serial sensors.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use

SBE Data Processing

Sea Plot output Windows metafile graphics file.
 Sensor calibration coefficient file. This file can be exported
and/or imported from the dialog box for a sensor. This allows
you to move a sensor from one instrument to another and
update the instrument’s .con or .xmlcon file while eliminating
need for typing or resulting possibility of typographical
errors.
 File written by Seaterm232, Seaterm485, or SeatermIM for
data uploaded from all SBE 37 IDO and ODOs, and other
.xml
SBE 37s with firmware version 3.0 and later (Note:
Seaterm232, Seaterm485, and SeatermIM [all version 1.1 and
later] automatically convert .xml file to .hex file that can be
used by SBE Data Processing to process data).
 File written by Seaterm232, SeatermIM, or SeatermUSB for
data uploaded from SBE 39plus or 39plus-IM.
 File written by Seaterm232 for data uploaded from SBE
25plus.
.xmlcon See .con extension above.
.wmf

Note:
Seatermv2 version 1.1 and later
automatically creates a .hex file from
the .xml data file uploaded from an
SBE 37. Earlier versions of
SeatermV2, and all versions of
Seaterm, created a .cnv file.

Converted Data File (.cnv) Format
Converted files consist of a descriptive header followed by converted data in
engineering units. The header contains:
1.

Header information from the raw input data file (these lines begin with *).

Header information describing the converted data file (these lines begin
with #). The descriptions include:
 number of rows and columns of data
 variable for each column (for example, pressure, temperature, etc.)
 interval between each row (scan rate or bin size)
 historical record of processing steps used to create or modify file

ASCII string *END to flag the end of the header information.

Converted data is stored in rows and columns of ASCII numbers
(11 characters per value) or as a binary data stream (4 byte binary floating
point number for each value). The last column is a flag field used to mark
scans as bad in Loop Edit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 2: Installation and Use

SBE Data Processing

Editing Raw Data Files

Note:
See Section 5: Raw Data
Conversion Modules and
Section 7: File Manipulation
Modules for converting the data
to a .cnv file and then editing
the data.

Note:
Although we provide this
technique for editing a raw .hex
file, Sea-Bird’s strong
recommendation, as described
above, is to always convert the
raw data file and then edit the
converted file.

Sometimes users want to edit the raw .hex, .dat, or .xml data file before
beginning processing, to remove data at the beginning of the file
corresponding to instrument soak time, remove blocks of bad data, edit the
header, or add explanatory notes about the cast. Editing the raw file can
corrupt the data, making it impossible to perform further processing
using Sea-Bird software. We strongly recommend that you first convert
the data to a .cnv file (using Data Conversion), and then use other
SBE Data Processing modules to edit the .cnv file as desired.

.hex Files
If the editing is not performed using this technique, SBE Data Processing
may reject the edited data file and give you an error message.
1.
2.
3.

Make a back-up copy of your .hex data file before you begin.
Run WordPad.
In the File menu, select Open. The Open dialog box appears. For Files of
type, select All Documents (*.*). Browse to the desired .hex data file and
click Open.
Edit the file as desired, inserting any new header lines after the System
Upload Time line and before *END*. Note that all header lines must
begin with an asterisk (*), and *END* indicates the end of the header. An
example is shown below, with the added lines in bold:

* Sea-Bird SBE 21 Data File:
* FileName = C:\Odis\SAT2-ODIS\oct14-19\oc15_99.hex
* Software Version Seasave Win32 v1.10
* Temperature SN = 2366
* Conductivity SN = 2366
* System UpLoad Time = Oct 15 1999 10:57:19
* Testing adding header lines
* Must start with an asterisk
* Place anywhere between System Upload Time & END of header
* NMEA Latitude = 30 59.70 N
* NMEA Longitude = 081 37.93 W
* NMEA UTC (Time) = Oct 15 1999 10:57:19
* Store Lat/Lon Data = Append to Every Scan and Append to .NAV File When
is Pressed
** Ship:
Sea-Bird
** Cruise:
Sea-Bird Header Test
** Station:
** Latitude:
** Longitude:
*END*

In the File menu, select Save (not Save As). Something similar to the
following message displays:
You are about to save the document in a Text-Only format, which
will remove all formatting. Are you sure you want to do this?

Ignore the message and click Yes.
In the File menu, select Exit.

.dat Files
Sea-Bird is not aware of a technique for editing a .dat file that will not
corrupt it. Opening a .dat file with any text editor corrupts the file by leaving
behind invisible characters (for example, carriage returns, line feeds, etc.)
when the file is closed. These characters, inserted semi-randomly through the
file, corrupt the data format. Sea-Bird distributes a utility program, called
Fixdat, which may repair a corrupted .dat file.
 Fixdat.exe is installed with, and located in the same directory as,
SBE Data Processing.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 3: Typical Data Processing Sequences

SBE Data Processing

Section 3:
Typical Data Processing Sequences
Notes:
 The processing sequence may
differ for your application.
 Sea Plot can display data at any
point after a .cnv file has been
created.
 Use ASCII Out to export
converted data (without header)
to other software.
 Oxygen computed by Seasave
and Data Conversion differs from
oxygen computed by Derive. Both
algorithms use the derivative of
the oxygen signal with respect to
time:
 Quick estimate - Seasave and
Data Conversion compute the
derivative looking back in time,
because Seasave cannot use
future values while acquiring
real-time data.
 Most accurate results - Derive
uses a user-input centered
window (equal number of points
before and after scan) to
compute the derivative.

This section includes typical data processing sequences for each instrument,
broken into four categories:


Profiling CTDs that have a configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file–
SBE 9plus, 19, 19plus, 19plus V2, 25, 25plus, and 49.



Other instruments (moored CTDs and thermosalinographs) that have a
configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file – SBE 16, 16plus, 16plus-IM,
16plus V2, 16plus-IM V2, 21, and 45.



MicroCATs with data uploaded using SeatermV2 version 1.1 or later,
providing a .hex data file and a .xmlcon configuration file- SBE 37-SM,
37-SMP, 37-SMP-IDO, 37-SMP-ODO, 37-IM, 37-IMP, 37-IMP-IDO,
37-IMP-ODO, 37-SI, 37-SIP, 37-SIP-IDO, and 37-SIP-ODO.



MicroCATs with data uploaded using Seaterm or SeatermV2 version
1.00i or earlier, providing a .xml or .asc data file (and no configuration
[.con or .xmlcon] file) – SBE 37-SM, 37-SMP, 37-IM, 37-IMP, 37-SI,
and 37-SIP.



Instruments that do not have a configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file and
have limited compatibility with SBE Data Processing –
SBE 39, 39-IM, and 48.
SBE 39plus and 39plus-IM.



Glider Payload CTD

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 3: Typical Data Processing Sequences

SBE Data Processing

Processing Profiling CTD Data (SBE 9plus, 19, 19plus, 19plus V2, 25, 25plus, and 49)
Notes:
 The example assumes that a
configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file
is available. A configuration file is
provided by Sea-Bird when the
instrument is purchased, based on
the user-specified configuration
and the factory-calibration. An
existing configuration file can be
modified in Configure, Data
Conversion, Derive, or Bottle
Summary, or in Seasave. If you do
not have a configuration file, use
SBE Data Processing’s Configure
menu to create the file.
 The order for running Bin Average
and Derive can be switched,
unless oxygen is being
computed in Derive.
 See the program modules for SeaBird recommendations for typical
parameter values for filtering,
aligning, etc. Use judgment in
evaluating your data set to
determine the best values.

The processing sequence is based on a typical situation with a boat at low
latitude lowering an instrument at 1 meter/second.
Program / Module
1. Seasave,
Seaterm232,
Seaterm, or
SeatermAF

2. Data
Conversion

3. Filter

4. Align CTD

5. Cell Thermal
Mass

6. Loop Edit

7. Derive
(EOS-80,
Practical
Salinity)

8. Derive TEOS-10
(TEOS-10,
Absolute
Salinity)
9. Bin Average
10.Sea Plot

Function
Acquire real-time raw data (Seasave) or
upload data from memory (Upload menu in
Seaterm232 for 19plus V2 or 25plus, or Upload
button in Seaterm or SeatermAF, as applicable).
Convert raw data to a .cnv file, selecting ASCII as
data conversion format. Converted data includes:
 pressure, temperature, and conductivity
 (if applicable) dissolved oxygen current and
dissolved oxygen temperature (SBE 13 or 23);
dissolved oxygen signal (SBE 43);
dissolved oxygen phase delay and thermistor
voltage (SBE 63)
 (if applicable) light transmission, pH,
fluorescence, etc.
Low-pass filter pressure to increase pressure
resolution for Loop Edit, and low-pass filter
temperature and conductivity to smooth high
frequency data.
Advance conductivity, temperature, and oxygen
relative to pressure, to align parameters in time.
This ensures that calculations of salinity, dissolved
oxygen, and other parameters are made using
measurements from same parcel of water.
Perform conductivity cell thermal mass correction if
salinity accuracy of better than 0.01 PSU is desired in
regions with steep gradients.
Note: Do not use Cell Thermal Mass for freshwater
data.
Mark scans where CTD is moving less than minimum
velocity or traveling backwards due to ship roll.
Compute:
 Practical Salinity, density, and other parameters
 oxygen from oxygen current and oxygen
temperature (SBE 13 or 23); oxygen signal
(SBE 43); or oxygen phase delay and thermistor
voltage (SBE 63)
Note that input file must include conductivity,
temperature, and pressure.
(optional) Compute thermodynamic properties based
on TEOS-10.

Average data into desired pressure or depth bins.
Plot data.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 3: Typical Data Processing Sequences

SBE Data Processing

Processing SBE 16, 16plus, 16plus-IM, 16plus V2, 16plus-IM V2, 21, and 45 Data
Notes:
 The example assumes that a
configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file is
available. A configuration file is
provided by Sea-Bird when the
instrument is purchased, based on
the user-specified configuration and
the factory-calibration. An existing
configuration file can be modified in
Configure, Data Conversion, Derive,
or Bottle Summary, or in Seasave. If
you do not have a configuration file,
use SBE Data Processing’s
Configure menu to create the file.
 Even if your instrument does not
have a pressure sensor (SBE 21
and 45; SBE 16, 16plus, 16plus-IM,
16plus V2, and 16plus-IM V2 without
optional pressure sensor): Select
pressure as an output variable in
Data Conversion if you plan to
calculate salinity, density, or other
parameters that require pressure in
Derive or Sea Plot. For the SBE 16
series instruments, Data Conversion
inserts a column with the moored
pressure (entered in the .con or
.xmlcon file Data dialog) in the
output .cnv file. For the SBE 21 and
45, Data Conversion inserts a
column of 0’s for pressure in the
output .cnv file.
 The SBE 45 outputs data in
engineering units. However, you
must still run Data Conversion to put
the data in a format that can be
used by SBE Data Processing’s
other modules.
 For an SBE 21 or 45 with a remote
temperature sensor, Seasave,
Data Conversion, Derive, and
Derive TEOS-10 all use the remote
temperature data when calculating
density and sound velocity.

Program / Module
1. Seasave,
Seaterm232,
Seaterm485,
SeatermIM, or
Seaterm

2. Data
Conversion

3. Derive
(EOS-80,
Practical
Salinity)

4. Derive TEOS-10
(TEOS-10,
Absolute
Salinity)
5. Sea Plot

Function
Acquire real-time raw data (Seasave) or
upload data from memory:
 Upload menu in Seaterm232 or Seaterm485 for
16plus V2 or SeatermIM for 16plus-IM V2;
 Upload button in Seaterm.
Convert raw data to a .cnv file, selecting ASCII as
data conversion format. Converted data includes:
 pressure, temperature, and conductivity
 (if applicable) dissolved oxygen current and
dissolved oxygen temperature (SBE 13 or 23);
dissolved oxygen signal (SBE 43); dissolved
oxygen phase delay and thermistor voltage (SBE
63)
 (if applicable) light transmission, pH,
fluorescence, etc.
Compute:
 Practical Salinity, density, and other parameters.
 oxygen from oxygen current and oxygen
temperature (SBE 13 or 23); oxygen signal (SBE
43); or oxygen phase delay and thermistor
voltage (SBE 63)
Note that input file must include conductivity,
temperature, and pressure.
(optional) Compute thermodynamic properties based
on TEOS-10.

Plot data.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 3: Typical Data Processing Sequences

SBE Data Processing

Processing SBE 37-SM, SMP, SMP-IDO, SMP-ODO, IM, IMP, IMP-IDO, IMP-ODO, SI, SIP,
SIP-IDO, and SIP-ODO Data with a .hex data file and .xmlcon configuration file
Note:
SBE 37-SI and 37-SIP with firmware
version 3.0 and later have internal
memory; follow the procedure
described here to upload and
process the data. Earlier versions of
the 37-SI and 37-SIP did not have
internal memory; SBE Data
Processing cannot be used to
process the real-time data obtained
with these older instruments.

Program / Module
1. Seaterm232,
Seaterm485, or
SeatermIM (all
version 1.1 or
later)

2. Data
Conversion
3. Derive (EOS-80,
Practical
Salinity)
4. Derive TEOS-10
(TEOS-10,
Absolute
Salinity)
5. Sea Plot

Function
For SBE 37 (without oxygen) with firmware > 3.0
and all IDO and ODO SBE 37- Use Upload menu to
upload data (in engineering units). SeatermV2
uploads data as an XML (.xml) file. It automatically
converts data to .hex format, and creates a
configuration (.xmlcon) file; .hex and .xmlcon file.
Convert raw data to a .cnv file, selecting ASCII as
data conversion format. Converted data includes:
 conductivity, temperature, and pressure
 (for IDO and ODO MicroCATs) dissolved
oxygen signal
Compute:
 Practical Salinity, density, and other parameters.
 oxygen from oxygen signal
(optional) Compute thermodynamic properties based
on TEOS-10.

Plot data.

Processing SBE 37-SM, SMP, IM, IMP, SI, and SIP Data without a configuration file
Note:
SBE 37-SI and 37-SIP with firmware
version 3.0 and later have internal
memory; follow the procedure
described here to upload and
process the data. Earlier versions of
the 37-SI and 37-SIP did not have
internal memory; SBE Data
Processing cannot be used to
process the real-time data obtained
with these older instruments.

Program / Module

1. Seaterm232,
Seaterm485, or
SeatermIM (all
version 1.00l or
earlier), or
Seaterm

2. Derive (EOS-80,
Practical
Salinity)

3. Derive TEOS-10
(TEOS-10,
Absolute
Salinity)
4. Sea Plot
22

Function
Seaterm232, Seaterm485, or SeatermIM for SBE 37
(non-IDO) with firmware version > 3.0 - Use Upload
menu to upload data (in engineering units) in XML
(.xml) format. Use Convert .XML data file in Tools
menu to convert .xml to .cnv file, which can be used
by SBE Data Processing.
or
Seaterm for SBE 37 (non-IDO) with firmware version
< 3.0 - Use Upload button to upload data (in
engineering units) in ASCII (.asc) format. Use
Convert button to convert .asc to .cnv file, which can
be used by SBE Data Processing.
Compute Practical Salinity, density, and other
parameters.
Note: An SBE 37 stores calibration coefficients
internally, and does not have a .con or .xmlcon file.
However, Derive requires you to select a .con or
.xmlcon file before it will process data. You can use a
.con or .xmlcon file from any other Sea-Bird
instrument; the contents of the file will not affect the
results. If you do not have a .con or .xmlcon file for
another Sea-Bird instrument, create one:
1. Click SBE Data Processing’s Configure menu
and select any instrument.
2. In the Configuration dialog box, click Save As,
and save the .con or .xmlcon file with the desired
name and location.
(optional) Compute thermodynamic properties based
on TEOS-10.

Plot data.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 3: Typical Data Processing Sequences

SBE Data Processing

Processing SBE 39, 39-IM, and 48 Data
Note:
The .cnv file from an SBE 39, 39-IM,
or 48 cannot be processed by any
SBE Data Processing modules
other than Sea Plot and ASCII Out.

Program / Module
1. Seaterm
2. Sea Plot

Function
Use Upload button to upload data (in engineering
units) in ASCII (.asc) format. Use Convert button to
convert .asc to .cnv file, which can be used by
SBE Data Processing.
Plot data.

Processing SBE 39plus and 39plus-IM Data
Program / Module
Note:
The .cnv file from an SBE 39plus or
39plus-IM cannot be processed by
any SBE Data Processing modules
other than Sea Plot and ASCII Out.

1. SeatermV2

2. Sea Plot

Function
Use Upload button in appropriate program to upload
data (in engineering units) in XML and ASCII (.asc)
format. Use Convert XML data file in Tools menu of
Seaterm232 or SeatermIM (as applicable), or Convert
XML Data button in SeatermUSB to convert to .cnv
file, which can be used by SBE Data Processing.
Plot data.

Processing Glider Payload CTD Data (GPCTD)
Notes:
 The example assumes that a
configuration (.xmlcon) file is
available. A configuration file is
created by Seaterm232 when data
is uploaded from memory, based
on the factory configuration and
the calibration data programmed
into the instrument. An existing
configuration file can be modified
in Configure or Derive. If you do
not have a configuration file, you
can use SBE Data Processing’s
Configure menu to create the file.
 Use judgment in evaluating your
data set to determine the best
values for filtering, aligning, etc.

The processing sequence is based on a typical situation with the Glider
Payload CTD acquiring data via Continuous Sampling.
Program / Module
1. Seaterm232
2. Filter

3. Align CTD

4. Cell Thermal
Mass

5. Derive (EOS-80,
Practical Salinity)
6. Derive TEOS-10
(TEOS-10,
Absolute Salinity)
7. Sea Plot

Function
Upload data from memory (Upload menu in
Seaterm232).
Low-pass filter pressure to increase pressure
resolution for low-pass filter temperature and
conductivity to smooth high frequency data.
Advance conductivity, temperature, and oxygen
relative to pressure, to align parameters in time.
This ensures that calculations of salinity, dissolved
oxygen, and other parameters are made using
measurements from same parcel of water.
Perform conductivity cell thermal mass correction if
salinity accuracy of better than 0.01 PSU is desired in
regions with steep gradients.
Compute:
 Practical Salinity, density, and other parameters
 oxygen (optional)
Note that input file must include conductivity,
temperature, and pressure.
(optional) Compute thermodynamic properties based
on TEOS-10.
Plot data.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Section 4: Configuring Instrument
(Configure)
Module Name
Configure

Module Description
Define instrument configuration and
calibration coefficients.

Introduction
Configure creates or modifies a configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file to define
the instrument configuration and sensor calibration coefficients. The .con or
.xmlcon file is used in both SBE Data Processing and in Seasave. Configure is
applicable to the following instruments:

Notes:
 Sea-Bird supplies a .con or
.xmlcon file with each instrument.
The file must match the existing
instrument configuration and
contain current sensor
calibration information.
Exception: An .xmlcon file is
generated by Seaterm232 when
you upload data from an SBE
Glider Payload CTD; Sea-Bird
does not provide the file.
 An existing .con or .xmlcon file can
be modified in Configure; in Data
Conversion, Derive, or Bottle
Summary; or in Seasave.
 Configuration files (.con or
.xmlcon) can also be opened,
viewed, and modified with
DisplayConFile.exe, a utility that is
installed in the same folder as SBE
Data Processing. Right click on the
desired configuration file, select
Open With, and select
DisplayConFile. This utility is often
used at Sea-Bird to quickly open
and view a configuration file for
troubleshooting purposes, without
needing to go through the
additional steps of selecting the file
in SBE Data Processing or
Seasave.
 Appendix II: Configure (.con or
.xmlcon) File Format contains a
line-by-line description of the
contents of a .con configuration
file.
 An SBE 37, 39, 39-IM, 39plus,
39plus-IM, and 48 stores
calibration coefficients internally,
and does not have a .con or
.xmlcon file.















SBE 9plus with SBE 11plus Deck Unit or SBE 17plus Searam
(SBE 9plus is listed as the 911/917plus in the Configure menu)
SBE 16
SBE 16plus (including 16plus-IM)
SBE 16plus V2 (including 16plus-IM V2)
SBE 19
SBE 19plus
SBE 19plus V2
SBE 21
SBE 25
SBE 25plus
SBE 37
SBE 45
SBE 49
SBE Glider Payload CTD

The discussion of Configure is in five parts:


Instrument Configuration covers the Configuration dialog box - number
and type of sensors on the instrument, etc. - for each of the instruments
listed above. Unless noted otherwise, SBE Data Processing supports only
one of each brand and type of auxiliary sensor (for example, you cannot
specify two Chelsea Minitracka fluorometers, but you can specify a
Chelsea Minitracka and a Chelsea UV Aquatracka fluorometer). See the
individual sensor descriptions in Calibration Coefficients for Voltage
Sensors for those sensors that SBE Data Processing supports in a
redundant configuration (two or more of the same sensor interfacing with
the CTD).



Calibration Coefficients for Frequency Sensors covers calculation of
coefficients for each type of frequency sensor (temperature, conductivity,
Digiquartz pressure, IOW sound velocity, etc.).



Calibration Coefficients for A/D Count Sensors covers calculation of
coefficients for A/D count sensors (temperature and strain gauge pressure)
used on the SBE 16plus (and -IM), 16plus (and -IM) V2, 19plus,
19plus V2, 37, and 49.



Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors covers calculation of
coefficients for each type of voltage sensor (strain gauge pressure, oxygen,
pH, etc.).



Calibration Coefficients for RS-232 Sensors covers specification of an
Aanderaa Optode, which can be integrated with an SBE 19plus V2.
24

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Access Configure by selecting the desired instrument in the Configure
menu in the SBE Data Processing window.



Before selecting the instrument, review the status of Confirm
Configuration Change in the Configure menu. If Confirm Configuration
Change is selected, the program provides a prompt to save the
configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file if you make changes and then click the
Exit button in the Configuration dialog box without clicking Save or Save
As. If not selected, the program changes the Exit button to Save &
Exit; to exit without saving changes, use the Cancel button.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Instrument Configuration
SBE 9plus Configuration
Channel/Sensor table reflects this choice. Voltage channel 0 in .con or .xmlcon file
corresponds to sensor wired to channel 0 on end cap connector, voltage channel 1 to
sensor wired to channel 1 on end cap connector, etc. Total voltage words is 4; each word
contains data from two 12-bit A/D channels. Deck Unit and Searam suppress words above
highest numbered voltage word used. Words to suppress = 4 - Words to Keep.

Channel/Sensor table reflects this
choice. Typically:
 0 = SBE 3 or 4 plugged into JB5
on 9plus (dual redundant sensor
configuration)
 1 = SBE 3 or 4 plugged into
JB4 on 9plus and not using JB5
connector (single redundant
sensor configuration)
 2 = no redundant T or C sensors

External Voltage (not spare)
Connector
Words to Keep

0 or 1
AUX 1
1

2 or 3
AUX 2
2

4 or 5
AUX 3
3

11plus > 5.0: Seasave sends
AddSpar= command to Deck Unit,
consistent with configuration file
selection for Surface PAR.
11plus < 5.0: Surface PAR
acquisition is set in Deck Unit with
dip switch.
17plus: Data uploaded from 17plus
memory.
None: Not using 11plus or 17plus;
see Appendix I: Command Line
Operation.
 NMEA - Select if NMEA navigation
device used, and if NMEA depth
data and NMEA time data were
also appended. Seasave adds
current latitude, longitude, and
universal time code to data
header; appends NMEA data to
every scan; and writes NMEA data
to .nav file every time Ctrl F7 is
pressed or Add to .nav File is
clicked. Note: Whether NMEA
device was connected to a deck
unit or directly to computer during
data acquisition in Seasave has no
effect on data file used by SBE
Data Processing, and therefore
has no effect on data processing.
 Surface PAR - Select if Surface
PAR sensor used; must agree with
Deck Unit setup if 11plus firmware
< 5.0. Seasave appends Surface
PAR data to every scan. Adds 2
channels to Channel/Sensor table.
Do not decrease Voltage words
suppressed to reflect this; Voltage
words suppressed reflects only
external voltages going directly to
9plus from auxiliary sensors. See
Application Note 11S.
 Scan time – Select if Seasave
appended time (seconds since
January 1, 1970 GMT) to each
data scan.

6 or 7
AUX 4
4

IEEE-448 or RS-232C for
CTD data interface between
Deck Unit and computer.
For full rate (24 Hz) data, set to
1. Example: If scans to
average=24, Seasave averages
24 scans, saving data to
computer at 1 scan/second.

Shaded sensors cannot be
removed or changed to
another type; others are
optional.

New to create new .con or
.xmlcon file for this CTD.
Open to select different
.con or .xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to save
current .con or .xmlcon file
settings.

Click a (non-shaded) sensor and click Select to pick a different
sensor for that channel; dialog box with list of sensors appears.
After sensor is selected, dialog box for calibration coefficients
appears. Select sensors after Frequency channels suppressed
and Voltage words suppressed have been specified above.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only; cannot be
modified) that shows all parameters in .con
or .xmlcon file. For command line generation
of report, see Appendix III: Generating .con
or .xmlcon File Reports – ConReport.exe.

Click a sensor and click
Modify to view/change
calibration coefficients for
that sensor.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu - If you made
changes and did not Save or Save As, program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu - Button says
Save & Exit. If you do not want to save changes, use Cancel button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in Seaterm that corresponds
to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above, for an SBE 9plus
used with an SBE 11plus Deck Unit. Shown below the appropriate lines are the
commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of
the 9plus with Seasave and processing of data with
SBE Data Processing, as well as any explanatory information.
SBE 11plus V 5.1f
Number of scans to average = 1
(11plus reads this from .con or .xmlcon file in Seasave when data acquisition is
started.)
pressure baud rate = 9600
NMEA baud rate = 4800
surface PAR voltage added to scan
(11plus reads this from .con or .xmlcon file in Seasave when data acquisition is
started.)
A/D offset = 0
GPIB address = 1
(GPIB address must be 1 [GPIB=1] to use Seasave, if Computer interface is IEEE488 (GPIB) in .con or .xmlcon file.)
advance primary conductivity 0.073 seconds
advance secondary conductivity 0.073 seconds
autorun on power up is disabled

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 16 Seacat C-T Recorder Configuration
Strain gauge, Digiquartz with or without temperature
compensation, or no pressure sensor. If no pressure
sensor or Digiquartz without Temp Comp is selected,
Data button accesses dialog box to input additional
parameter(s) needed to process data.

Channel/Sensor table reflects this
choice. Must agree with SBE 16 setup
for SVn (n=0, 1, 2, 3, 4); see reply from
DS. Voltage channel 0 in .con or
.xmlcon file corresponds to sensor
wired to channel 0 on end cap
connector, voltage channel 1
corresponds to sensor wired to channel
1 on end cap connector, etc.

See reply from DS. Used to determine strain gauge
pressure sensor data format.
Select if Seasave appended time (seconds since
January 1, 1970 GMT) to each data scan.

Time between scans. Must agree with
SBE 16 setup (SI); see reply from DS.

Shaded sensors cannot be removed
or changed to another type of
sensor. All others are optional.

Select if using with deck unit
connected to NMEA navigation
device. Seasave adds current
latitude, longitude, and universal time
code to data header; appends NMEA
data to every scan; and writes NMEA
data to .nav file every time Ctrl F7 is
pressed or Add to .nav File is clicked.

New to create new .con
or .xmlcon file for this
CTD.
Open to select different
.con or .xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to save
current .con or .xmlcon
file settings.
Click a (non-shaded) sensor and click Select to pick a
different sensor for that channel. A dialog box with a
list of sensors appears. Select sensors after number
of voltage channels have been specified above.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only;
cannot be modified) that shows all
parameters in .con or .xmlcon file. For
command line generation of report,
see Appendix III: Generating .con or
.xmlcon File Reports – ConReport.exe.

Click a sensor
and click Modify
to change
calibration
coefficients for
that sensor.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 16plus or 16plus-IM Seacat C-T Recorder Configuration

Note:
The SBE 16plus is available with an
optional RS-485 interface. All
commands to a particular 16plus with
RS-485 are preceded by #ii, where
ii = instrument ID (0-99). Therefore,
commands mentioned in the dialog
box description below have a slightly
different form for the RS-485 version
(#iiDS, #iiPType=, #iiVoltn=, and
#iiSampleInterval=).

The SBE 16plus can interface with one SBE 38 secondary temperature sensor,
one SBE 50 pressure sensor, or up to two Pro-Oceanus Gas Tension Devices
(GTDs) through the SBE 16plus optional RS-232 connector. Data from an
SBE 50 pressure sensor is appended to the data stream, and does not replace the
(optional) internally mounted pressure sensor data.
The SBE 16plus-IM can interface with one SBE 38 secondary temperature
sensor through the 16plus-IM optional RS-232 connector, but cannot interface
with an SBE 50 or GTD. All commands to a particular 16plus-IM are
preceded by #ii, where ii = instrument ID (0-99). Therefore, commands
mentioned in the dialog box description below have a slightly different form for
the 16plus-IM (#iiDS, #iiPType=, #iiVoltN=, and #iiSampleInterval=).
Internally mounted pressure sensor: strain gauge, Digiquartz
with temperature compensation, or no pressure sensor. If no
pressure sensor is selected, Data button accesses a dialog box
to input additional parameter needed to process data. Must
agree with 16plus setup (PType=); see reply from DS. Selection
applies only to internally mounted pressure sensor; if instrument
has no internally mounted pressure sensor but is interfacing with
SBE 50 pressure sensor, select No pressure sensor here and
then select SBE 50 in Serial RS-232C sensor field below.
Note: Digiquartz without temperature compensation is not
applicable.

Channel/Sensor table reflects
this choice (0, 1, 2, 3, or 4).
Must agree with 16plus setup
for VoltN= (N=0, 1, 2, and 3);
see reply from DS. Voltage
channel 0 in .con or .xmlcon file
corresponds to first external
voltage in data stream, voltage
channel 1 to second external
voltage in data stream, etc.

None, 1 SBE 38 (secondary temperature),
1 SBE 50 pressure sensor, or up to 2 GTDs
(dissolved oxygen or nitrogen). Must agree with
16plus setup; see reply from DS. Channel/Sensor
table lists RS-232 sensors below voltage channels.

Time between scans.
Must agree with 16plus setup
(SampleInterval=); see reply
from DS.

Shaded sensors cannot be removed or changed to
another type of sensor. All others are optional.

Select if using with deck unit
connected to a NMEA
navigation device. Seasave
adds current latitude, longitude,
and universal time code to data
header; appends NMEA data to
every scan; and writes NMEA
data to .nav file every time Ctrl
F7 is pressed or Add to .nav File
is clicked.

New to create new .con or
.xmlcon file for this CTD.
Open to select different
.con or .xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to save
current .con or .xmlcon file
settings.

Click a (non-shaded) sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor for
that channel. A dialog box with a list of sensors appears. Select sensors
after number of voltage channels have been specified above.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only; cannot
be modified) that shows all parameters in
.con or .xmlcon file. For command line
generation of report, see Appendix III:
Generating .con or .xmlcon File Reports –
ConReport.exe.

Click a sensor
and click Modify
to change
calibration
coefficients for
that sensor.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in Seaterm for a 16plus with
standard RS-232 interface that corresponds to the setup shown in the
Configuration dialog box above. Shown below the appropriate lines are the
commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical
to use of the SBE 16plus with Seasave and processing of data with
SBE Data Processing, as well as any explanatory information.
SBE 16plus V 1.6e SERIAL NO. 4300 03 Mar 2005 14:11:48
vbatt = 10.3, vlith = 8.5, ioper = 62.5 ma,
ipump = 21.6 ma, iext01 = 76.2 ma, iserial = 48.2 ma
status = not logging
sample interval = 10 seconds, number of measurements
per sample = 2
(Sample interval [SampleInterval=] must match Sample interval seconds in
.con or .xmlcon file.)
samples = 823, free = 465210
run pump during sample, delay before sampling =
2.0 seconds
transmit real-time = yes
(Real-time data transmission must be enabled [TxRealTime=Y] to acquire data
in Seasave.)
battery cutoff = 7.5 volts
pressure sensor = strain gauge, range = 1000.0
(Internal pressure sensor [PType=] must match Pressure sensor type in .con or
.xmlcon file.)
SBE 38 = yes, SBE 50 = no, Gas Tension Device = no
(Selection/enabling of RS-232 sensors [SBE38=, SBE50=, GTD=, DualGTD=] must
match Serial RS-232C sensor in .con or .xmlcon file.)
Ext Volt 0 = yes, Ext Volt 1 = yes, Ext Volt 2 = no, Ext
Volt 3 = no
(Number of external voltage sensors enabled [Volt0= through Volt3=] must match
External voltage channels in .con or .xmlcon file.)
echo commands = yes
output format = raw HEX
(Output format must be set to raw Hex [OutputFormat=0] to acquire data in
Seasave.)
serial sync mode disabled
(Serial sync mode must be disabled [SyncMode=N] to acquire data in Seasave.)

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 16plus V2 or 16plus-IM V2
SeaCAT C-T Recorder Configuration

Note:
The Satlantic SeaFET pH sensor and
WET Labs SeaOWL are not currently
compatible with the SBE 16plus-IM
V2. We expect to add compatibility in
the future.

Through the CTD’s RS-232 sensor connector, the SBE 16plus V2 and 16plusIM V2 can interface with an SBE 38 secondary temperature sensor, SBE 50
pressure sensor, SBE 63 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Sensor, WET Labs sensor
[single, dual, or triple channel ECO; WETStar; or C-Star], WET Labs SeaOWL
UV-A, Optode, or up to two Pro-Oceanus Gas Tension Devices (GTDs). This
data is appended to the data stream; SBE 38 and SBE 50 data does not replace
the internal CTD data.
All commands to a particular 16plus-IM V2 are preceded by #ii, where ii =
instrument ID (0-99). Therefore, commands mentioned in the dialog box
description below have a slightly different form for the 16plus-IM V2
(#iiGetCD, #iiDS, #iiPType=, #iiVoltN=, and #iiSampleInterval=).
Internally mounted pressure sensor: strain gauge, Digiquartz
with temperature compensation, or no pressure sensor. If no
pressure sensor is selected, Data button accesses dialog box to
input additional parameter needed to process data. Must agree
with 16plus V2 setup (PType=); see reply from GetCD or DS.
Selection applies only to internally mounted pressure sensor; if
16plus V2 has no internally mounted pressure sensor but is
interfacing with SBE 50 pressure sensor, select No pressure
sensor here and then select SBE 50 in Serial RS-232C sensor
field below. Note: Digiquartz without temperature compensation
is not applicable.

Channel/Sensor table reflects
this choice (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6).
Must agree with 16plus V2
setup for VoltN= (N=0, 1, 2, 3,
4, and 5); see reply from GetCD
or DS. Voltage channel 0 in .con
or .xmlcon file corresponds to
first external voltage in data
stream, voltage channel 1 to
second external voltage in data
stream, etc.

None, SBE 38 (secondary temperature), SBE 50
(pressure), SBE 63 (optical DO), WET Labs sensor
(up to 3 channels), WET Labs SeaOWL UV-A , up to
2 GTDs (DO or nitrogen), or Optode. Must agree with
16plus V2 setup; see reply from GetCD or DS.
Channel/Sensor table lists RS-232 sensors below
voltage channels.

Time between scans. Must
agree with 16plus V2 setup
(SampleInterval=); see reply
from GetCD or DS.

Shaded sensors cannot be removed or changed to
another type of sensor. All others are optional.

New to create new .con or
.xmlcon file for this CTD.
Open to select different
.con or .xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to save
current .con or .xmlcon file
settings.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only; cannot
be modified) that shows all parameters in
.con or .xmlcon file. For command line
generation of report, see Appendix III:
Generating .con or .xmlcon File Reports –
ConReport.exe.

Click a sensor
and click Modify
to change
calibration
coefficients for
that sensor.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in a terminal program for a
16plus V2 with RS-232 interface that corresponds to the setup shown in the
Configuration dialog box above. Shown below the appropriate lines are the
commands used in the terminal program to modify the setup of parameters
critical to use of the SBE 16plus V2 with Seasave and processing of data with
SBE Data Processing, as well as any explanatory information.
SBE 16plus V 3.1.8 SERIAL NO. 50175 13 Apr 2016 14:11:48
vbatt = 10.3, vlith = 8.5, ioper = 62.5 ma,
ipump = 21.6 ma, iext01 = 76.2 ma, iserial = 48.2 ma
status = not logging
samples = 0, free = 3463060
sample interval = 10 seconds, number of measurements
per sample = 1
(Sample interval [SampleInterval=] must match Sample interval seconds in
.con or .xmlcon file.)
pump = run pump during sample, delay before sampling =
2.0 seconds, delay after sampling = 0.0 seconds
transmit real-time = yes
(Real-time data transmission must be enabled [TxRealTime=Y] to acquire data
in Seasave.)
battery cutoff = 7.5 volts
pressure sensor = strain gauge, range = 1000.0
(Internal pressure sensor [PType=] must match Pressure sensor type in .con or .xmlcon
file.)
SBE 38 = yes, SBE 50 = no, WETLABS = no, OPTODE = no,
SBE63 = no, Gas Tension Device = no
(Selection/enabling of RS-232 sensors [SBE38=, SBE50=, WetLabs=, Optode=, SBE63=,
GTD=, DualGTD=] must match Serial RS-232C sensor in .con or .xmlcon file.)
Ext Volt 0 = yes, Ext Volt 1 = yes,
Ext Volt 2 = no, Ext Volt 3 = no,
Ext Volt4 = no, Ext Volt 5 = no
(Number of external voltage sensors enabled [Volt0= through Volt5=] must match
External voltage channels in .con or .xmlcon file.)
echo characters = yes
output format = raw HEX
(Output format must be set to raw Hex [OutputFormat=0] to acquire data in Seasave.)
serial sync mode disabled
(Serial sync mode must be disabled [SyncMode=N] to acquire data in Seasave.)

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 19 Seacat Profiler Configuration
Seasave and SBE Data Processing always treat the SBE 19 as if it is a Profiling
instrument (i.e., it is in Profiling mode). If your SBE 19 is in Moored Mode,
you must treat it like an SBE 16 (when setting up the .con or .xmlcon file,
select the SBE 16).

Strain gauge or Digiquartz with
temperature compensation.
Channel/Sensor table reflects this choice. Must
agree with SBE 19 setup for SVn (n=0, 2, or
4); see reply from DS. Voltage channel 0 in
.con or .xmlcon file corresponds to sensor
wired to channel 0 on end cap connector,
voltage channel 1 corresponds to sensor wired
to channel 1 on end cap connector, etc.

See reply from DS. Used to determine strain
gauge pressure sensor data format.
Number of 0.5 second intervals
between samples. Must agree with
SBE 19 setup (SR); see reply from DS.

 NMEA - Select if NMEA navigation device
used, and if NMEA depth data and NMEA time
data were also appended. Seasave adds
current latitude, longitude, and universal time
code to data header; appends NMEA data to
every scan; and writes NMEA data to .nav file
every time Ctrl F7 is pressed or Add to .nav
File is clicked.
Note: Whether NMEA device was connected to
a deck unit or directly to computer during data
acquisition in Seasave has no effect on data
file used by SBE Data Processing, and
therefore has no effect on data processing.
 Surface PAR - Select if using with deck unit
connected to Surface PAR sensor. Seasave
appends Surface PAR data to every scan.
Adds 2 channels to Channel/Sensor table.
Do not increase External voltage channels
to reflect this; External voltage channels
reflects only external voltages going
directly to SBE 19 from auxiliary sensors.
See Application Note 47.
 Scan time added - Select if Seasave
appended time (seconds since January 1,
1970 GMT) to each data scan.

Shaded sensors
cannot be
removed or
changed to
another type of
sensor. All others
are optional.
New to create new
.con or .xmlcon file
for this CTD.
Open to select
different .con or
.xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to
save current .con or
.xmlcon file settings.

Click a (non-shaded) sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor
for that channel. A dialog box with a list of sensors appears. Select
sensors after number of voltage channels have been specified above.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only;
cannot be modified) that shows all
parameters in .con or .xmlcon file. For
command line generation of report, see
Appendix III: Generating .con or
.xmlcon File Reports – ConReport.exe.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in
Configure menu - If you made changes and did
not Save or Save As, program asks if you want to
save changes.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected
in Configure menu - Button says Save & Exit. If
you do not want to save changes, use Cancel
button to exit.

Click a sensor
and click Modify
to change
calibration
coefficients for
that sensor.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in Seaterm that corresponds
to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above.
Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm
to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 19 with
Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing, as well as any
explanatory information.
SEACAT PROFILER V3.1B SN 936 02/10/94 13:33:23.989
strain gauge pressure sensor: S/N = 12345,
range = 1000 psia, tc = 240
(Pressure sensor (strain gauge or Digiquartz) must match Pressure sensor type in
.con or .xmlcon file.)
clk = 32767.766 iop = 172 vmain = 8.1 vlith = 5.8
mode = PROFILE ncasts = 0
(Mode must be profile [MP] if setting up .con or .xmlcon file for SBE 19; create
.con or .xmlcon file for SBE 16 for SBE 19 in moored mode [MM].)
sample rate = 1 scan every 0.5 seconds
(Sample rate [SR] must match 0.5 second intervals in .con or .xmlcon file.)
minimum raw conductivity frequency for pump turn on =
3206 hertz
pump delay = 40 seconds
samples = 0 free = 174126 lwait = 0 msec
battery cutoff = 7.2 volts
number of voltages sampled = 2
(Number of auxiliary voltage sensors enabled [SVn] must match External voltage
channels in .con or .xmlcon file.)
logdata = NO

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 19plus Seacat Profiler Configuration

Channel/Sensor table reflects this
choice (0, 1, 2, 3, or 4). Must agree
with 19plus setup for VoltN=
(N=0, 1, 2,and 3); see reply from
DS. Voltage channel 0 in .con or
.xmlcon file corresponds to first
external voltage in data stream,
voltage channel 1 to second
external voltage in data stream,
etc.

Strain gauge (only selection
applicable to 19plus).

Must agree with 19plus setup (MP for Profiing
mode, MM for Moored mode); see reply from DS.

Interval between scans in Moored
mode. Must agree with 19plus
setup (SampleInterval=); see reply
from DS.

 NMEA - Select if NMEA navigation
device used, and if NMEA depth
data and NMEA time data were
also appended. Seasave adds
current latitude, longitude, and
universal time code to data
header; appends NMEA data to
every scan; and writes NMEA data
to .nav file every time Ctrl F7 is
pressed or Add to .nav File is
clicked.
Note: Whether NMEA device was
connected to a deck unit or directly
to computer during data
acquisition in Seasave has no
effect on data file used by SBE
Data Processing, and therefore
has no effect on data processing.
 Surface PAR - Select if using with
deck unit connected to Surface
PAR sensor. Seasave appends
Surface PAR data to every scan.
Adds 2 channels to
Channel/Sensor table. Do not
increase External voltage channels
to reflect this; External voltage
channels reflects only external
voltages going directly to 19plus
from auxiliary sensors. See
Application Note 47.
 Scan time added - Select if
Seasave appended time (seconds
since January 1, 1970 GMT) to
each data scan.

Number of samples to average (samples at 4 Hz)
in Profiling mode. Must agree with 19plus setup
(NAvg=); see reply from DS.

Shaded sensors
cannot be
removed or
changed to
another type of
sensor. All others
are optional.

Click a (non-shaded) sensor and click Select to pick a
different sensor for that channel. Dialog box with a list of
sensors appears. Select sensors after number of voltage
channels have been specified above.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only;
cannot be modified) that shows all
parameters in .con or .xmlcon file.
For command line generation of
report, see Appendix III:
Generating .con or .xmlcon File
Reports – ConReport.exe.

New to create new
.con or .xmlcon file
for this CTD.
Open to select
different .con or
.xmlcon file.
Save or Save As
to save current
.con or .xmlcon file
settings.

Click a sensor
and click
Modify to
change
calibration
coefficients for
that sensor.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in
Configure menu - If you made changes and did not Save
or Save As, program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in
Configure menu - Button says Save & Exit. If you do not
want to save changes, use Cancel button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in Seaterm that corresponds
to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above.
Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm
to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the 19plus with
Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing, as well as any
explanatory information.
SeacatPlus V 1.5 SERIAL NO. 4000 22 May 2005 14:02:13
vbatt = 9.6, vlith = 8.6, ioper = 61.2 ma,
ipump = 25.5 ma, iext01 = 76.2 ma, iext23 = 65.1 ma
status = not logging
number of scans to average = 1
(Scans to average [NAvg=] must match Scans to Average in .con or .xmlcon file.)
samples = 0, free = 381300, casts = 0
mode = profile, minimum cond freq = 3000,
pump delay = 60 sec
(Mode [MP for profile or MM for moored] must match Mode in .con or .xmlcon
file.)
autorun = no, ignore magnetic switch = no
battery type = ALKALINE, battery cutoff = 7.3 volts
pressure sensor = strain gauge, range = 1000.0
(Pressure sensor [PType=] must match Pressure sensor type in .con or .xmlcon file.)
SBE 38 = no, Gas Tension Device = no
(RS-232 sensors (which are used for custom applications only) must be disabled to
use Seasave.)
Ext Volt 0 = yes, Ext Volt 1 = yes, Ext Volt 2 = yes,
Ext Volt 3 = yes
(Number of external voltage sensors enabled [Volt0= through Volt3=] must match
External voltage channels in .con or .xmlcon file.)
echo commands = yes
output format = raw Hex
(Output format must be set to raw Hex [OutputFormat=0] to acquire data
in Seasave.)

Manual revision 7.26.8

Note:
Pro-Oceanus Gas Tension Device
can only be used when 19plus V2 is
in Moored mode.

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE 19plus V2 SeaCAT Profiler Configuration
Through the CTD’s RS-232 sensor connector, the SBE 19plus V2 can interface
with an SBE 38 secondary temperature sensor, SBE 63 Optical Dissolved
oxygen sensor, WET Labs sensor [single, dual, or triple channel ECO;
WETStar; or C-Star], WET Labs SeaOWL UV-A, Optode, or up to two ProOceanus Gas Tension Devices (GTDs). This data is appended to the data
stream; SBE 38 data does not replace the internal
19plus V2 temperature data.

Channel/Sensor table reflects this
choice (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6). Must
agree with 19plus V2 setup for
VoltN= (N=0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5); see
reply from GetCD or DS. Voltage
channel 0 in .con or .xmlcon file
corresponds to first external
voltage in data stream, voltage
channel 1 to second external
voltage in data stream, etc.

Strain gauge or Digiquartz with
temperature compensation.

Must agree with 19plus V2 setup (MP for Profiing mode,
MM for Moored mode); see reply from GetCD or DS.
None, SBE 38 (secondary temperature), SBE 63
(optical DO), WET Labs sensor (up to 3 channels),
WET Labs SeaOWL UV-A , up to 2 GTDs (DO or
nitrogen), or Optode. Must agree with 19plus V2
setup; see reply from GetCD or DS. Channel/Sensor
table lists RS-232 sensors below voltage channels.

Interval between scans in Moored
mode. Must agree with 19plus V2
setup (SampleInterval=); see reply
from GetCD or DS.

 NMEA - Select if NMEA navigation
device used, and if NMEA depth
data and NMEA time data were
also appended. Seasave adds
current latitude, longitude, and
universal time code to data
header; appends NMEA data to
every scan; and writes NMEA data
to .nav file every time Ctrl F7 is
pressed or Add to .nav File is
clicked.
Note: Whether NMEA device was
connected to a deck unit or directly
to computer during data
acquisition in Seasave has no
effect on data file used by SBE
Data Processing, and therefore
has no effect on data processing.
 Surface PAR - Select if using with
deck unit connected to Surface
PAR sensor. Seasave appends
Surface PAR data to every scan.
Adds 2 channels to
Channel/Sensor table. Do not
increase External voltage channels
to reflect this; External voltage
channels reflects only external
voltages going directly to
19plus V2 from auxiliary sensors.
See Application Note 47.
 Scan time added - Select if
Seasave appended time (seconds
since January 1, 1970 GMT) to
each data scan.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only; cannot
be modified) that shows all parameters in
.con or .xmlcon file. For command line
generation of report, see Appendix III:
Generating .con or .xmlcon File Reports –
ConReport.exe.

SBE Data Processing

Number of samples to average (samples at 4 Hz)
in Profiling mode. Must agree with 19plus V2
setup (NAvg=); see reply from GetCD or DS.

Shaded sensors
cannot be removed
or changed to
another type of
sensor. All others are
optional.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in a terminal program that
corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above.
Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in the terminal
program to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the 19plus V2 with
Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing, as well as any
explanatory information.
SBE 19plus V 3.1.8 SERIAL NO. 4000 13 Apr 2016 14:02:13
vbatt = 9.6, vlith = 8.6, ioper = 61.2 ma,
ipump = 25.5 ma, iext01 = 76.2 ma, iext2345 = 65.1 ma
status = not logging
number of scans to average = 1
(Scans to average [NAvg=] must match Scans to Average in .con or .xmlcon file.)
samples = 0, free = 4386532, casts = 0
mode = profile, minimum cond freq = 3000,
pump delay = 60 sec
(Mode [MP for profile or MM for moored] must match Mode in .con or .xmlcon
file.)
autorun = no, ignore magnetic switch = no
battery type = ALKALINE, battery cutoff = 7.5 volts
pressure sensor = strain gauge, range = 1000.0
(Pressure sensor [PType=] must match Pressure sensor type in .con or .xmlcon file.)
SBE 38 = no, WETLABS = no, OPTODE = no, SBE63 = no,
Gas Tension Device = no
(Selection/enabling of RS-232 sensors [SBE38=, WetLabs=, Optode=, SBE63=,
GTD=, DualGTD=] must match Serial RS-232C sensor in .con or .xmlcon file.)
Ext Volt 0 = yes, Ext Volt 1 = yes,
Ext Volt 2 = yes, Ext Volt 3 = yes,
Ext Volt 4 = no, Ext Volt 5 = no
(Number of external voltage sensors enabled [Volt0= through Volt3=] must match
External voltage channels in .con or .xmlcon file.)
echo characters = yes
output format = raw Hex
(Output format must be set to raw Hex [OutputFormat=0] to acquire data
in Seasave.)

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 21 Thermosalinograph Configuration
In July 2009, Sea-Bird updated the SBE 21 electronics and firmware. As a
result, there were some changes in capabilities and in commands.
 Firmware version < 5.0 – Depending on serial number, these SBE 21s
may be integrated with an SBE 38 remote temperature sensor (if SBE 21
equipped with 4-pin remote temperature connector) or an SBE 3 remote
temperature sensor (if SBE 21 equipped with 3-pin remote temperature
connector).
 Firmware version > 5.0 – These SBE 21s are compatible with an SBE 38
remote temperature sensor, and are not compatible with an SBE 3 remote
temperature sensor.
Channel/Sensor table reflects this choice (shows RS-232 channel if SBE 38 selected, or additional
frequency-based temperature channel if SBE 3 selected). Must agree with SBE 21 setup (SBE38=
and SBE3=); see reply from DS. If remote temperature is selected, Seasave, Data Conversion, and
Derive use remote temperature data when calculating density and sound velocity.
Channel/Sensor table reflects this choice.
Must agree with SBE 21 setup for SV=x (firmware > 5.0) or
SVx (firmware < 5.0) (x=0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 channels); see reply
from DS. Voltage channel 0 in .con or .xmlcon file
corresponds to sensor wired to channel 0 on end cap
connector, voltage channel 1 corresponds to sensor wired
to channel 1 on end cap connector, etc.

NMEA - Select if NMEA
navigation device used, and if
NMEA depth data and NMEA
time data were also appended.
Seasave adds current latitude,
longitude, and universal time
code to data header; appends
NMEA data to every scan; and
writes NMEA data to .nav file
every time Ctrl F7 is pressed or
Add to .nav File is clicked.
Note: NMEA time can only be
appended if NMEA device
connected to computer.
Note: Whether NMEA device
was connected to a deck unit
or directly to computer during
data acquisition in Seasave
has no effect on data file used
by SBE Data Processing,
and therefore has no effect on
data processing.

Time between scans. Must agree with
SBE 21 setup (SI= for firmware > 5.0 or SI
for firmware < 5.0); see reply from DS.

Select if Seasave appended time (seconds since
January 1, 1970 GMT) to each data scan.

Shaded sensors cannot be removed or changed to
another type of sensor. All others are optional.

New to create new .con
or .xmlcon file for this
CTD.
Open to select different
.con or .xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to
save current .con or
.xmlcon file settings.

Click a (non-shaded) sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor for that
channel. A dialog box with a list of sensors appears. Select sensors after
number of voltage and frequency channels have been specified above.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only;
cannot be modified) that shows
all parameters in .con or .xmlcon
file. For command line
generation of report, see
Appendix III: Generating .con or
.xmlcon File Reports –
ConReport.exe.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in
Configure menu - If you made changes and did
not Save or Save As, program asks if you want to
save changes.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected
in Configure menu - Button says Save & Exit. If
you do not want to save changes, use Cancel
button to exit.

Click a sensor
and click Modify
to change
calibration
coefficients for
that sensor.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SEACAT THERMOSALINOGRAPH V5.0 SERIAL NO. 4300 07/15/2009
14:23:14
ioper = 50.7 ma, vmain = 11.4, vlith = 8.8
samples = 0, free = 5981649
sample interval = 5 seconds, no. of volts sampled = 1
(Sample interval [SI=] must match Sample interval seconds in .con or .xmlcon file.
Number of auxiliary voltage sensors enabled [SV=] must match External voltage
channels in .con or .xmlcon file.)
sample external SBE 38 temperature sensor
(External temperature sensor [SBE38=] must match Remote temperature in .con or
.xmlcon file, this line appears only if SBE 38 is enabled [SBE38=Y])
output format = SBE21
(Output format must be set to SBE 21 [F1] to acquire data in Seasave.)
start sampling when power on = yes
average data during sample interval = yes
logging data = no
voltage cutoff = 7.5 volts

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 25 Sealogger Configuration

Channel/Sensor table reflects this choice (0 - 7). Must
agree with SBE 25 setup (CC); see reply from DS.
Voltage channel 0 in .con or .xmlcon file corresponds to
first external voltage in data stream, voltage channel 1 to
second external voltage in data stream, etc.
Used to determine strain gauge
pressure sensor data format. See
reply from DS.
1, 2, 4, or 8 scans/second. Must agree with
SBE 25 setup (CC); see reply from DS.

 NMEA - Select if NMEA navigation
device used, and if NMEA depth
data and NMEA time data were
also appended. Seasave adds
current latitude, longitude, and
universal time code to data
header; appends NMEA data to
every scan; and writes NMEA data
to .nav file every time Ctrl F7 is
pressed or Add to .nav File is
clicked.
Note: Whether NMEA device was
connected to a deck unit or directly
to computer during data
acquisition in Seasave has no
effect on data file used by SBE
Data Processing, and therefore
has no effect on data processing.
 Surface PAR - Select if using with
deck unit connected to Surface
PAR sensor. Seasave appends
Surface PAR data to every scan.
Adds 2 channels to
Channel/Sensor table. Do not
increase External voltage channels
to reflect this; External voltage
channels reflects only external
voltages going directly to SBE 25
from auxiliary sensor See
Application Note 47.
 Scan time added - Select if
Seasave appended time (seconds
since January 1, 1970 GMT) to
each data scan.

Shaded sensors
cannot be removed
or changed to
another type of
sensor. All others
are optional.

Click a (non-shaded) sensor and click Select
to pick a different sensor for that channel.
A dialog box with a list of sensors appears.
Select sensors after number of voltage
channels have been specified above.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing
only; cannot be modified)
that shows all parameters in
.con or .xmlcon file.
For command line generation
of report, see Appendix III:
Generating .con or
.xmlcon File Reports –
ConReport.exe.

New to create new .con
or .xmlcon file for this
CTD.
Open to select different
.con or .xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to save
current .con or .xmlcon
file settings.

Click a sensor
and click Modify
to change
calibration
coefficients for
that sensor.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in
Configure menu - If you made changes and did
not Save or Save As, program asks if you want to
save changes.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected
in Configure menu - Button says Save & Exit. If
you do not want to save changes, use Cancel
button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in Seaterm that corresponds
to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above.
Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm
to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 25 with
Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing, as well as any
explanatory information.
SBE 25 CTD V 4.1a SN 323 04/26/02 14:02:13
external pressure sensor, range = 5076 psia, tcval = -55
xtal=9437363 clk=32767.107 vmain=10.1 iop=175 vlith=5.6
ncasts=0 samples=0 free = 54980 lwait = 0 msec
stop upcast when CTD ascends 30 % of full scale pressure
sensor range (2301 counts)
CTD configuration:
number of scans averaged=1, data stored at 8 scans
per second
real time data transmitted at 1 scans per second
(real-time data transmission [CC] must match Real time data output rate in
.con or .xmlcon file.)
minimum conductivity frequency for pump turn on = 2950
pump delay = 45 seconds
battery type = ALKALINE
2 external voltages sampled
(Number of auxiliary voltage sensors enabled [CC] must match External voltage
channels in .con or .xmlcon file.)
stored voltage #0 = external voltage 0
stored voltage #1 = external voltage 1

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 25plus Sealogger Configuration

 New to create new .xmlcon file for
this CTD.
 Open to select different .xmlcon file.
 Save or Save As to save current
.xmlcon file settings.

 .XML file – if selected,
selections on RealTime Options tab are
grayed out.
 .HEX file - if selected,
selections on Serial
Sensors tab are
grayed out.

Click a (nonshaded) sensor and
click Select to pick
a different sensor
for that channel. A
dialog box with a
list of sensors
appears.

Shaded
sensors cannot
be removed or
changed to
another type of
sensor.

Click a sensor and
click Modify to
change calibration
coefficients for that
sensor.

If processing .HEX file collected in Seasave, must match settings used in Seasave for realtime data acquisition. If processing .XML file uploaded from memory, selections of real-time
data from voltage channels have no effect.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing
only; cannot be modified)
that shows all parameters in
.con or .xmlcon file.
For command line generation
of report, see Appendix III:
Generating .con or
.xmlcon File Reports –
ConReport.exe.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in
Configure menu - If you made changes and did
not Save or Save As, program asks if you want to
save changes.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected
in Configure menu - Button says Save & Exit. If
you do not want to save changes, use Cancel
button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Note:
This tab is grayed out if you selected
Collect real-time data with Seasave
and/or process real-time .HEX file on
the first tab, because the 25plus does
not transmit real-time serial sensor
data.

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

If you selected Process .XML file uploaded from CTD memory, click the Serial
Sensors tab.

25plus collected serial sensor data
ifSetEnableSer1=Y. Serial sensor data
was included in CTD .xml data file in
memory if SetInlineSer1=Y. Otherwise, it
was placed in a separate .txt file (which
cannot be processed by SBE Data
Processing); if in a .txt file, all selections
are grayed out.
Select serial sensor that is on
each serial channel: None,
SBE 38, SBE 50, SBE 63,
WET Labs sensor (up to
3 channels), or WET Labs
SeaOWL UV-A.

25plus collected serial sensor data
ifSetEnableSer2=Y. Serial sensor data
was included in CTD .xml data file in
memory if SetInlineSer2=Y. Otherwise, it
was placed in a separate .txt file (which
cannot be processed by SBE Data
Processing); if in a .txt file, all selections
are grayed out.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Note:
This tab is grayed out if you selected
Process .XML file uploaded from CTD
memory on the first tab, because data
is memory is always saved at 16 Hz,
and NMEA, Surface PAR, and scan
time data is not available in an
uploaded file.

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

If you selected Collect real-time data with Seasave and/or process real-time
.HEX file, click the Real-Time Options tab.

Select if deck unit used, and select
baud rate at which CTD was set to
communicate.

Must agree with SetHistoricRate= in
25plus. See reply from GetCD.

NMEA - Select if NMEA navigation device
used, and whether NMEA device is
connected directly to Deck Unit or to
computer. You can also append NMEA
depth data (3 bytes) and NMEA time data
(4 bytes) after Lat/Lon data. Seasave
adds current latitude, longitude, and
universal time code to data header;
appends NMEA data to every scan; and
writes NMEA data to .nav file every time
Ctrl F7 is pressed or Add to .nav File is
clicked. Note: Whether NMEA device was
connected to a deck unit or directly to
computer during data acquisition in
Seasave has no effect on data file used
by SBE Data Processing, and therefore
has no effect on data processing.

Enter/verify calibration
coefficients for Surface PAR
sensor. See Application Note 47.

Select if using with deck
unit connected to Surface
PAR sensor. Seasave
appends Surface PAR
data to every scan.

Select if Seasave
appended time
(seconds since
January 1, 1970
GMT) to each
data scan.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Shown below is an example status (GetCD) response in Seaterm232 that
corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above.
Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm 232
to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 25plus with
Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing, as well as any
explanatory information.
S>getcd

4800
1

(serial sensor 1 setup data)

(serial sensor 2 setup data)

(assorted settings)

0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
2

(Number of auxiliary voltage sensors enabled [SetVOut#=] must match real-time
output selection in .xmlcon file.)

Manual revision 7.26.8

Notes:
 The SBE 37 is available with an
RS-232, Inductive Modem (IM
series), or RS-485 interface. All
commands to a particular 37 with IM
or RS-485 interface are preceded by
#ii, where ii = instrument ID
(0-99). Therefore, commands
mentioned in the dialog box
description below have a slightly
different form for these versions
(#iiGetCD, #iiDS, #iiDC, etc.).
 Commands shown here are for the
current SBE 37 firmware versions.
See the appropriate SBE 37 manual
for commands for your instrument.

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 37 MicroCAT C-T Recorder Configuration
The .xmlcon file for the SBE 37 is created by SeatermV2 (version 1.1 and later)
when you upload data from the SBE 37. Note that you cannot save the SBE 37
configuration as a .con file.

Time between scans. Must agree with
SBE 37 setup (SampleInterval=); see
reply from GetCD or DS. For 37-SI, SIP,
and SIP-IDO, see note below.

Indicates if SBE 37 includes
optional pressure sensor. Must
agree with factory setup; see reply
from DC (display calibration
coefficients); if pressure sensor is
included, response includes
pressure sensor coefficients.
If no pressure sensor included,
additional field for deployment
pressure is used to calculate
conductivity (and derived
variables such as salinity and
sound velocity). Value shown is
based on ReferencePressure=
that was programmed into
SBE 37; you can change this
value in .xmlcon file, if you have
updated deployment depth
information.

Indicates if SBE 37 includes integrated
dissolved oxygen sensor and type of sensor
(IDOs use SBE 43; ODOs use SBE 63); see
reply from GetCC or DS.
Latitude is needed to calculate local gravity,
used in calculation of salt water depth. If
enabled, software uses input latitude in salt
water depth calculation. If disabled, software
uses Latitude on Miscellaneous tab of Data
Conversion or Derive in salt water depth
calculation.
New to create new .con or
.xmlcon file for this CTD.
Open to select different
.con or .xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to save
current .con or .xmlcon file
settings.
Click a sensor and
click Modify to
change calibration
coefficients for that
sensor.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only; cannot
be modified) that shows all parameters in
.con or .xmlcon file. For command line
generation of report, see Appendix III:
Generating .con or .xmlcon File Reports –
ConReport.exe.

Note:
For 37-SI, SIP: Sample interval seconds in the .xmlcon file is based on:
 If SampleMode=2: SampleInterval=
 If SampleMode=3:
Firmware < 4.0 - 1 sec if SBE 37 has no pressure sensor, 1.5 sec if SBE 37 has pressure sensor
Firmware > 4.0 – 0.9 sec if SBE 37 has no pressure sensor, 1.3 sec if SBE 37 has pressure sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in a terminal program for a
SBE 37-SMP-IDO with standard RS-232 interface that corresponds to the setup
shown in the Configuration dialog box above. Shown below the appropriate
lines are the commands used in the terminal program to modify the setup of
parameters critical processing of to SBE 37-SMP-IDO data with SBE Data
Processing, as well as any explanatory information.
SBE37SMP-ODO-232 1.0 SERIAL NO. 12345 20 Sep 2012 00:48:50
(‘IDO’ indicates MicroCAT includes integrated oxygen sensor; must match oxygen
sensor enable/disable in .xmlcon file.)
vMain = 13.31, vLith = 3.19
samplenumber = 1728, free = 522560
not logging, stop command
sample interval = 60 seconds
(Sample interval [SampleInterval=] must match Sample interval seconds in .xmlcon file.)
data format = converted engineering
transmit real-time data = yes
sync mode = no
minimum conductivity frequency = 3000.0
adaptive pump control enabled

If no pressure sensor is installed, a line in the DS response provides user-input
reference pressure information; if the pressure sensor is installed, that line is
missing (as shown in the above example response). This must match the
pressure sensor enable/disable in the .xmlcon file.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 45 MicroTSG Configuration
The SBE 45 transmits ASCII converted data in engineering units. It converts
the raw data internally to engineering units, based on the programmed
calibration coefficients. See the SBE 45 manual.
Define data in SBE 45 data
stream:
 Output conductivity - Must
agree with SBE 45 setup
(OutputCond=).
 Output salinity – Must agree
with SBE 45 setup
(OutputSal=).
 Output sound velocity –
Must agree with SBE 45
setup (OutputSV=).
See reply from DS for setup
programmed into SBE 45.
Opens a .txt file (for
viewing only; cannot
be modified) that
shows all parameters
in .con or .xmlcon file.
For command line
generation of report,
see Appendix III:
Generating .con or
.xmlcon File Reports
– ConReport.exe.

Time between scans. Must agree with SBE 45
setup (Interval=); see reply from DS.
New to create new .con
or .xmlcon file for this
CTD.
Open to select different
.con or .xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to save
current .con or .xmlcon
file settings.

 Use junction box - Select if SBE 45 data is transmitted to computer
through optional 90402 – SBE 45 Interface Box. Interface Box can
append optional SBE 38 and NMEA data to SBE 45 data stream.
 SBE 38 temperature added – Select if 90402 – SBE 45 Interface
Box is connected to SBE 38 remote temperature sensor. Seasave
appends SBE 38 data to data stream. Seasave, Data Conversion,
and Derive use remote temperature data when calculating density
and sound velocity.
 NMEA data added - Select if 90402 – SBE 45 Interface Box is
connected to NMEA navigation device. Seasave adds current latitude,
longitude, and universal time code to data header; appends NMEA
data to every scan; and writes NMEA data to .nav file every time Ctrl
F7 is pressed or Add to .nav File is clicked.

Return to SBE Data Processing
window.
 If Confirm Configuration Change
was selected in Configure menu If you made changes and did not
Save or Save As, program asks if
you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Configuration Change
was not selected in Configure
menu - Button says Save & Exit.
If you do not want to save
changes, use Cancel button to
exit.

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in Seaterm that corresponds
to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above.
Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm
to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 45 with
Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing, as well as any
explanatory information.
SBE45 V 1.1 SERIAL NO. 1258
logging data
sample interval = 1 seconds
(Sample interval [Interval=] must match Sample interval seconds in .con or .xmlcon
file.)
output conductivity with each sample
(Enabling of conductivity output [OutputCond=] must match Output conductivity
in .con or .xmlcon file.)
do not output salinity with each sample
(Enabling of salinity output [OutputSal=] must match Output salinity in
.con or .xmlcon file.)
do not output sound velocity with each sample
(Enabling of sound velocity output [OutputSV=] must match Output sound velocity
in .con or .xmlcon file.)
start sampling when power on
do not power off after taking a single sample
(Power off after taking a single sample must be disabled [SingleSample=N] to
acquire data in Seasave.)
do not power off after two minutes of inactivity
A/D cycles to average = 2

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE 49 FastCAT Configuration

 NMEA - Select if NMEA navigation
device used, and if NMEA depth data
and NMEA time data were also
appended. Seasave adds current
latitude, longitude, and universal time
code to data header; appends NMEA
data to every scan; and writes NMEA
data to .nav file every time Ctrl F7 is
pressed or Add to .nav File is
clicked.
Note: Whether NMEA device was
connected to a deck unit or directly
to computer during data acquisition
in Seasave has no effect on data file
used by SBE Data Processing, and
therefore has no effect on data
processing.
 Surface PAR - Select if used with
deck unit connected to Surface PAR
sensor. Seasave appends Surface
PAR data to every scan. Adds 2
channels to Channel/Sensor table.
See Application Note 47.
 Scan time - Select if Seasave
appended time (seconds since
January 1, 1970 GMT) to each data
scan.

Number of samples to average per scan. SBE 49 samples at 16 Hz
(0.0625 seconds), averages data, and transmits averaged data realtime. Must agree with SBE 49 setup (NAvg=); see reply from DS.

New to create new .con
or .xmlcon file for this
CTD.
Open to select different
.con or .xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to
save current .con or
.xmlcon file settings.
Click a sensor and
click Modify to
change calibration
coefficients for that
sensor.
Opens a .txt file (for viewing
only; cannot be modified) that
shows all parameters in .con
or .xmlcon file. For command
line generation of report, see
Appendix III: Generating .con
or .xmlcon File Reports –
ConReport.exe.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure
menu - If you made changes and did not Save or Save As,
program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in
Configure menu - Button says Save & Exit. If you do not
want to save changes, use Cancel button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

SBE Glider Payload CTD Configuration

Number of seconds between
samples. Must agree with GPCTD
setup (Interval=); see reply from DS.

Select if GPCTD is
integrated with optional
SBE 43F Dissolved
Oxygen sensor.
Must agree with
GPCTD setup
(OxygenInstalled=);
see reply from DS.

New to create new
.xmlcon file for this CTD.
Open to select different
.xmlcon file.
Save or Save As to
save current .xmlcon file
settings.
Click a sensor and
click Modify to change
calibration coefficients
for that sensor.

Opens a .txt file (for viewing only;
cannot be modified) that shows all
parameters in .con or .xmlcon file. For
command line generation of report, see
Appendix III: Generating .con or
.xmlcon File Reports – ConReport.exe.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure
menu - If you made changes and did not Save or Save As,
program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in
Configure menu - Button says Save & Exit. If you do not
want to save changes, use Cancel button to exit.

Shown below is an example status (DS) response in Seaterm232 that
corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above.
Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm232
to modify the setup of parameters critical to processing of Glider Payload CTD
data with SBE Data Processing, as well as any explanatory information.
SBE Glider Payload CTD 1.0
vMain =

9.37, vLith =

SERIAL NO. 12345

3.04

27 Apr 2010 09:38:22

autorun = no
samplenumber = 57, free = 559183, profiles = 3
not logging
sample every 1 seconds
(must match Sample interval seconds in .xmlcon file.)
sample mode is continuous
data format = raw Decimal
do not force on RS232 transmitter
transmit real time data
acquire SBE 43 oxygen
(must match Oxygen sensor installed in .xmlcon file.)
minimum conductivity frequency = 3011.0
custom pump mode disabled

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Accessing Calibration Coefficients Dialog Boxes
1.
2.
3.

In the Configure menu, select the desired instrument.
In the Configuration dialog box, click Open. Browse to the desired .con or
.xmlcon file and click Open.
In the Configuration dialog box, click a sensor and click Modify to change
the calibration coefficients for that sensor (or right click on the sensor and
select Modify . . Calibration, or double click on the sensor); the calibration
coefficients dialog box for the sensor appears (example is shown for a
pH sensor).

Importing and Exporting Calibration Coefficients
Calibration coefficient dialog boxes contain Import and Export buttons, which
can be used to simplify entering calibration coefficients. These buttons are
particularly useful when swapping sensors from one instrument to another,
allowing you to enter calibration coefficients without the need for typing or the
resulting possibility of typographical errors. An example dialog box is shown
above for a pH sensor.
The Export button allows you to export coefficients for the selected sensor to
an .XML file. If you move that sensor onto another instrument, you can then
import the coefficients from the .XML file when setting up the .con or .xmlcon
configuration file for that instrument.
The Import button allows you to import coefficients for the selected sensor
from another .con or .xmlcon file or from an .XML file. When you click the
Import button, a dialog box appears. Select the desired file type, and then
browse to and select the file:
 .con or .xmlcon configuration file – opens a .con or .xmlcon file,
retrieves the calibration coefficients from the file for the type of sensor you
selected, and enters the coefficients in the calibration coefficients dialog
box. If the .con or .xmlcon file contains more than one of that type of
sensor (for example, SBE Data Processing can process data for an
instrument interfacing with up to two SBE 43 oxygen sensors, so the .con
or .xmlcon file could contain coefficients for two SBE 43 sensors), a dialog
box allows you to select the desired sensor by serial number. If the .con or
.xmlcon file does not contain any of that type of sensor, SBE Data
Processing responds with an error message.
 .XML file – imports an .XML file that contains calibration coefficients for
one sensor. If the .XML file you select is not compatible with the selected
sensor type, SBE Data Processing responds with an error message.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Calibration Coefficients for Frequency Sensors
View and/or modify the sensor calibration coefficients by selecting the sensor
and clicking the Modify button in the instrument Configuration dialog box. For
all calibration dialog boxes, enter the sensor serial number and calibration date.
Many sensor calibration equations contain an offset term. Unless noted
otherwise, use the offset (default = 0.0) to make small corrections for sensor
drift between calibrations.
Calibration coefficients are discussed below for each type of sensor.
Temperature, conductivity, and Digiquartz pressure sensors are covered first,
followed by the remaining frequency sensor types in alphabetical order.

Temperature Calibration Coefficients
Notes:
 Coefficients g, h, i, j, and f0
provide ITS-90 (T90)
temperature; a, b, c, d, and f0
provide IPTS-68 (T68)
temperature. The relationship
between them is:
T68 = 1.00024 T90
 See Application Note 31 for
computation of slope and offset
correction coefficients from preand post-cruise calibrations
supplied by Sea-Bird.
 See Calibration Coefficients for
A/D Count Sensors below for
information on temperature
sensors used in the
SBE 16plus (and -IM),
16plus (and -IM) V2, 19plus,
19plus V2, 37, and 49.

Enter g, h, i, j (or a, b, c, d), and f0 from the calibration sheet.
Enter values for slope (default = 1.0) and offset (default = 0.0) to make small
corrections for temperature sensor drift between calibrations:
Corrected temperature = (slope * computed temperature) + offset
where
slope = true temperature span / instrument temperature span
offset = (true temperature – instrument reading) * slope; measured at 0 °C
Temperature Slope and Offset Correction Example
At true temperature = 0.0 °C, instrument reading = 0.0015 °C
At true temperature = 25.0 °C, instrument reading = 25.0005 °C
Calculating the slope and offset:
Slope = (25.0 – 0.0) / (25.0005 – 0.0015) = + 1.000040002
Offset = (0.0 – 0.0015) * 1.000040002 = - 0.001500060
Sea-Bird temperature sensors usually drift by changing offset, typically
resulting in higher temperature readings over time for sensors with serial
number less than 1050 and lower temperature readings over time for sensors
with serial number greater than 1050. Sea-Bird’s data indicates that the drift is
smooth and uniform with time, allowing users to make very accurate
corrections based only on pre- and post-cruise laboratory calibrations.
Calibration checks at sea are advisable to ensure against sensor malfunction;
however, data from reversing thermometers is rarely accurate enough to make
calibration corrections that are better than those possible from shore-based
laboratory calibrations.
Sea-Bird temperature sensors rarely exhibit span errors larger than  0.005 °C
over the range –5 to +35 °C (0.005 °C/(35 -[-5])C/year = 0.000125 °C/C/year),
even after years of drift. A span error that increases more than
 0.0002 °C/C/year may be a symptom of sensor malfunction.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Conductivity Calibration Coefficients
Note:
Use coefficients g, h, i, j, Ctcor,
and Cpcor (if available on
calibration sheet) for most
accurate results; conductivity for
older sensors was calculated
based on a, b, c, d, m, and Cpcor.

Enter g, h, i, j, Ctcor (or a, b, c, d, m) and Cpcor from the calibration sheet.
 Cpcor makes a correction for the highly consistent change in dimensions of
the conductivity cell under pressure. The default is the compressibility
coefficient for borosilicate glass (-9.57e-08). Some sensors fabricated
between 1992 and 1995 (serial numbers between 1100 and 1500) exhibit a
compression that is slightly less than pure borosilicate glass. For these
sensors, the (hermetic) epoxy jacket on the glass cell is unintentionally
strong, creating a composite pressure effect of borosilicate and epoxy.
For sensors tested to date, this composite pressure coefficient ranges from 9.57e-08 to -6.90e-08, with the latter value producing a correction to deep
ocean salinity of 0.0057 PSU in 5000 dbars pressure (approximately
0.001 PSU per 1000 dbars).
Before modifying Cpcor, confirm that the sensor behaves differently from
pure borosilicate glass. Sea-Bird can test your cell and calculate Cpcor.
Alternatively, test the cell by comparing computed salinity to the salinity
of water samples from a range of depths, calculated using an AutoSal.
Enter values for slope (default = 1.0) and offset (default = 0.0) to make small
corrections for conductivity sensor drift between calibrations:
Corrected conductivity = (slope * computed conductivity) + offset
where
slope = true conductivity span / instrument conductivity span
offset = (true conductivity – instrument reading) * slope; measured at 0 S/m

Note:
See Application Note 31 for
computation of slope and offset
correction coefficients from preand post-cruise calibrations
supplied by Sea-Bird or from
salinity bottle samples taken at
sea during profiling.

Conductivity Slope and Offset Correction Example
At true conductivity = 0.0 S/m, instrument reading = -0.00007 S/m
At true conductivity = 3.5 S/m, instrument reading = 3.49965 S/m
Calculating the slope and offset:
Slope = (3.5 – 0.0) / (3.49965 - [- 0.00007]) = + 1.000080006
Offset = (0.0 - [-0.00007]) * 1.000080006 = + 0.000070006

The sensor usually drifts by changing span (slope of the calibration curve),
typically resulting in lower conductivity readings over time. Offset error
(error at 0 S/m) is usually due to electronics drift, and is typically less than
0.0001 S/m per year. Because offsets greater than 0.0002 S/m are a
symptom of sensor malfunction, Sea-Bird recommends that drift corrections be
made by assuming no offset error, unless there is strong evidence to the
contrary or a special need.

Wide-Range Conductivity Sensors
Note:
See Application Note 94 for
information on wide-range
calibrations.

A wide-range conductivity sensor has been modified to provide conductivity
readings over a wider range by inserting a precision resistor in series with the
conductivity cell. Therefore, the equation used to fit the calibration data is
different from the standard equation. The sensor’s documentation includes the
equation as well as the cell constant and series resistance to be entered in the
program.
If the conductivity sensor serial number on the conductivity calibration sheet
includes a w (an indication that it is a wide-range sensor; for example, 4216w):
1. After you enter the calibration coefficients and click OK, the Wide Range
Conductivity dialog box appears.
2. Enter the cell constant and series resistance (from the instrument’s
documentation) in the dialog box, and click OK.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Pressure (Paroscientific Digiquartz) Calibration Coefficients
Note:
See Calibration Coefficients for
A/D Count Sensors below for
information on strain gauge
pressure sensors used on the
SBE 16plus (and -IM),
16plus (and -IM) V2, 19plus,
19plus V2, and 49.
See Calibration Coefficients for
Voltage Sensors below for
information on strain gauge
pressure sensors used on
other instruments.

Enter the sets of C, D, and T coefficients from the calibration sheet. Enter zero
for any higher-order coefficients that are not listed on the calibration sheet.
Enter values for slope (default = 1.0; do not change unless sensor has been
recalibrated) and offset (default = 0.0) to make small corrections for
sensor drift.
 For the SBE 9plus, also enter AD590M and AD590B coefficients from the
configuration sheet.

Oxygen (SBE 43I) Calibration Coefficients
The SBE 43I is the Integrated Dissolved Oxygen sensor used on the SBE 37
(37-SMP-IDO, 37-IMP-IDO, and 37-SIP-IDO). The calibration coefficients for
this sensor are as described for the SBE 43 voltage sensor (see Calculation
Coefficients for Voltage Sensors below).

Bottles Closed (HB - IOW) Calibration Coefficients
No calibration coefficients are entered for this parameter.
The number of bottles closed is calculated by Data Conversion
based on frequency range.

Sound Velocity (IOW) Calibration Coefficients
Enter coefficients a0, a1, and a2.
Value = a0 + a1 * frequency + a2 * frequency 2

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Calibration Coefficients for A/D Count Sensors
View and/or modify the sensor calibration coefficients by selecting the sensor
and clicking the Modify button in the instrument Configuration dialog box. For
all calibration dialog boxes, enter the sensor serial number and calibration date.
Many sensor calibration equations contain an offset term. Unless noted
otherwise, use the offset (default = 0.0) to make small corrections for sensor
drift between calibrations.
Calibration coefficients are discussed below for each type of sensor:
temperature and strain gauge pressure sensor.

Temperature Calibration Coefficients
Notes:
 These coefficients provide
ITS-90 (T90) temperature.
 See Application Note 31 for
computation of slope and offset
correction coefficients from preand post-cruise calibrations
supplied by Sea-Bird.

For SBE 16plus (and -IM), 16plus (and-IM) V2, 19plus, 19plus V2, 37, and 49:
Enter a0, a1, a2, and a3 from the calibration sheet.
Enter values for slope (default = 1.0) and offset (default = 0.0) to make small
corrections for temperature sensor drift between calibrations:
Corrected temperature = (slope * computed temperature) + offset
where
slope = true temperature span / instrument temperature span
offset = (true temperature – instrument reading) * slope; measured at 0 °C
Temperature Slope and Offset Correction Example
At true temperature = 0.0 °C, instrument reading = 0.0015 °C
At true temperature = 25.0 °C, instrument reading = 25.0005 °C
Calculating the slope and offset:
Slope = (25.0 – 0.0) / (25.0005 – 0.0015) = + 1.000040002
Offset = (0.0 – 0.0015) * 1.000040002 = - 0.001500060
Sea-Bird temperature sensors usually drift by changing offset, typically
resulting in lower temperature readings over time. Sea-Bird’s data indicates that
the drift is smooth and uniform with time, allowing users to make very accurate
corrections based only on pre- and post-cruise laboratory calibrations.
Calibration checks at sea are advisable to ensure against sensor malfunction;
however, data from reversing thermometers is rarely accurate enough to make
calibration corrections that are better than those possible from shore-based
laboratory calibrations.
Sea-Bird temperature sensors rarely exhibit span errors larger than  0.005 °C
over the range –5 to +35 °C (0.005 °C/(35 -[-5])C/year = 0.000125 °C/C/year),
even after years of drift. A span error that increases more than
 0.0002 °C/C/year may be a symptom of sensor malfunction.

Pressure (Strain Gauge) Calibration Coefficients
Note:
See Calibration Coefficients for
Voltage Sensors below for
information on strain gauge
pressure sensors used on other
instruments. See Calibration
Coefficients for Frequency
Sensors above for information
on Paroscientific Digiquartz
pressure sensors.

For SBE 16plus (and -IM), 16plus (and IM) V2, 19plus, and 19plus V2
configured with a strain gauge pressure sensor, and for all SBE 37s and 49s:
Enter pA0, pA1, pA2, ptempA0, ptempA1, ptempA2, pTCA0, pTCA1, pTCA2,
pTCB0, pTCB1, and pTCB2 from the calibration sheet. Offset is normally zero,
but may be changed for non-zero sea-surface condition. For example, if the inair pressure reading is negative, enter an equal positive value.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors
Note:
Unless noted otherwise, SBE Data
Processing supports only one of each
auxiliary sensor model on a CTD (for
example, you cannot specify two
Chelsea Minitracka fluorometers, but
you can specify a Chelsea Minitracka
and a Chelsea UV Aquatracka
fluorometer. See the sensor
descriptions below for those sensors
that SBE Data Processing supports
in a redundant configuration (two or
more of the same model interfacing
with the CTD).

View and/or modify the sensor calibration coefficients by selecting the sensor
and clicking the Modify button in the instrument Configuration dialog box. For
all calibration dialog boxes, enter the sensor serial number and calibration date.
Many sensor calibration equations contain an offset term. Unless noted
otherwise, use the offset (default = 0.0) to make small corrections for sensor
drift between calibrations.
Calibration coefficients are discussed below for each type of sensor. Strain
gauge pressure sensors are covered first, followed by the remaining voltage
sensor types in alphabetical order.

Pressure (Strain Gauge) Calibration Coefficients
Note:
See Calibration Coefficients for A/D
Count Sensors above for information
on strain gauge pressure sensors
used on the SBE 16plus (and -IM),
16plus (and -IM) V2, 19plus,
19plus V2, and 49.
See Calibration Coefficients for
Frequency Sensors above for
information on Paroscientific
Digiquartz pressure sensors.

Note:
In Seasave, enter the altimeter
alarm set point, alarm hysteresis,
and minimum pressure to enable
alarm.

Enter coefficients:
 Pressure sensor without temperature compensation
 Enter A0, A1, and A2 coefficients from the calibration sheet
 For older units with a linear fit pressure calibration, enter M (A1) and
B (A0) from the calibration sheet, and set A2 to zero.
 For all units, offset is normally zero, but may be changed for non-zero
sea-surface condition. For example, if the in-air pressure reading is
negative, enter an equal positive value.
 Pressure sensor with temperature compensation
Enter ptempA0, ptempA1, ptempA2, pTCA0, pTCA1, pTCA2, pTCB0,
pTCB1, pTCB2, pA0, pA1, and pA2 from the calibration sheet.

Altimeter Calibration Coefficients
Enter the scale factor and offset.
altimeter height = [300 * voltage / scale factor] + offset
where
scale factor = full scale voltage * 300/full scale range
full scale range is dependent on the sensor (e.g., 50m, 100m, etc.)
full scale voltage is from calibration sheet (typically 5V)

Fluorometer Calibration Coefficients


Biospherical Natural Fluorometer
Enter Cfn (natural fluorescence calibration coefficient), A1, A2, and B
from calibration sheet.
natural fluorescence Fn = Cfn * 10V
production = A1 * Fn / (A2 + PAR)
chlorophyll concentration Chl = Fn / (B * PAR)
where
V is voltage from natural fluorescence sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)


Note:
See Application Note 39 for
calculation of Chelsea Aqua 3
calibration coefficients.

SBE Data Processing

Chelsea Aqua 3
Enter VB, V1, Vacetone, slope, offset, and SF.
Concentration (μg/l) = slope*[(10.0(V/SF) - 10.0VB)/(10.0V1 - 10.0Vacetone)]
+ offset
where
VB, V1, and Vacetone are from calibration sheet
Slope (default 1.0) and offset (default 0.0) adjust readings to conform to
measured concentrations
Scale factor SF = 1.0 if CTD gain is 1; SF = 2 if CTD gain is 2.0
V is output voltage measured by CTD
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two Chelsea Aqua 3 fluorometers.
Chelsea Aqua 3 Example - Calculation of Slope and Offset
Current slope = 1.0 and offset = 0.0
Two in-situ samples:
Sample 1 Concentration–
from SBE Data Processing = 0.390, from water sample = 0.450
Sample 2 Concentration–
from SBE Data Processing = 0.028, from water sample = 0.020
Linear regression to this data yields slope = 1.188 and offset = - 0.013



Chelsea Minitracka
Enter Vacetone, Vacetone100, and offset.
Concentration = (100 *[V - Vacetone]/[Vacetone100 - Vacetone]) + offset
where
Vacetone (voltage with 0 µg/l chlorophyll) and Vacetone100 (voltage with
100 µg/l chlorophyll) are from calibration sheet



Chelsea UV Aquatracka
Enter A and B.
Concentration (μg/l) = A * 10.0 V - B
where
A and B are from calibration sheet
V is output voltage measured by CTD
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two Chelsea UV Aquatracka fluorometers.



Dr Haardt Fluorometer - Chlorophyll a, Phycoerythrin, or
Yellow Substance
Enter A0, A1, B0, and B1.
These instruments may have automatic switching between high and low
gains. Select the gain range switch:
 Output Voltage Level if the instrument indicates gain by output voltage
level (< 2.5 volts is low gain, > 2.5 volts is high gain)
Low gain: value = A0 + (A1 * V)
High gain: value = B0 + (B1 * V)
 Modulo Bit if the instrument has control lines custom-wired to bits in
the SBE 9plus modulo word
Bit not set: value = A0 + (A1 * V)
Bit set: value = B0 + (B1 * V)
 None if the instrument does not change gain
value = A0 + (A1 * V)
where
V = voltage from sensor

Note:
See Application Note 61 for
calculation of Chelsea Minitracka
calibration coefficients.

Dr Haardt Voltage Level Switching Examples
Example: Chlorophyll a
Low range scale = 10 mg/l and Gain = 10/2.5 = 4 mg/l/volt
A0 = 0.0
A1 = 4.0
High range scale = 100 mg/l and Gain = 100/2.5 = 40 mg/l/volt
B0 = -100
B1 = 40.0
58

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing



Seapoint
Enter gain and offset.
Concentration = (V * 30/gain) + offset
where
Gain is dependent on cable used (see cable drawing, pins 5 and 6)
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two Seapoint fluorometers.



Seapoint Rhodamine
Enter gain and offset.
Concentration = (V * 30/gain) + offset
where
Gain is dependent on cable used (see cable drawing, pins 5 and 6)



Seapoint Ultraviolet
Enter range and offset.
Concentration = (V * range / 5) + offset
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two Seapoint ultraviolet fluorometers.



Sea Tech and WET Labs Flash Lamp Fluorometer (FLF)
Enter scale factor and offset.
Concentration = (voltage * scale factor / 5) + offset
where
Scale factor is dependent on fluorometer range:

Note:
See Application Note 54 for
calculation of Seapoint fluorometer
calibration coefficients.

Note:
See Application Note 77 for
calculation of Seapoint ultraviolet
fluorometer calibration coefficients.

Notes:

 See Application Note 9 for
calculation of WET Labs FLF and
Sea Tech fluorometer calibration
coefficients.
 Offset and scale factor may be
adjusted to fit a linear regression of
fluorometer responses to known
chlorophyll a concentrations.

Fluorometer

Sea Tech

WET Labs
FLF

Switch-Selectable Range
(milligrams/m3 or micrograms/liter)
0–3
0 – 10 (default)
0 - 30
0-100
0-300
0-1000
0 – 100
0 – 300 (default)
0 - 1000

Scale
Factor
3
10
30
100
300
1000
100
300
1000

Offset is calculated by measuring voltage output when the light sensor is
completely blocked from the strobe light with an opaque substance
such as heavy black rubber:
offset = - (scale factor * voltage) / 5


Turner 10-005
This sensor requires two channels - one for the fluorescence voltage and
one for the range voltage. Select both when configuring the instrument.
For the fluorescence voltage channel, enter scale factor and offset.
concentration = [fluorescence voltage * scale factor / (range * 5)] + offset
where
range is defined in the following table
Range Voltage
< 0.2 volts
> 0.2 volts and < 0.55 volts
> 0.55 volts and < 0.85 volts
> 0.85 volts

Range
1.0
3.16
10.0
31.0

Manual revision 7.26.8

Note:
See Application Note 74 for
calculation of Turner Cyclops
fluorometer calibration coefficients.

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing



Turner 10-AU-005
Enter full scale voltage, zero point concentration, and full scale
concentration from the calibration sheet.
concentration = [(1.195 * voltage * (FSC – ZPC)) / FSV] + ZPC
where
voltage = measured output voltage from fluorometer
FSV = full scale voltage; typically 5.0 volts
FSC = full scale concentration
ZPC = zero point concentration



Turner Cyclops
Enter scale factor and offset, and select measured parameter (chlorophyll,
rhodamine, fluorescein, .phycocyanin, phycoerythrin, CDOM, crude oil,
optical brighteners, or turbidity)
concentration = (scale factor * voltage) + offset
where
scale factor = range / 5 volts
offset = - scale factor * blank voltage
Range and blank voltage are from calibration sheet.
Output units are dependent on selected measured parameter.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to seven Turner Cyclops fluorometers.



Turner SCUFA
Enter scale factor, offset, units, mx, my, and b from the calibration sheet.
chlorophyll = (scale factor * voltage) + offset
corrected chlorophyll = (mx * chlorophyll) + (my * NTU) + b
where
NTU = results from optional turbidity channel in SCUFA (see Turner
SCUFA in OBS equations below)
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two Turner SCUFA sensors.



WET Labs AC3
This sensor requires two channels - one for fluorometer voltage (listed
under fluorometers in the dialog box) and one for transmissometer voltage
(listed under transmissometers). Select both when configuring the
instrument.
Enter kv, Vh2o, and A^X.
concentration (mg/m3) = kv * (Vout - Vh20) / A^X
where
Vout = measured output voltage
kv = absorption voltage scaling constant (inverse meters/volt)
Vh20 = measured voltage using pure water
A^X = chlorophyll specific absorption coefficient

Notes:
 To enable entry of the mx, my,
and b coefficients, you must
first select the Turner SCUFA
(OBS/Nephelometer/Turbidity).
 See Application Note 63 for
calculation of Turner SCUFA
calibration coefficients.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)



WET Labs ECO-AFL and ECO-FL
Enter Dark Output and scale factor.
Concentration (units) = (V – Dark Output) * scale factor
where
V = in situ voltage output
Dark Output = clean water voltage output with black tape on detector
Scale factor = multiplier (units/Volt)
The calibration sheet lists either:
 Dark Output and scale factor, OR
 Vblank (old terminology for Dark Output) and Scale Factor, OR
 Vblank (old terminology for Dark Output) and Vcopro (voltage output
measured with known concentration of coproporphyrin tetramethyl
ester). Determine an initial value for the scale factor by using the
chlorophyll concentration corresponding to Vcopro:
scale factor = chlorophyll concentration / (Vcopro - Vblank)
Perform calibrations using seawater with phytoplankton populations that
are similar to what is expected in situ.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to six ECO-AFL (or ECO-FL) sensors.



WET Labs ECO CDOM (Colored Dissolved Organic Matter)
Enter Dark Output and scale factor.
Concentration (ppb) = (V – Dark Output) * Scale Factor
where
V = in situ voltage output
Dark Output = clean water voltage output with black tape on detector
Scale Factor = multiplier (ppb/Volt)
Calibration sheet lists Dark Output and Vcdom (voltage output measured
with known concentration of colored dissolved organic matter). Determine
an initial scale factor value by using colored dissolved organic matter
concentration corresponding to Vcdom:
scale factor = cdom concentration / (Vcdom – Dark Output)
Perform calibrations using seawater with CDOM types similar to what is
expected in situ.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to six ECO CDOM sensors.



WET Labs WETStar
Enter Blank Output and Scale Factor.
Concentration (units) = (V – Blank Output) * Scale Factor
where
V = in situ voltage output
Blank Output = clean water blank voltage output
Scale Factor = multiplier (units/Volt)
The calibration sheet lists either:
 Blank Output and Scale Factor, OR
 Vblank (old terminology for Blank Output) and Scale Factor, OR
 Vblank (old terminology for Blank Output) and Vcopro (voltage
output measured with known concentration of coproporphyrin
tetramethyl ester). Determine an initial value for the scale factor by
using the chlorophyll concentration corresponding to Vcopro:
scale factor = chlorophyll concentration / (Vcopro - Vblank)
Perform calibrations using seawater with phytoplankton populations that
are similar to what is expected in situ.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to six WET Labs WETStar sensors.

Notes:
 Units are dependent on the
substance measured by the
fluorometer. For example, units are
µg/l for chlorophyll, ppb for
Rhodamine, ppt for Phycocyanin,
etc.
 See Application Note 62 for
calculation of ECO-AFL/ -FL
calibration coefficients.
 For ECO-FL-NTU, a second
channel is required for turbidity.
Set up the second channel as a
WET Labs ECO-NTU, as
described below for
OBS/Nephelometer/Turbidity
sensors.

SBE Data Processing

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Methane Sensor Calibration Coefficients
The Franatech(formerly Capsum) METS sensor requires two channels – one
for methane concentration and oner for temperature measured by the sensor.
Select both when configuring the instrument.
For the concentration channel, enter D, A0, A1, B0, B1, and B2.
Methane concentration
-Vt
1
1
= exp {D ln [(B0 + B1 exp
)*(
–
)]}
[mol / l]
B2
Vm A0 – A1 * Vt
where
Vt = temperature voltage
Vm = methane concentration voltage
For the temperature channel, enter T1 and T2.
Gas temperature = (Vt * T1) + T2
[°C]

OBS/Nephelometer/Turbidity Calibration Coefficients
In general, turbidity sensors are calibrated to a standard (formazin). However,
particle size, shape, refraction, etc. in seawater varies. These variations affect
the results unless field calibrations are performed on typical water samples.


Downing & Associates [D&A] OBS-3 Backscatterance
Enter gain and offset.
output = (volts * gain) + offset
where
gain = range/5; see calibration sheet for range
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two OBS-3 sensors.



Downing & Associates [D & A] OBS-3+
Enter A0, A1, and A2.
output = A0 + (A1 * V) + (A2 * V2)
where
V = voltage from sensor (milliVolts)
A0, A1, and A2 = calibration coefficients from D & A calibration sheet
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two OBS-3+ sensors.



Chelsea
Enter clear water value and scale factor.
turbidity [F.T.U.] = (10.0V – C) / scale factor
where
V = voltage from sensor
See calibration sheet for C (clear water value) and scale factor.



Dr. Haardt Turbidity
Enter A0, A1, B0, and B1. Select the gain range switch:
 Output Voltage Level if the instrument indicates gain by output voltage
level (< 2.5 volts is low gain, > 2.5 volts is high gain)
Low gain: value = A0 + (A1 * V)
High gain: value = B0 + (B1 * V)
 Modulo Bit if the instrument has control lines custom-wired to bits in
the SBE 9plus modulo word
Bit not set: value = A0 + (A1 * V)
Bit set: value = B0 + (B1 * V)
 None if the instrument does not change gain
value = A0 + (A1 * V)
where
V = voltage from sensor

Note:
See Application Note 16 for
calculation of OBS-3 calibration
coefficients.

Note:
 See Application Note 81 for
calculation of OBS-3+ calibration
coefficients.
 You can interface to two OBS-3+
sensors, or to both the 1X and 4X
ranges on one OBS-3+ sensor,
providing two channels of
OBS-3+ data.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)



IFREMER
This sensor requires two channels - one for direct voltage and one for
measured voltage. Select both when configuring the CTD.
For the direct voltage channel, enter vm0, vd0, d0, and k.
diffusion = [k * (vm – vm0) / (vd – vd0)] – d0
where
k = scale factor
vm = measured voltage
vm0 = measured voltage offset
vd = direct voltage
vd0 = direct voltage offset
d0 = diffusion offset



Seapoint Turbidity
Enter gain setting and scale factor.
output = (volts * 500 * scale factor)/gain
where
Scale factor is from calibration sheet
Gain is dependent on cable used (see cable drawing)
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two Seapoint Turbidity sensors.



Seatech LS6000 and WET Labs LBSS
Enter gain setting, slope, and offset.
Output = [volts * (range / 5) * slope] + offset
where
Slope is from calibration sheet.
Range is based on sensor ordered (see calibration sheet) and cabledependent gain (see cable drawing to determine if low or high gain):
High Gain: 2.25, 7.5, 75, 225, 33; Low Gain: 7.5, 25, 250, 750, 100
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two Seatech LS6000 or WET Labs LBSS sensors.



Turner SCUFA
Enter scale factor and offset.
NTU = (scale factor * voltage) + offset
corrected chlorophyll = (mx * chlorophyll) + (my * NTU) + b
where
mx, my, and b = coefficients entered for Turner SCUFA fluorometer
chlorophyll = results from fluorometer channel in SCUFA (see Turner
SCUFA in fluorometer equations above)
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two Turner SCUFA sensors.



WET Labs ECO-BB
Enter Scale Factor and Dark Output.
β(Θc) [m -1 sr -1]= (V – Dark Output) * Scale Factor
where
V = voltage from sensor
Scale Factor and Dark Output are from calibration sheet.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to five WET Labs ECO-BB sensors.



WET Labs ECO-NTU
Enter scale factor and Dark Output.
NTU = (V – Dark Output) * Scale Factor
where
V = voltage from sensor
Scale Factor and Dark Output are from calibration sheet.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to five WET Labs ECO-NTU sensors.

Note:
See Application Note 48 for
calculation of Seapoint Turbidity
calibration coefficients.

Notes:
 To enable entry of the mx, my,
and b coefficients for the
SCUFA fluorometer, you must
first select the Turner SCUFA
(OBS/Nephelometer/Turbidity).
 See Application Note 63 for
calculation of Turner SCUFA
calibration coefficients.

Note:
See Application Note 87 for
calculation of WET Labs ECO-BB
calibration coefficients.

Note:
See Application Note 62 for
calculation of WET Labs ECO-NTU
calibration coefficients.

Note:
See Application Note 19 for
calculation of ORP calibration
coefficients.

SBE Data Processing

Oxidation Reduction Potential (ORP) Calibration Coefficients
Enter M, B, and offset (mV).
Oxidation reduction potential = [(M * voltage) + B] + offset
Enter M and B from calibration sheet.
63

Manual revision 7.26.8

Notes:
 See Application Notes 13-1 and 13-3
for calibration coefficients for
Beckman- or YSI-type sensors.
 See Application Notes 64 and 64-2
for SBE 43 calibration coefficients.
 The Tau correction ([tau(T,P) * V/t]
in the SBE 43 or [tau * doc/dt] in the
SBE 13 or 23) improves response of
the measured signal in regions of
large oxygen gradients. However,
this term also amplifies residual
noise in the signal (especially in
deep water), and in some situations
this negative consequence
overshadows the gains in signal
responsiveness. To perform this
correction, select Apply Tau
correction on Data Conversion’s or
Derive’s Miscellaneous tab.
 If the Tau correction is enabled,
oxygen computed by Seasave and
Data Conversion differ from values
computed by Derive. Both
algorithms compute the derivative of
the oxygen signal with respect to
time, and require a user-input
window size:
 Quick estimate Seasave and Data Conversion
compute the derivative looking
back in time, because they share
common code and Seasave
cannot use future values while
acquiring real-time data.
 Most accurate results Derive uses a centered window
(equal number of points before
and after scan) to compute
the derivative.
In Data Conversion or Derive, the
window size is input on the
Miscellaneous tab.
 A hysteresis correction can be
applied in Data Conversion for the
SBE 43. To perform this correction,
select Apply hysteresis correction on
Data Conversion’s Miscellaneous
tab. H1, H2, and H3 coefficients for
hysteresis correction (entered in the
.con or .xmlcon file) are available on
calibration sheets for SBE 43s
calibrated after October 2008.
 See Calibration Coefficients for
RS-232 Sensors below for the
SBE 63 Optical Dissolved Oxygen
Sensor and Aanderaa Optode
Oxygen sensor.

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Oxygen Calibration Coefficients
Enter the coefficients, which vary depending on the type of oxygen sensor,
from the calibration sheet:
 Beckman- or YSI-type sensor (manufactured by Sea-Bird or other
manufacturer) - These sensors require two channels - one for oxygen
current (enter m, b, soc, boc, tcor, pcor, tau, and wt) and one for oxygen
temperature (enter k and c). Select both when configuring the instrument.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two Beckman- or YSI-type oxygen sensors.
 IOW sensor - These sensors require two channels - one for oxygen current
(enter b0 and b1) and one for oxygen temperature (enter a0, a1, a2, and
a3). Select both when configuring the instrument.
Value = b0 + [b1 * (a0 +a1 * T + a2 * T2 + a3 * T3) * C]
where T is oxygen temperature voltage, C is oxygen current voltage
 Sea-Bird sensor (SBE 43) - This sensor requires only one channel.
In Spring of 2008, Sea-Bird began using a new equation, the Sea-Bird
equation, for calibrating the SBE 43. Calibration sheets for SBE 43s
calibrated after this date will only include coefficients for the Sea-Bird
equation, but our software (Seasave-Win32, Seasave V7, and SBE Data
Processing) supports both equations. We recommend that you use the
Sea-Bird equation for best results.
Sea-Bird: Enter Soc, Voffset, A, B, C, E, Tau20, D1, D2, H1, H2, and H3.
OX =
Soc * [V + Voffset + tau(T,P) * V/t] * OxSOL(T,S) *
1.0 + A*T + B*T2 + C*T3) * e (E*P / K)
where
- OX = dissolved oxygen concentration (ml/l)
- T, P = measured temperature (ºC) and pressure (decibars) from CTD
- S = calculated salinity from CTD (PSU)
- V = temperature-compensated oxygen signal (volts)
- Soc = linear scaling calibration coefficient
- Voffset = voltage at zero oxygen signal
- tau(T,P) = sensor time constant at temperature and pressure
- tau20 = sensor time constant tau(T,P) at 20 C, 1 atmosphere, 0 PSU;
slope term in calculation of tau(T,P)
- D1, D2 = calibration terms used in calculation of tau(T,P)
- V/t = time derivative of oxygen signal (volts/sec)
- H1, H2, H3 = calibration terms used for hysteresis correction
- K = absolute temperature (Kelvin)
- Oxsol(T,S) = oxygen saturation (ml/l); a parameterization from Garcia
and Gordon (1992)
OR
Owens-Millard: Enter Soc, Boc, Voffset, tcor, pcor, and tau.
OX =
[Soc*{(V+Voffset)+(tau* dV/dt)}+Boc*exp(-0.03T)]*exp(tcor*T+pcor*P)*Oxsat(T,S)

where
OX = dissolved oxygen concentration (ml/l)
T = measured temperature from CTD (ºC)
P = measured pressure from CTD (decibars)
S = calculated salinity from CTD (PSU)
V = temperature-compensated oxygen signal (volts)
dV/dt = derivative of oxygen signal (volts/sec)
Oxsat(T,S) = oxygen saturation (ml/l)
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two SBE 43 oxygen sensors.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

PAR/Irradiance Calibration Coefficients

Notes:
 See Application Note 11General to
convert units from μEinsteins/m2 sec
or μmol photons/m2 sec (which are
equivalent). Conversion unit
selection for all PAR sensors
appears in the data file header, but
it does not modify the calculated
values.
 See Application Notes 11QSP-L
(Biospherical sensor with built-in log
amplifier), 11QSP-PD (Biospherical
sensor without built-in log amplifier),
11Licor, and 11Chelsea for
calculation of calibration coefficients
for those underwater PAR sensors.
 Selection of Par / Irradiance,
Biospherical / Licor as the voltage
sensor is also applicable to the
Chelsea PAR sensor.
 See Application Note 11S
(SBE 11plus Deck Unit) or
47 (SBE 33 or 36 Deck Unit) for
calculation of calibration coefficients
for Biospherical surface PAR
sensors.
 See Application Note 96 for
calculation of calibration coefficients
for Satlantic underwater and surface
PAR sensors.
 Surface PAR ratio multiplier is used
in Corrected Irradiance (CPAR)
calculation; see Appendix V: Derived
Parameter Formulas (EOS-80;
Practical Salinity).

Underwater PAR Sensor
 PAR/Irradiance, Biospherical/Licor
Enter M, B, calibration constant, multiplier, and offset.
PAR = [multiplier * (109 * 10(V-B) / M) / calibration constant] + offset
where
calibration constant, M, and B are dependent on sensor type;
multiplier = 1.0 for units of μEinsteins/m2 sec
o Biospherical PAR sensor
- PAR sensor with built-in log amplifier (QSP-200L, QSP-2300L,
QCP-2300L, or MCP-2300)]:
Typically, M = 1.0 and B = 0.0.
Calibration constant
= 10 5 / wet calibration factor from Biospherical calibration sheet.
- PAR sensor without built-in log amplifier (QSP-200PD, QSP-2200
(PD),
or QCP 2200 (PD)):
M and B are taken from Sea-Bird calibration sheet.
Calibration constant
= CS calibration coefficient from Sea-Bird calibration sheet
= 10 9 / calibration coefficient from Biospherical calibration sheet
o LI-COR PAR sensor
Calibration constant is in water calibration constant (in units of
μamps/1000 μmoles/m2.sec) from Licor or Sea-Bird calibration sheet.
M and B are taken from Sea-Bird calibration sheet.
o Chelsea PAR sensor
Calibration constant
= 10 9 / 0.01
M = 1.0 / (log e * A1 * 1000) = 1.0 / (0.43429448 * A1 * 1000)
B = - M * log e * A0 = - M * 0.43429448 * A0
where A0 and A1 are constants from Chelsea calibration sheet with an
equation of form: PAR = A0 + (A1 * mV)
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two PAR/irradiance Biospherical/Licor sensors.


Satlantic Logarithmic PAR sensor
Enter a0, a1, and lm from Satlantic calibration sheet.
PAR = multiplier * Im * 10 (V –a0) / a1
where multiplier = 1.0 for units of µmol photons/ m2 sec.

Surface PAR Sensor
Select a surface PAR sensor by clicking Surface PAR voltage added in the
Configure dialog box.
 Biospherical Surface PAR Sensor
Enter conversion factor and ratio multiplier.
 Satlantic Linear Surface PAR Sensor
Enter a0, a1, and Im from Satlantic calibration sheet. Enter conversion
factor and ratio multiplier.
PAR = conversion factor * Im * a1 (V − a0)
 Satlantic Logarithmic Surface PAR Sensor
Enter a0, a1, and Im from Satlantic calibration sheet. Enter conversion
factor and ratio multiplier.
PAR = conversion factor * Im * 10 (V –a0) / a1

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Particle Size Calibration Coefficients
The Sequoia LISST-200X sensor requires two channels – one for total
concentration output and one for Sauter Mean Diameter (SMD) output. Select
both when configuring the instrument.
Total Volume Concentration = 0.01 * 10 (2.0 * VC)
[ppm]
Sauter Mean Diameter = 200 * (VD – 0.5)
[microns]
where:
VC = voltage from total volume concentration channel
VD = voltage from mean diameter channel
The mean diameter and total concentration calculated from the LISST-200X
analog output are approximations, provided for convenient real-time display.
For full accuracy and detail, you must upload and process the digital data from
the LISST-200X’s memory (disconnect LISST-200X from CTD and connect it
to computer; use Sequoia software to upload and process).

Notes:
 See Application Notes 18-1 and
18-2 for calculation of pH
calibration coefficients.
 Seasoft-DOS < version 4.008
ignored temperature compensation
of a pH electrode. The relationship
between the two methods is:
pH = pH old + (7 – 2087/°K)
For older sensors, run pHfit version
2.0 (in Seasoft-DOS) using Vout,
pH, and temperature values from
the original calibration sheet to
compute the new values for offset
and slope.

pH Calibration Coefficients
For the SBE 18, SBE 27, SBE 30, and AMT pH sensors, enter the slope and
offset from the calibration sheet:
pH = 7 + (Vout – offset) / (°K * 1.98416e-4 * slope)
where
°K = temperature in degrees Kelvin

Pressure/FGP (voltage output) Calibration Coefficients
Enter scale factor and offset.
output [Kpa] = (volts * scale factor) + offset
where:
scale factor = 100 * pressure sensor range [bar] / voltage range [volts]
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with
up to eight pressure/fgp sensors.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Suspended Sediment Calibration Coefficients


Sequoia LISST-25
The LISST-25 sensor requires two channels – one for scattering output and
one for transmission output. Select both when configuring the instrument.
For the scattering channel, enter Total volume concentration constant
(Cal), Sauter mean diameter calibration (), Clean H2O scattering output
(VS0), and Clean H2O transmission output (VT0) from the calibration sheet.
For the transmission channel, no additional coefficients are required; they
are all defined for the scattering channel.
Optical transmission =  = VT / VT0
Beam C = - ln () / 0.025
[1 / meters]
Total Volume Concentration = TV = Cal * [ ( VS / ) - VS0 ] [liters / liter]
Sauter Mean Diameter = SMD =  * [ TV / ( - ln ( ) ] [microns]
where
VT = transmission channel voltage output
VS = scattering channel voltage output
The calibration coefficients supplied by Sequoia are based on water
containing spherical particles. Perform calibrations using seawater with
particle shapes that are similar to what is expected in situ.



Sequoia LISST-ABS
Enter Calibration factor.
Concentration (mg/L) = calibration factor * 10 2 (Volts -1)
where
The calibration factor can be set to 1.0 for uncalibrated concentration.
Perform calibrations as described in Sequoia’s user manual.

Transmissometer Calibration Coefficients
Note:
See Application Note 7 for
calculation of M and B.



Sea Tech and Chelsea (Alphatracka)
Enter M, B, and path length (in meters)
Path length (distance between lenses) is based on sensor size
(for example, 25 cm transmissometer = 0.25m path length, etc.).
light transmission (%) = M * volts + B
beam attenuation coefficient (c) = - (1/z) * ln (light transmission [decimal])
where
M = ( Tw / [W0 – Y0] ) (A0 – Y0) / (A1 – Y1)
B = - M * Y1
A0 = factory voltage output in air (manufacturer factory calibration)
A1 = current (most recent) voltage output in air
Y0 = factory dark or zero (blocked path) voltage (manufacturer factory
calibration)
Y1 = current (most recent) dark or zero (blocked path) voltage
W0 = factory voltage output in pure water (manufacturer factory calibration)
Tw = % transmission in pure water
(for transmission relative to water, Tw = 100%; or
for transmission relative to air, Tw is defined by table below.
Wavelength
488 nm (blue)
532 nm (green)
660 nm (red)

Tw = % Transmission in Pure Water (relative to AIR)
10 cm Path Length
25 cm Path Length
99.8%
99.6%
99.5%
98.8%
96.0 - 96.4%
90.2 - 91.3%

Transmissometer Example
(from calibration sheet) A0 = 4.743 V, Y0 = 0.002 V, W0 = 4.565 Volts
Tw = 100% (for transmission relative to water)
(from current calibration) A1 = 4.719 volts and Y1 = 0.006 volts
M = 22.046
B = - 0.132

Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to two transmissometers in any combination of Sea Tech and
Chelsea Alphatracka,
67

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing



WET Labs AC3
This sensor requires two channels - one for fluorometer voltage (listed
under fluorometers in the dialog box) and one for transmissometer voltage
(listed under transmissometers). Select both when configuring the
instrument.
Enter Ch2o, Vh2o, VDark, and X from calibration sheet.
Beam attenuation = {[log (Vh2o - VDark) - log (V - VDark)] /X} + Ch2o
Beam transmission (%) = exp ( -beam attenuation * X) * 100



WET Labs C-Star
Enter M, B, and path length (in meters)
Path length (distance between lenses) is based on sensor size
(for example, 25 cm transmissometer = 0.25m path length, etc.).
light transmission (%) = M * volts + B
beam attenuation coefficient (c) = - (1/z) * ln (light transmission [decimal])
where
M = ( Tw / [W0 – Y0] ) (A0 – Y0) / (A1 – Y1)
B = - M * Y1
A0 = Vair = factory voltage output in air (manufacturer factory calibration)
A1 = current (most recent) voltage output in air
Y0 = Vd = factory dark or zero (blocked path) voltage (manufacturer
factory calibration)
Y1 = current (most recent) dark or zero (blocked path) voltage
W0 = Vref = factory voltage output in pure water (manufacturer factory
calibration)
Tw = % transmission in pure water
(for transmission relative to water, Tw = 100%; or
for transmission relative to air, Tw is defined by table below.

Wavelength
488 nm (blue)
532 nm (green)
660 nm (red)

Tw = % Transmission in Pure Water (relative to AIR)
10 cm Path Length
25 cm Path Length
99.8%
99.6%
99.5%
98.8%
96.0 - 96.4%
90.2 - 91.3%

Transmissometer Example
(from calibration sheet) Vair = 4.743 V, Vd = 0.002 V, Vref = 4.565 V
Tw = 100% (for transmission relative to water)
(from current calibration) A1 = 4.719 volts and Y1 = 0.006 volts
M = 22.046
B = - 0.132

Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing
with up to six WET Labs C-Stars.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

User Exponential (for user-defined sensor)
Calibration Coefficients
The user exponential allows you to define an equation to relate the sensor
output voltage to calculated engineering units, if your sensor is not pre-defined
in Sea-Bird software. This equation is useful for an exponential/logarithmic
relationship between output voltage and converted units.
Enter scaling factor and exponent factor.
Val = scaling factor * 10 (exponent factor * V)
where:
V = voltage from sensor
Scaling and exponent factors = user-defined sensor exponential coefficients
If desired, enter the sensor name and sensor units. These will appear in the data
file header.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with
up to three sensors defined with user exponential.
Example
A manufacturer defines the output voltage V of their sensor as:

V = 0.5 * log10 (100C), where C is the value in engineering units.
Converting this to an exponential equation:

C = 0.01 * 10 2V
Set this equal to user exponential equation and calculate scaling and exponent factor.

0.01 * 10 2V = scaling factor * 10 (exponent factor * V)
scaling factor = 0.01

exponent factor = 2

User Polynomial (for user-defined sensor)
Calibration Coefficients
The user polynomial allows you to define an equation to relate the sensor
output voltage to calculated engineering units, if your sensor is not pre-defined
in Sea-Bird software. This equation is useful for a polynomial relationship
between output voltage and converted units.
Enter a0, a1, a2, and a3.
Val = a0 + (a1 * V) + (a2 * V2) + (a3 * V3)
where:
V = voltage from sensor
a0, a1, a2, and a3 = user-defined sensor polynomial coefficients
If desired, enter the sensor name. This name will appear in the data file header.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with
up to three sensors defined with user polynomials.
Example
A manufacturer defines the output of their sensor as:
NTU = (Vsample – Vblank) * scale factor
Set this equal to user polynomial equation and calculate a0, a1, a2, and a3.
(Vsample – Vblank) * scale factor = a0 + (a1 * V) + (a2 * V2) + (a3 * V3)
Expanding left side of equation and using consistent notation (Vsample = V):
scale factor * V – scale factor * Vblank = a0 + (a1 * V) + (a2 * V2) + (a3 * V3)
Left side of equation has no V2 or V3 terms, so a2 and a3 are 0; rearranging:
(– scale factor * Vblank) + (scale factor * V) = a0 + (a1 * V)
a0 = – scale factor * Vblank
a1 = scale factor
a2 = a3 = 0

Zaps Calibration Coefficients
Enter M and B from calibration sheet.
z = (M * volts) + B [nmoles]

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

Calibration Coefficients for RS-232 Sensors
Unless otherwise noted, SBE Data Processing supports only one of each auxiliary
sensor model (for example, you cannot specify two Aanderaa Optodes).

Note:
The SBE 63 is compatible only with
the SBE 16plus V2, 19plus V2, 25plus,
and ODO MicroCATs (37-SMP-ODO,
SIP-ODO, IMP-ODO). See the CTD
manual for required setup for the
SBE 63.

Notes:
 The SBE 38 is compatible only with
the SBE 16plus V2, 16plus-IM V2,
19plus V2, and 25plus.
 The SBE 50 is compatible only with
the SBE 16plus V2, 16plus-IM V2,
and 25plus.
See the CTD manual for required
setup for the SBE 38 and SBE 50.

Notes:
 WET Labs RS-232 sensors are
compatible only with the
SBE 16plus V2, 16plus-IM V2,
19plus V2, and 25plus. See the CTD
manual for required setup for the
WET Labs RS-232 sensor.
 See below for WET Labs SeaOWL
sensor.

SBE 63 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Sensor Calibration
Coefficients
The SBE 63 must be set up to output data in a format compatible with Sea-Bird
CTDs (SetFormat=1). The SBE 63 manual lists the equation for calculating
dissolved oxygen and the calibration coefficients (see the manual on our
website). Enter the serial number, calibration date, and calibration coefficients.

SBE 38 Temperature Sensor and
SBE 50 Pressure Sensor Calibration Coefficients
The SBE 38 must be set up to output converted data (°C) when integrated with
a CTD. The SBE 50 must be set up to output converted data (psia) when
integrated with a CTD. Therefore, calibration coefficients are not required in
SBE Data Processing; just enter the serial number and calibration date.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an SBE 25plus interfacing
with up to two SBE 38s or two SBE 50s.

WET Labs Sensor Calibration Coefficients
If you select the WET Labs RS-232 sensor, SBE Data Processing adds three
lines to the Channel/Sensor table. If integrating an ECO Triplet, select sensors
for all three channels. If integrating a dual ECO sensor (such as the FLNTU),
select sensors for the first two channels, and leave the third channel Free. If
integrating a single sensor, select the sensor for the first channel, and leave the
second and third channels Free.
The following WET Labs sensors are available as RS-232 output sensors:
 Fluorometers – ECO CDOM, ECO-AFL/FL, and WETStar
 Transmissometers – C-Star
 Turbidity Meters – ECO-BB and ECO NTU
These sensors are also available as voltage sensors; calibration coefficient
information for these sensors is detailed above in Calibration Coefficients for
Voltage Sensors. Values for the calibration coefficients are listed on the WET
Labs calibration sheets in terms of both analog output (voltage) and digital
output (counts); use the digital output values when calculating / entering
calibration coefficients for the RS-232 sensors. SBE Data Processing calculates
the converted sensor output based on the counts output (instead of the voltage
output) by the sensor. For all sensors, enter the serial number, calibration date,
and calibration coefficients.
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an SBE 25plus interfacing
with up to two RS-232 WET Labs sensors.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)

SBE Data Processing

WET Labs SeaOWL UVA Sensor Calibration Coefficients
Notes:
 WET Labs SeaOWL UV-A™ is
compatible only with the SBE 16plus
V2, 19plus V2, and 25plus. See the
CTD manual for required setup for
the WET Labs SeaOWL.
 See above for other WET Labs
RS-232 sensors.
 For the SBE 18, SBE 27, SBE 30,
and AMT pH sensors, see
Calibration Coefficients for Voltage
Sensors.


If you select the WET Labs SeaOWL UVA sensor, SBE Data Processing adds
three lines to the Channel/Sensor table. Enter the serial number, calibration
date, and calibration coefficients Dark Output and scale factor for each channel
(chlorophyll fluorometer, turbidity meter, and FDOM fluorometer).
Concentration (units) = (V – Dark Output) * scale factor
where
V = in situ voltage output
Dark Output = clean water voltage output with black tape on detector
Scale factor = multiplier (units/count)
In general, turbidity sensors are calibrated to a standard (formazin). However,
particle size, shape, refraction, etc. in seawater varies. These variations affect
the results unless field calibrations are performed on typical water samples.
Perform calibrations using seawater with typical water sample (i.e., particles,
phytoplankton populations, etc. that are similar to what is expected in situ).
Note: SBE Data Processing can process data for an SBE 25plus interfacing
with up to two WET Labs SeaOWL sensors.

GTD Calibration Coefficients
Notes:
 The GTD is compatible only with the
SBE 16plus V2, 16plus-IM V2, and
19plus V2. See the CTD manual for
required setup for the GTD.
 SBE Data Processing supports
single or dual GTDs.

The GTD must be set up to output converted data (millibars) when integrated
with a CTD. Therefore, calibration coefficients are not required in SBE Data
Processing; just enter the serial number and calibration date.

Aanderaa Oxygen Optode Calibration Coefficients
Notes:
 The Optode is compatible only with
the SBE 16plus V2, 16plus-IM V2,
and 19plus V2. See the CTD manual
for required setup for the Optode.
 See Calibration Coefficients for
Voltage Sensors above for voltageoutput Oxygen sensors, including
the SBE 43.

Enter the serial number, calibration date, and information required for salinity
and depth corrections. The internal salinity must match the value you
programmed into the Optode (the value is ignored if you do not enable the
Salinity correction). If you enable Salinity correction, SBE Data Processing
corrects the oxygen output from the Optode based on the actual salinity
(calculated from the CTD data). If you enable Depth correction, SBE Data
Processing corrects the oxygen output from the Optode based on the depth
(calculated from the CTD data).

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules
Module Name
Data
Conversion
Bottle
Summary
Mark Scan

Module Description
Convert raw data from CTD (.hex, .dat, or .xml file) to
engineering units, storing the converted data in
.cnv file (all data) and/or .ros file (water bottle data).
Note:
.xml file conversion only applicable to SBE 25plus.
Summarize data from water sampler bottle .ros file,
storing the results in .btl file.
Create .bsr bottle scan range file from .mrk data file.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

Data Conversion
Notes:
Algorithms used for calculation of
derived parameters in Data
Conversion, Derive, Sea Plot,
SeaCalc III [EOS-80 (Practical
Salinity) tab], and Seasave are
identical, except as noted in
Appendix V: Derived Parameter
Formulas (EOS-80; Practical
Salinity), and are based on EOS-80
equations.

Data Conversion:
1.

Converts raw data to engineering units from:
 .dat file from SBE 911plus, acquired with Seasave versions < 6.0, or
 .hex file from SBE 911plus, acquired with Seasave versions > 7.0, or
 hex file from other CTDs, acquired with any version of Seasave or by
uploading data from memory (if applicable), or
 .xml file uploaded from SBE 25plus.

Stores the converted data in a .cnv file and (optional) .ros file.

The File Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

 Select to have program find .con or .xmlcon
file with same name and in same directory
as data file. For example, if processing
test.dat and this option is selected, program
searches for test.xmlcon (same directory as
test.dat); if it does not find test.xmlcon, it
searches for test.con.
 Also select if more than 1 data file is to be
processed, and data files have different
configuration files. For example, if
processing test.dat and test1.dat, and this
option is selected, program searches for
test.xmlcon and test1.xmlcon (same
directory as test.dat and test1.dat); if it does
not find .xmlcon files, it searches for .con
files.

Location to store all information
input in File Setup and Data
Setup tabs. Open to select
different .psa file, Save or
Save As to save current
settings, or Restore to reset
all settings to match last saved
version. See note above.
Instrument configuration file
location. Select to pick a
different .con or .xmlcon file, or
Modify to view and/or modify
instrument configuration.
See Section 4: Configuring
Instrument (Configure).
Directory and file names for
raw data (.hex, .dat, or .xml).
Select to pick a different file.
To process multiple raw data
files from same directory:
1. Click Select.
2. In Select dialog box, hold
down Ctrl key while clicking
on each desired file.

Directory and file names for converted output (.cnv) data.
 If more than 1 data file is to be processed, Output file field
disappears and output file name is set to match input file
name. For example, if processing test.dat and test1.dat,
output files will be named test.cnv and test1.cnv.
 SBE Data Processing adds Name append to (each) output
file name, before .cnv extension. For example, if processing
test.dat and test1.dat with a Name append of 06-20-00,
output files will be test06-20-00.cnv and test106-20-00.cnv.

Click Start Process to begin
processing data. Status field
shows Processing complete
when done.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:
Program skips first scans to skip
over scans.
 If Process scans to end of file
selected: process all
remaining scans (upcast
and downcast scans if Upcast
and downcast selected;
downcast scans only if
downcast selected).
 If Process scans to end of file
not selected: process next
scans to process.

 Binary - smaller file, processed faster than ASCII
file by other SBE Data Processing modules.
 ASCII - larger file, can be viewed with a text editor.
Translate can translate converted data file from
binary to ASCII or vice versa.
Convert downcast data, or upcast and downcast data.

Create converted data file only,
bottle file only (for subsequent
processing by Bottle Summary),
or both.

Select to replace existing header
in input file with header in .hdr file.
Program looks for a file with a
matching name (but .hdr
extension) in same directory as
input file.

Define scans from CTD data
file to be included in bottle
file. See Data Conversion:
Creating Water Bottle (.ros)
Files below.

Select which variables to convert
and output (see dialog box below).

Select start time source for header:
 Instrument’s time stamp –
instrument’s time stamp in first
data scan (if available) or in
header of input raw data file.
 NMEA time – time from a NMEA
device that was integrated with
system; time in first data scan (if
available) or in header of input
raw data file.
 System UTC – computer time in
first data scan (if available) or in
header of input raw data file.
 Upload time – time that data was
uploaded from instrument’s
memory.

Source of data for creating bottle
file:
 In same directory as input data
file, with same file name - auto
fire module or ECO .afm file,
bottle log .bl file, or bottle scan
range .bsr file, or
 Scans marked with bottle
confirm bit in input data file
See Data Conversion: Creating
Water Bottle (.ros) Files below.

Select to have software prompt you to modify start time to put
in output .cnv header (instead of using one of sources for start
time listed above), or to add a note to output .cnv header.

Begin processing data.
Status field on File Setup
tab shows Processing
complete when done.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options
menu - If you made changes and did not Save or Save As,
program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options
menu - Button says Save & Exit. If you do not want to save
changes, use Cancel button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

The Select Output Variables dialog box (which appears when you click
Select Output Variables on the Data Setup tab) looks like this:

 Add variable: click blank field in Variable Name column, click desired
variable in list, click Add.
 Change variable: click existing variable in Variable Name column,
click desired variable in list, click Change.
 Insert variable: click existing variable below desired sequence # in
Variable Name column, click desired variable in list, click Insert.
If Data Conversion requires additional information to compute a variable,
a dialog box appears after variable is selected, with fields for required
user-input parameters.

List includes all variables
that can be converted from
input data file or derived
from variables in input
data file.

Click Data to view/modify user-input parameters for selected variable (if
applicable). Some variables share a user-input parameter, so changing a
parameter for one variable automatically changes it for the other:
 Depth and average sound velocity use same latitude (if NMEA data
unavailable).
 Descent rate and acceleration use same time window size.
 All SBE 13, 23, and 43 oxygen sensors use same time window size, Tau
correction, and (SBE 43 only) hysteresis correction.
Note: An alternate method of entering these parameters is on
Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion dialog box.

The Miscellaneous tab in the Data Conversion dialog box looks like this:

Note:
Values for these parameters can be
changed on the Miscellaneous tab
or by double clicking on the output
variable in the Select Output
Variables dialog box (above);
changes made in one location are
automatically made in the other
location.

Oxygen selections apply to
SBE 43 and Beckman/YSI
sensors. They do not apply
to SBE 63 or Aanderaa
Oxygen Optode.

The Miscellaneous tab defines parameters required for output of specific
variables (depth, average sound velocity, plume anomaly, potential
temperature anomaly, oxygen, descent rate, and acceleration). Entries are used
only if you are calculating and outputting the associated variable to the .cnv
file. For example, if you do not select Oxygen in the Select Output Variables
dialog box, Data Conversion ignores the Oxygen window size and the
enabling of hysteresis and Tau corrections on the Miscellaneous tab.
75

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

Data Conversion: Creating Water Bottle (.ros) Files
A .ros water bottle file contains:
 data for each scan associated with a bottle firing, and
 data for user-selected range of scans before and after each bottle firing

Notes:
 You may have more than one
source of scan range data
available. For example, if Seasave
is used with an SBE 911plus and
SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler,
a bottle log (.bl) file is created.
Additionally, if you used the Mark
Scan feature in Seasave, a .mrk
file is created.
 If scan range data is defined by a
.afm file, Data Conversion creates
a .bl file (same name as input data
file, with .bl extension). The .bl file
is used when processing the
water bottle data in Bottle
Summary.
 You can create a .bsr file in a text
editor if scan range data is not
available in any of these forms.

Scan range data for creation of a water bottle file can come from:
 Scans marked with bottle confirm bit in input data file - if used
- SBE 9plus with an SBE 11plus Deck Unit and G.O. 1015 Rosette, or
- SBE 9plus with an SBE 17plus Searam and SBE 32 Carousel
Water Sampler.
For these systems, the bottle confirm bit in the input (.hex or .dat) data file
is set for all scans within a 1.5-second duration after a bottle firing
confirmation is received from the water sampler.
 Bottle log (.bl) file - if used Seasave to interface with
- SBE 9plus with SBE 11plus Deck Unit and G.O. 1016 Rosette or
SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler, or
- SBE 19, 19plus, 19plus V2, 25, or 49 with SBE 33 Deck Unit and
SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler, or
- SBE 19, 19plus, 19plus V2, 25, or 49 with SBE 33 Deck Unit and SBE
55 ECO Water Sampler.
For these systems, Seasave creates the .bl file. Each time a bottle fire
confirmation is received, the bottle sequence number, position, date, time,
and beginning and ending scan numbers (1.5-second duration for each
bottle) are written to the .bl file.
 Auto Fire Module or ECO (.afm) file - if used
- Carousel Auto Fire Module (AFM) with SBE 19, 19plus, 19plus V2,
25, or 50 and SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler, or
- SBE 19, 19plus, 19plus V2, 25, or 50 and SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler
(autonomous operation).
For these systems, the .afm file contains five scans of data recorded by the
AFM or SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler for each bottle firing.
 Bottle scan range (.bsr) file - if used Mark Scan feature in Seasave during
data acquisition to create a .mrk file; use Mark Scan to convert the .mrk
file to a .bsr file before running Data Conversion. The format for the .bsr
file is:
beginning scan # for bottle #1, ending scan # for bottle #1
…
beginning scan # for last bottle, ending scan # for last bottle
Example: test.bsr contains 1000, 1020
2000, 2020
4000, 4020
The .ros file created using test.bsr would contain scans 1000 - 1020 for
bottle #1, 2000 - 2020 for bottle #2, and 4000 - 4020 for bottle #3.

The amount of data written to the .ros file is based on:
 Scan range offset - determines the first scan output to the .ros file for
each bottle, relative to the first scan with a confirmation bit set or written
to a .afm, .bsr, or .bl file.
 Scan range duration - determines the number of scans output to the .ros
file for each bottle.

Example: A bottle confirmation for an SBE 911plus is received at scan 10,000
(scan 10,000 and subsequent scans for 1.5 seconds have confirmation bit set).
In Data Conversion, Scan range offset is set to -2 seconds, and Scan range
duration is set to 5 seconds. If the scan rate is 24 scans/second,
10,000 - 2 second offset (24 scans/second) = 9,952
9,952 + 5 second duration (24 scans/second) = 10,072
Therefore, scans 9,952 through 10,072 will be written to the .ros file.
76

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

Data Conversion: Notes and General Information
Data Conversion was written to accommodate most sensors that have been
installed on Sea-Bird products. See the configuration page at the beginning of
your instrument manual for the sensors that were installed on your system.
Note:
If you choose to compute derived
parameters in Data Conversion,
note that the algorithms are the
same as used in Derive (with the
exception of the oxygen, descent
rate, and acceleration calculations);
see Appendix V: Derived
Parameter Formulas for
algorithms for derived variables.



If you plan to process the data with other modules, select only the primary
variables to be converted, and then use Derive to compute derived
parameters such as salinity, density, sound velocity, and oxygen.



If desired, you can select the same variable multiple times for the output
.cnv file. If you do, data processing operations on that variable in other
modules will use the last occurrence of the variable in the file.
Example: Select Primary Conductivity, Primary Temperature, Pressure,
and Primary Conductivity (again) for output variables (columns 1, 2, 3,
and 4 respectively). Then, if you run Cell Thermal Mass, it will correct the
conductivity in column 4 only, leaving column 1 uncorrected; you could
plot the corrected and uncorrected conductivity to see the changes. If you
then run Derive to calculate salinity, it will use the corrected conductivity
in column 4 in the salinity calculation.



If you will use Derive to compute:
 Salinity, density, or other parameters that depend on salinity include pressure, temperature, and conductivity in the output file.
For a moored instrument without optional pressure sensor (SBE 16,
16plus, 16plus-IM, 16plus V2, or 16plus-IM V2), if you select
pressure as an output variable, Data Conversion inserts a column with
the moored pressure (entered in the configuration file Data dialog) in
the output .cnv file. For a thermosalinograph (SBE 21 or 45), if you
select pressure as an output variable, Data Conversion inserts a
column of 0’s for the pressure in the output .cnv file. The pressure
column is needed for Derive to calculate salinity, density, etc.


Oxygen - include in the output file (along with pressure, temperature,
and conductivity)
For SBE 13 or 23 - oxygen current and oxygen temperature
For SBE 43 - oxygen value



If you will use Bin Average:
 With depth bins - include depth in the output file
 With pressure bins - include pressure in the output file



Pressure temperature is computed using a backward-looking, 30-second
running average, to prevent bit transitions in pressure temperature from
causing small jumps in computed pressure. Because the heavily insulated
pressure sensor has a thermal time constant on the order of one hour,
the 30-second average does not significantly alter the computed
pressure temperature.



Oxygen, descent rate, and acceleration computed by Seasave and Data
Conversion are somewhat different from values computed by Derive,
because the algorithms calculate the derivative of the signal (oxygen
signal for oxygen, pressure signal for descent rate and acceleration) with
respect to time, using a linear regression to determine the slope. Seasave
and Data Conversion compute the derivative looking backward in time,
since they share common code and Seasave cannot use future values while
acquiring data in real time. Derive uses a centered window (equal number
of points before and after the scan; time window size is user input) to
obtain a better estimate of the derivative. Use Seasave and Data
Conversion to obtain a quick look at oxygen, descent rate, and
acceleration; use Derive to obtain the most accurate values.



For an SBE 21 or 45 with a remote temperature sensor, Seasave,
Data Conversion, Derive, and Derive TEOS-10 all use the remote
temperature data when calculating density and sound velocity.
77

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

Data Conversion has the following /x parameters when run from the Command
Line Options dialog box, from the command line, or with batch file processing:
/x Parameter
Description
/xdatcnv:skipN
/xdatcnv:pump
/xdatcnv:nomatch

N = number of scans to skip.
For SBE 911plus, do not output scans if
pump status = off.
Disable matching of header information to .con or .xmlcon
configuration file - program continues to run even if there is
a discrepancy in header information.

See Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, and Batch File Processing
for details on using parameters.

Data Conversion adds the following to the data file header for a
.cnv converted data file:
Label
Description
Nquan

Notes:
 Each SBE Data Processing
module that modifies a .cnv
file adds information to the
header and updates nquan,
nvalues, name n, span n,
interval, and file_type, as
applicable.
 Calibration coefficients were
added to the file header for a
.cnv file and for a .ros water
bottle file in SBE Data
Processing version 7.19.

Nvalues
Units
Name n
Span n
Interval
Start_time
Bad_flag
Sensors
Datcnv_date
Datcnv_in
Datcnv_skipover
Datcnv_ox_
hysteresis_correction
Datcnv_ox_tau_
correction
File type

Number of columns (fields) of converted data.
Note: Data Conversion automatically adds 1 field to number
selected by user (i.e., if user selects 3 variables to convert,
then nquan=4). This added field, initially set to 0, is used by
Loop Edit to mark bad scans.
Number of scans converted.
Specified (indicates units are specified separately for each
variable).
Sensor (and units) associated with data in column n.
Span (highest - lowest value) of data in column n.
Scan rate (seconds).
Data start time.
For information only; value that Loop Edit and Wild Edit
will use to mark bad scans and bad data values.
Sensor description, serial number, and calibration date and
coefficients, all in XML format.
Date and time that module was run. Also shows how many
columns of data output (not including flag column).
Input .hex (or .dat) data file and .con or .xmlcon
configuration file.
Number of scans to skip over in processing.
Whether hysteresis correction was performed on oxygen
data.
Whether tau correction was performed on oxygen data.
Selected output file type - ASCII or binary.

Data Conversion adds the following to the data file header for a
.ros water bottle file:
Label
Description
Nquan

Nvalues
Units
Name n
Interval
Start_time
Sensors
Datcnv_date
Datcnv_in
Datcnv_bottle_
scan_range_source
Datcnv_scans_
per_bottle

Number of columns (fields) of converted data.
Note: Data Conversion automatically adds 1 field to number
selected by user (i.e., if user selects 3 variables to convert,
then nquan=4). This added field, initially set to 0, is used by
Loop Edit to mark bad scans.
Number of scans converted.
Specified (indicates units are specified separately for each
variable).
Sensor (and units) associated with data in column n.
Scan rate (seconds).
Data start time.
Sensor description, serial number, and calibration date and
coefficients, all in XML format.
Date and time that module was run.
Input .hex (or .dat) data file and .con or .xmlcon
configuration file.
Source of data for creating bottle file, and scan range offset
and duration.
Number of data scans/bottle in .ros file; based on scan range
offset and duration, and CTD sampling rate

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

Bottle Summary
Note:
Bottle Summary was previously
called Rosette Summary.

Bottle Summary reads a .ros file created by Data Conversion and writes a
bottle data summary to a .btl file. The .ros file must contain (as a minimum)
temperature, pressure, and conductivity (or salinity).
The output .btl file includes:


Bottle position, optional bottle serial number, and date/time



User-selected derived variables - computed for each bottle from mean
values of input variables (temperature, pressure, conductivity, etc.)



User-selected averaged variables - computed for each bottle from
input variables

The maximum number of scans processed per bottle is 1440.
In addition to the .ros input file:
Note:
A .bl file is created by:
 Seasave, during real-time data
acquisition, or
 Data Conversion, if the source of
scan rage data was a .afm file.

Note:
You can create a .sn file in a text
editor.



If a .bl file (same name as input data file, with .bl extension) is found in
the input file directory, Bottle Summary uses bottle position data from the
.bl file. The bottle position data defines the bottle firing sequence - the .bl
file contains the bottle firing sequence number, bottle position, date and
time, and beginning and ending scan number for each bottle.



If a .sn file (same name as input data file, with .sn extension) is found in
the input file directory, bottle serial numbers are inserted between the
bottle position and date/time columns in the .btl file output. The format
for the .sn file is:
Bottle position, serial number (with a comma separating the two fields)

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:
Note:
The File Setup tab and
Header View tab are similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.
Select input variables to be averaged. Mean and
standard deviation will be calculated and output for
each bottle.
 If Output min/max values for averaged variables
is selected, minimum and maximum values will
also be output for each bottle.

Ignored if not computing oxygen in derived
variables:
Tau correction ([tau(T,P) * V/t] in SBE 43 or
[tau * doc/dt] in SBE 13 or 23) improves
response of measured signal in regions of large
oxygen gradients. However, this term also
amplifies residual noise in signal (especially in
deep water), and in some situations this
negative consequence overshadows gains in
signal responsiveness.

Select variables to derive from input data. Derived
variables are computed from mean values of input
variables (temperature, conductivity, pressure, etc.)
for each bottle.
 Oxygen can be derived if oxygen data (oxygen
current and temperature for SBE 13 or 23; oxygen
signal for SBE 43) is in the .ros file.
Bottle Summary calculates derivative of oxygen
current (or signal), using a least squares fit to all
the oxygen data for each bottle. Oxygen is
calculated using mean values for temperature,
pressure, and salinity, derivative, and scan-byscan values of oxygen current and temperature (or
signal).

Begin processing data. Status field
on File Setup tab shows
Processing complete when done.

Bottle Summary adds the following to the data file header:
Label*
Bottlesum_date

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .ros bottle data file and .con or .xmlcon
Bottlesum_in
configuration file.
Bottlesum_ox_ Tau correction applied to oxygen data? Only appears if
tau_correction oxygen is derived.
*Labels were previously rossum_date and rossum_in.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 5: Raw Data Conversion Modules

SBE Data Processing

Mark Scan
Note:
Alternatively, an ASCII text editor can
be used to create the .bsr file. The
format for the output .bsr file is:

Mark Scan creates a bottle scan range (.bsr) file from a .mrk data file created
in Seasave. The data in the .bsr file can be used by Data Conversion to create a
.ros file, and the .ros file can be used by Bottle Summary to create a bottle data
summary .btl file.

Beginning scan for bottle 1, ending scan for
bottle 1
Beginning scan for bottle 2, ending scan for
bottle 2
.
Beginning scan for last bottle, ending scan
for last bottle

The input .mrk file contains one scan with the mark number, system time,
and scan number for each time Mark Scan was clicked while in Seasave’s
Mark Scan Control dialog box (accessed by selecting Mark Scan Control in
Seasave’s Real-Time Control menu). Mark Scan’s output .bsr file points to a
user-defined range of adjacent scans for each marked scan. Note that the
output .bsr file only contains the pointers to the scans, and does not contain
the data.

Note that a comma must separate the
beginning and ending scan numbers.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:
Note:
The File Setup tab is similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.
Define the range of scans around each scan in
the .mrk file to include in the .bsr file.
 offset - number of scans before or after scan
in .bsr file for starter pointer
 duration - number of scans to include in .bsr
file for each scan in .mrk file
Example: Offset is -5 scans and duration is
10 scans. If .mrk file contains scans 16 and
128, .bsr file will look like this:
11, 21
(16-5=11; 11+10=21)
123, 133
(128-5=123; 123+10=133)

Mark Scan’s output .bsr file does not have a header.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Section 6: Data Processing Modules
All data processing is performed on converted data from a .cnv file.
Module Name
Align CTD
Bin Average
Buoyancy
Cell Thermal
Mass

Module Description
Align data relative to pressure (typically used for
conductivity, temperature, and oxygen).
Average data, basing bins on pressure, depth, scan
number, or time range.
Compute Brunt Väisälä buoyancy and
stability frequency.
Perform conductivity thermal mass correction.
Calculate salinity, density, sound velocity, oxygen,
potential temperature, dynamic height, etc. based on
EOS-80 (Practical Salinity) equations.
Calculate thermodynamic properties based on TEOS-10
(Absolute Salinity).
Low-pass filter columns of data.
Mark a scan with badflag if scan fails pressure reversal or
minimum velocity tests.
Mark a data value with badflag to eliminate wild points.
Filter data with triangle, cosine, boxcar, Gaussian, or
median window.

Derive
Derive
TEOS-10
Filter
Loop Edit
Wild Edit
Window
Filter

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Align CTD
Note:
Align CTD cannot be run on files that
have been averaged into pressure or
depth bins in Bin Average. If
alignment is necessary, run Align
CTD before running Bin Average.

Align CTD aligns parameter data in time, relative to pressure. This ensures
that calculations of salinity, dissolved oxygen concentration, and other
parameters are made using measurements from the same parcel of water.
Typically, Align CTD is used to align temperature, conductivity, and oxygen
measurements relative to pressure.
There are three principal causes of misalignment of CTD measurements:
 physical misalignment of the sensors in depth
 inherent time delay (time constants) of the sensor responses
 water transit time delay in the pumped plumbing line - the time it takes
the parcel of water to go through the plumbing to each sensor (or, for freeflushing sensors, the corresponding flushing delay, which depends on
profiling speed)
When measurements are properly aligned, salinity spiking (and density) errors
are minimized, and oxygen data corresponds to the proper pressure (e.g.,
temperature vs. oxygen plots agree between down and up profiles).
The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Upcast and Downcast mismatch with
Respect to Pressure

Define alignment times for all data.

Note:
The File Setup tab and
Header View tab are similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.

Begin processing data. Status field
on File Setup tab shows
Processing complete when done.

The Enter Advance Values dialog box looks like this:

+ Advance

Define alignment times.
Diagram shows sign
convention for Advance. If
0 seconds is entered,
alignment relative to
pressure (and time) remains
unchanged for that variable.
See discussion below to
determine appropriate
alignment times for
conductivity, temperature,
and oxygen.

- Advance
(delay)
Time

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Align CTD: Conductivity and Temperature
Temperature and conductivity are often misaligned with respect to pressure.
Shifting temperature and conductivity relative to pressure can compensate.
As shown in the figures, indications of misalignment include:
 Depth mismatch between downcast and upcast data
 Spikes in the calculated salinity (which is dependent on temperature,
conductivity, and pressure) - caused by misalignment of temperature and
conductivity with each other
The best diagnostic of proper alignment is the elimination of salinity spikes
that coincide with very sharp temperature steps. To determine the best
alignment, plot 10 meters of temperature and salinity data at a depth that
contains a very sharp temperature step. For the downcast, when temperature
and salinity decrease with increasing pressure:
 A negative salinity spike at the conductivity step means that conductivity
leads temperature (conductivity sensor sees step before temperature sensor
does). Advance conductivity relative to temperature a negative number
of seconds.
 Conversely, if the salinity spike is positive, advance conductivity relative
to temperature a positive number of seconds.

The best alignment of conductivity with respect to temperature is obtained
when the salinity spikes are minimized. Some experimentation with different
advances is required to find the best alignment.

Typical Temperature Alignment
The SBE 19, 19plus, and 19plus V2 use a temperature sensor with a relatively
slow time response, while the SBE 9plus, 25, 25plus, and 49 use a temperature
sensor with a faster time response. Typical advances are:
Instrument
Advance of Temperature Relative to Pressure (seconds)
9plus
0
19, 19plus, or
+ 0.5
19plus V2
25 or 25plus
0
49 *
+ 0.0625
*The SBE 49 can be programmed to advance temperature relative to pressure
in real-time, eliminating the need to run Align CTD. See the SBE 49 manual
for details.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Note:
All SBE 11 series deck units can
advance primary conductivity, which
may eliminate the need to use Align
CTD for conductivity. The SBE 11plus
does not advance secondary
conductivity. The SBE 11plus V2 can
advance secondary conductivity and
all voltage channels; the advance time
is user-programmable.

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Typical Conductivity Alignment


SBE 9plus - For an SBE 9plus with TC-ducted temperature and
conductivity sensors and a 3000-rpm pump, the typical lag of conductivity
relative to temperature is 0.073 seconds. The Deck Unit can be
programmed to advance conductivity relative to pressure, eliminating the
need to run Align CTD.
Following is an example of determining the value to enter in Align CTD:
Example: The SBE 11plus is factory-set to advance the primary
conductivity +1.75 scans (at 24 Hz, this is 1.75 / 24 = 0.073 seconds).
Advance conductivity relative to temperature in Align CTD:
0.073 - 1.75/24 = 0.0 seconds (enter 0 seconds for conductivity).



SBE 19plus or 19plus V2 – For an SBE 19plus or 19plus V2 with a
standard 2000-rpm pump, do not advance conductivity.



SBE 19 (not plus) – For an unpumped SBE 19, the conductivity
measurement may lead or lag that of temperature, because the flushing
rate of the conductivity cell depends on drop speed. If the SBE 19 is
lowered very slowly (< 20 cm/second, typically from a fixed platform or
ice), conductivity lags temperature. If the SBE 19 is lowered fast,
conductivity leads temperature. Typical advances of conductivity relative
to temperature range from 0 seconds at a lowering rate of
0.75 meters/second to -0.6 seconds for 2 meters/second (if temperature
was advanced +0.5 seconds, these correspond to conductivity advances of
+0.5 seconds and -0.1 seconds respectively).



SBE 25 or 25plus - For an SBE 25 or 25plus with a standard 2000-rpm
pump, a typical advance of conductivity relative to temperature is
+0.1 seconds.



SBE 49 – For a typical SBE 49 with TC duct and 3000 rpm pump, do not
advance conductivity.

If temperature is advanced relative to pressure and you do not want to
change the relative timing of temperature and conductivity, you must add
the same advance to conductivity.
Example (typical of an unpumped SBE 19):
Advance temperature relative to pressure +0.5 seconds to compensate for slow
response time of sensor.
 If the CTD is lowered at 0.75 m/s, advance conductivity relative to
temperature 0 seconds. Calculate advance of conductivity relative to
pressure to enter in Align CTD: +0.5 + 0 = +0.5 seconds
 If the CTD is lowered at 2 m/s, advance conductivity relative to
temperature -0.6 seconds. Calculate advance of conductivity relative to
pressure to enter in Align CTD: +0.5 + (-0.6) = -0.1 seconds

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Align CTD: Oxygen
Oxygen data is also systematically delayed with respect to pressure. The two
primary causes are the long time constant of the oxygen sensor (for the
SBE 43, ranging from 2 seconds at 25 ºC to approximately 5 seconds at 0 ºC)
and an additional delay from the transit time of water in the pumped plumbing
line. As with temperature and conductivity, you can compensate for this delay
by shifting oxygen data relative to pressure. Typical advances for the SBE 43,
13, or 23 are:
Instrument
9plus
19plus or
19plus V2
19 (not plus)
25 or 25plus

Advance of Oxygen Relative to Pressure (seconds)
+2 to +5
+3 to +7
+3 to +7 (pumped), +1 to +5 (unpumped)
+3 to +7

Align CTD adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Alignctd_date
Alignctd_in
Alignctd_adv

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .cnv converted data file.
Variables aligned and their respective alignment times.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Bin Average
Note:
Align CTD, which aligns parameter
data in time, relative to pressure,
cannot be run on files that have been
averaged into pressure or depth bins
in Bin Average. If alignment is
necessary, run Align CTD before
running Bin Average.

Note:
The File Setup tab and Header View
tab are similar for all modules; see
Section 2: Installation and Use.

Bin Average averages data, using averaging intervals based on:


pressure range,



depth range,



scan number range, or



time range

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:
Average by:
 pressure (with or without interpolation)
 depth (with or without interpolation)
 scan number
 time (seconds or hours)
If pressure (or depth) is not included in input
file, it will not appear on list of bin types.

If selected, a column containing number of
scans in each bin will be added to output data.

Bin size is range of data for each bin (i.e.,
pressure range, scan number range, etc.).

If selected, data from scans marked with badflag
in Loop Edit will not be used in calculating
average. Note that values marked with badflag
by Wild Edit are never included in calculating
average.

Skip first n scans of data in file before processing;
useful for eliminating scans associated with getting
into water and surface soak.
Skip last n scans of data at end of file; useful for
omitting scans associated with CTD recovery.
Discard bins with too few or too many scans (may be
associated with CTD stopping or moving too quickly).

If selected, include surface bin (applicable only if
averaging by pressure or depth). Input:
 minimum and maximum values - minimum and
maximum (pressure or depth, as applicable) to
be used in calculating surface bin
 value - target value (pressure or depth) to be
associated with averages
Note that surface bin minimum, maximum, and
value do not affect minimum, maximum, and
center of first or subsequent bins.

Process downcast, upcast, or both.

Begin processing data. Status field
on File Setup tab shows
Processing complete when done.
Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu - If you made
changes and did not Save or Save As, program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu - Button says
Save & Exit. If you do not want to save changes, use Cancel button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Bin Average: Formulas
Note:
If Exclude scans marked bad is
selected in the dialog box, data from
scans marked with badflag in Loop
Edit are not used in calculating
average. Values marked with badflag
by Wild Edit are never included in
calculating the average. If the
number of points included in the
average is 0 (all data and/or scans in
the bin are marked with badflag), the
average value is set to badflag.

The center value of the first (not surface) bin is set equal to the bin size. The
surface bin, if included, cannot overlap the first bin.
Example (pressure bin, surface bin not included):
Bin size is 10 db. The first bin is defined as follows:
surface = 0 db

Minimum first bin = BinMin =
bin size - (bin size/2) = 5 db
First bin
Bin size=10 db

Center (target) first bin =
bin size=10 db
Maximum first bin = BinMax =
bin size + (bin size/2) = 15 db

Example (pressure bin, surface bin included):
Bin size is 10 db. Surface bin is included, and surface bin parameters are 0 db
minimum, 3 db maximum, and 0 db value. The bins are defined as follows:
minimum surface bin = 0 db
target surface bin = 0 db

Surface bin
Bin size=3 db

maximum surface bin = 3 db
Minimum first bin = BinMin =
bin size - (bin size/2) = 5 db

First bin
Bin size=10 db

Center (target) first bin =
bin size=10 db
Maximum first bin = BinMax =
bin size + (bin size/2) = 15 db

Note that for this example, the surface bin could have a maximum of up to
5 db (the minimum value for the first bin).

The algorithms used for each type of averaging follow.
Pressure Bins (no interpolation)
For each bin:
BinMin = center value - (bin size / 2)
BinMax = center value + (bin size / 2)
1.
2.
3.
4.

Add together valid data for scans with BinMin < pressure < BinMax.
Divide sum by the number of valid data points to obtain average, and
write average to output file.
Repeat Steps 1 through 2 for each variable.
For next bin, compute center value and repeat Steps 1 through 3.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Pressure Bins (with interpolation)
For each bin:
BinMin = center value - (bin size / 2)
BinMax = center value + (bin size / 2)
1. Add together valid data for scans with BinMin < pressure < BinMax.
2. Divide sum by number of valid data points to obtain average.
3. Interpolate as follows, and write interpolated value to output file:
Pp =average pressure of previous bin
Xp =average value of variable in previous bin
Pc =average pressure of current bin
Xc =average value of variable in current bin
Pi = center value for pressure in current bin
Xi =interpolated value of variable (value at center pressure Pi )
= ( (Xc - Xp) * (Pi - Pp) / (Pc - Pp) ) + Xp
4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for each variable.
5. Compute center value and Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for next bin.
Values for first bin are interpolated after averages for second bin are calculated;
values from next (second) bin instead of previous bin are used in equations.
Depth Bins (with or without interpolation)
Depth bin processing is similar to processing pressure bins, but bin size and
center values are based on depth.
Scan Number Bins
Scan number bin processing is similar to processing pressure bins without
interpolation. If exclude scans marked bad is selected, Bin Average averages
bin size good scans (not marked with badflag in Loop Edit).
Example: Bin size is 100. First bin should include scans 50-149. However, scans 93, 94, and
126 are marked with badflag in Loop Edit, and user selected exclude scans marked bad. To
include 100 valid scans in average, Bin Average includes scans 50 - 152 in first bin.

Time Bins
Time bin processing is similar to processing pressure bins without
interpolation. Bin Average determines the number of scans to include based on
the input bin size and the data sampling interval:
Number of scans = bin size [seconds] / interval or
Number of scans = (bin size [hours] x 3600 seconds/hour) / interval
Bin Average has the following /x parameter when run from the Command Line
Options dialog box, from the command line, or with batch file processing:
/x Parameter
Description
/xbinavg:cN
N = center value for first bin.
See Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, and Batch File Processing
for details on using parameters.

Bin Average adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Description
Binavg_date
Date and time that module was run.
Binavg_in
Input .cnv converted data file.
Binavg_bintype Bin type (pressure, depth, scan time in seconds or hours).
Binavg_binsize
Bin size.
Binavg_excl_
If yes, values from scans marked with badflag in Loop
bad_scans
Edit are not included in average.
Binavg_skipover Number of scans skipped at beginning of file.
Binavg_omit
Number of scans skipped at end of file.
Binavg_min_
Minimum number of scans/bin; bins with fewer scans are
scans_bin
discarded.
Binavg_max_
Maximum number of scans/bin; bins with more scans are
scans_bin_
discarded.
Binavg_surface_ Surface bin included? Minimum and maximum values
bin
for surface bin.
89

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Buoyancy
Note:
The input .cnv file for Buoyancy must
have been processed with Bin
Average on pressure bins (with or
without interpolation) and must
contain pressure, temperature, and
either salinity or conductivity.

Buoyancy calculates buoyancy (Brunt-Väisälä) frequency (N) and stability (E)
using the Fofonoff adiabatic leveling method (Bray N. A. and N. P. Fofonoff
(1981) Available potential energy for MODE eddies. Journal of Physical
Oceanography, 11, 30-46.).

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Note:
The File Setup tab and
Header View tab are similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.

Select variable used in buoyancy computation:
 Latitude - Buoyancy uses algorithm in
UNESCO Technical Papers in Marine Science 44
to estimate local gravity from user-input latitude
 Gravity

Calculate buoyancy variables for pressure values
centered in window. Buoyancy converts window
size from decibars to scans based on pressure
interval between scans in input file. If window size
is less than 3 scans, Buoyancy sets it to 3 scans.
If window size is an even number of scans,
Buoyancy adds 1 scan to window size. (see
example below)
Note: As used here, a scan is one row of output
data from Bin Average, which is an average of
many scans of original data.

Select buoyancy
variables to be
computed and added
to .cnv file - 1, 2, 3,
or 4 variables can be
computed.

Example: For an interval of 10 db between scans, buoyancy window sizes of
5, 10, or 20 db result in a window size of 3 scans. Window sizes of
30 or 40 db result in a window size of 5 scans.
10 db

20 db

30 db

40 db

5 db window = 3 scan minimum
10 db window = 3 scan minimum
20 db window = 3 scans (10, 20, 30 db)
30 db window = 4 scans (10, 20, 30, 40 db) + 1 scan to make odd number
40 db window = 5 scans (10, 20, 30, 40, 50 db)

50 db

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Buoyancy: Formulas
The relationship between frequency N and stability E is:
N 2 = gE

[rad2/s2]

where g = gravity [m / s2]
The algorithm used to compute N2 for the pressure value centered in the
buoyancy window is:
1.

Compute averages:
p_bar = average pressure in the buoyancy window [decibars]
t_bar = average temperature in the buoyancy window [deg C]
s_bar = average salinity in the buoyancy window [PSU]
rho_bar = density (s_bar, t_bar, p_bar) [Kg / m3]

Compute the vertical gradient:
theta = potential temperature (s, t, p, p_bar)
v = 1 / density(s, theta, p_bar)
where s, t, and p are the averaged values for salinity, temperature, and
pressure calculated in Bin Average
Use a least squares fit to compute the linear gradient dv/dp in the
buoyancy window.

Compute N2, N, E, and 10 -8E:
N 2 = -1.0e-4 rho_bar 2 g 2

3600
2

N2
g

E = 10 8

N2


p

[rad 2/s2]

[cycles/hour]

[rad 2/m]
N2
g

[10 -8 rad 2/m]

Buoyancy adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Buoyancy_date
Buoyancy_in
Buoyancy_vars

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .cnv converted data file.
Gravity value (input value or value based on input
latitude) and buoyancy window size (adjusted to provide
a minimum of three scans and an odd number of scans).

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Cell Thermal Mass
Note:
Cell thermal mass corrections should
not be applied to freshwater data.
It can give bad results, due to the
way the derivative dC/dT is
calculated in regions where
conductivity changes are very small.

Cell Thermal Mass uses a recursive filter to remove conductivity cell thermal
mass effects from the measured conductivity. Typical values for alpha and
1/beta are:
Instrument
alpha
1/beta
SBE 9plus with TC duct and 3000 rpm pump
0.03
7.0
SBE 19plus or 19plus V2
0.04
8.0
with TC duct and 2000 rpm pump
SBE 19 (not plus) with TC duct and 2000 rpm pump
0.04
8.0
SBE 19 (not plus) with no pump, moving at 1 m/sec
0.042
10.0
SBE 25 or 25plus with TC duct and 2000 rpm pump
0.04
8.0
SBE 49 with TC duct and 3000 rpm pump *
0.03
7.0
*The SBE 49 can be programmed to correct for conductivity cell thermal mass
effects in real-time, eliminating the need to run Cell Thermal Mass. See the
SBE 49 manual for details.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Note:
The File Setup tab and
Header View tab are similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.

Use primary or secondary
temperature sensor data for
filtering the conductivity data.

Filter primary and/or
secondary conductivity
values.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Cell Thermal Mass: Formulas
The algorithm used is:
a = 2 * alpha / (sample interval * beta + 2)
b = 1 - (2 * a / alpha)
dc/dT = 0.1 * (1 + 0.006 * [temperature - 20])
dT = temperature - previous temperature
ctm [S/m] = -1.0 * b * previous ctm + a * (dc/dT) * dT
where
sample interval is measured in seconds and temperature in °C
ctm is calculated in S/m
If the input file contains conductivity in units other than S/m, Cell Thermal
Mass applies the following scale factors to the calculated ctm:
ctm [mS/cm] = ctm [S/m] * 10.0
ctm [µS/cm] = ctm [S/m] * 10000.0
corrected conductivity = c + ctm

To determine the values for alpha and beta, see:
Lueck, R.G., 1990: Thermal Inertia of Conductivity Cells: Theory., American
Meteorological Society Oct 1990, 741-755.

Cell Thermal Mass adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Celltm_date
Celltm_in
Celltm_alpha
Celltm_tau
Celltm_temp_sensor
_use_for_cond

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .cnv converted data file.
Value used for alpha.
Value used for 1/beta.
Temperature sensor for primary conductivity filter,
temperature sensor for secondary conductivity filter.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Derive (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)
Notes:
 Derive’s File Setup tab requires
selection of an input data file and
instrument configuration (.con or
.xmlcon) file. SBE 37 stores
calibration coefficients internally, and
does not have a .con or .xmlcon file
provided by Sea-Bird.
- If you used SeatermV2 version 1.1
or later to upload SBE 37 data, the
software created a .xmlcon file when
it created the .hex file.
- If you used an earlier version of
SeatermV2 or any version of Seaterm
to upload SBE 37 data, use a .con or
.xmlcon file from any other Sea-Bird
instrument; the contents will not affect
the results. If you do not have a .con
or .xmlcon file for another instrument,
create one in SBE Data Processing’s
Configure menu (select any
instrument in the Configure menu,
then click Save As in the
Configuration dialog box).
 Algorithms used for calculation of
derived parameters in Data
Conversion, Derive, Sea Plot,
SeaCalc III [EOS-80 (Practical
Salinity) tab], and Seasave are
identical, except as noted in Appendix
V: Derived Parameter Formulas
(EOS-80; Practical Salinity), and are
based on EOS-80 equations.
 Derive is not compatible with a .cnv
file from an SBE 39, 39-IM, 39plus,
39plus-IM, or 48.
 For an SBE 21 or 45 with a remote
temperature sensor, Seasave, Data
Conversion, Derive, and Derive
TEOS-10 all use the remote
temperature data when calculating
density and sound velocity.

Derive uses pressure, temperature, and conductivity from the input .cnv file to
compute the following oceanographic parameters:
 density (density, sigma-theta, sigma-1, sigma-2, sigma-4, sigma-t)
 thermosteric anomaly
 specific volume
 specific volume anomaly
 geopotential anomaly
 dynamic meters
 depth (salt water, fresh water)
 salinity
 sound velocity (Chen-Millero, DelGrosso, Wilson)
 average sound velocity
 potential temperature (reference pressure = 0.0 decibars)
 potential temperature anomaly
 specific conductivity
 derivative variables (descent rate and acceleration) - if input file has not
been averaged into pressure or depth bins
 oxygen (if input file contains pressure, temperature, and either
conductivity or salinity, and has not been averaged into pressure or
depth bins) - also requires oxygen current and oxygen temperature
(SBE 13 or 23) or oxygen signal (SBE 43)
 corrected irradiance (CPAR)
See Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas for the formulas used to
calculate these parameters.
See Derive TEOS-10 after this module to calculate TEOS-10 (Absolute
Salinity) parameters.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Select variables to
be calculated.

Note:
The File Setup tab and Header View
tab are similar for all modules; see
Section 2: Installation and Use.

Begin processing data. Status field
on File Setup tab shows
Processing complete when done.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

The Select Derived Variables dialog box looks like this:

 Add variable: click blank field in Variable Name column,
click desired sensor in sensor list, click Add.
 Change variable: click existing sensor in Variable Name
column, click desired sensor in sensor list, click Change.
 Insert variable: click existing sensor below desired
sequence # in Variable Name column, click desired
sensor in sensor list, click Insert.
If Derive requires additional information to compute a
variable, a dialog box appears after variable is selected,
with fields for required user-input parameters.

List includes all variables
that can be derived from
variables in input data file.

Click Data to view/modify user-input parameters for selected variable (if applicable). Some variables share a user-input parameter,
so changing a parameter for one variable automatically changes it for the other:
 Depth and average sound velocity use same latitude (if NMEA data not available).
 Descent rate and acceleration use same time window size.
 All SBE 13, 23, and 43 oxygen sensors use same time window size, Tau correction, and (SBE 43 only) hysteresis correction.
Note: An alternate method of entering these parameters is on Miscellaneous tab in Derive dialog box.

The Miscellaneous tab in the Derive dialog box looks like this:
Note:
Values for these parameters can be
changed on the Miscellaneous tab
or by double clicking on the output
variable in the Select Derived
Variables dialog box (above);
changes made in one location are
automatically made in the other
location.

Oxygen selections apply to
SBE 43 and Beckman/YSI
sensors. They do not apply
to SBE 63 or Aanderaa
Oxygen Optode.

The Miscellaneous tab defines parameters required for output of specific
variables (depth, average sound velocity, potential temperature anomaly,
oxygen, descent rate, and acceleration). Entries on this tab are used only if you
are calculating and outputting the associated variable to the .cnv file. For
example, if you do not select Oxygen in the Select Derived Variables dialog
box, Derive ignores the value entered for Oxygen window size and the
enabling of the Tau correction on the Miscellaneous tab.
95

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

In Derive, derivative variables (oxygen, descent rate, and acceleration) are
computed by looking at data centered around the current data point with a time
span equal to the user-input time window size and using a linear regression to
determine the slope. This differs from how the calculation is done in Seasave
and Data Conversion, which compute the derivative looking backward in time,
since they share common code and Seasave cannot use future values while
acquiring data in real-time.

Derive has the following /x parameter when run from the Command Line
Options dialog box, from the command line, or with batch file processing:
/x Parameter
/xderive:pump

Description
For SBE 911plus, do not output scans if
pump status = off.

See Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, and Batch File Processing
for details on using parameters.

Derive adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Derive_date
Derive_in
Derive_time_window_docdt
Derive_time_window_dzdt
Derive_ox_tau_
correction

Description
Date and time that module was run. Also
shows how many columns of data (how
many variables) were derived.
Input .cnv converted data file and .con or
.xmlcon configuration file.
Window size for oxygen derivative
calculation (seconds).
Window size for descent rate and
acceleration calculation (seconds).
Whether tau correction was performed on
oxygen data.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Derive TEOS-10
Notes:
 Algorithms used in Derive TEOS-10
are based on the TEOS-10 website:
www.TEOS-10.org.
 Derive TEOS-10 is not compatible
with a .cnv file from an SBE 39,
39-IM, 39plus, 39plus-IM, or 48.
 For an SBE 21 or 45 with a remote
temperature sensor, Seasave,
Data Conversion, Derive, and
Derive TEOS-10 all use the remote
temperature data when calculating
density and sound velocity.

Notes:
 The File Setup tab and Header View
tab are similar for all modules; see
Section 2: Installation and Use.
 (if used) Values for longitude,
latitude, and pressure in .txt files are
not limited to the number of digits
shown in the examples.

Derive TEOS-10 uses temperature, conductivity or salinity (Practical,
EOS-80), pressure, latitude, and longitude to compute the following
thermodynamic parameters using TEOS-10 equations:
 Absolute Salinity
 Absolute Salinity Anomaly
 adiabatic lapse rate
 Conservative Temperature
 Conservative Temperature freezing
 density
 dynamic enthalpy
 enthalpy
 entropy
 gravity
 internal energy
 isentropic compressibility
 latent head of evaporation
 latent heat of melting
 potential temperature
 Preformed Salinity
 Reference Salinity
 saline contraction coefficient
 sound speed
 specific volume
 specific volume anomaly
 temperature freezing
 thermal expansion coefficient

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Select instrument: SBE 21 or
SBE 45 Thermosalinograph,
or Other (anything else).

.txt file format is:
//comment line starts with two //
Longitude: xxx.xx
Latitude: xxx.xx
.txt file format is:
//comment line starts with two //
Pressure: xxxxx.xx

Select variables to be
calculated (see below).

Begin processing data. Status field
on File Setup tab shows
Processing complete when done.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

The Select TEOS-10 Variables dialog box looks like this:

List of available
TEOS-10 variables.

Derive TEOS-10 adds the following to the data file header:
Label
DeriveTEOS_10_date
DeriveTEOS_10_in
DeriveTEOS_10_
latitude_source
DeriveTEOS_10_
longitude_source
Using the GSW Toolkit
version xx.xx

Description
Date and time that module was run. Also
shows how many columns of data (how
many variables) were derived.
Input .cnv converted data file
Source of latitude data.
Source of longitude data.
Source and version of equations used in
TEOS-10 calculations.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

TEOS-10 Formulas
The following table references the C functions from www.TEOS-10.org that
are implemented in Derive TEOS-10:
SBE Data Processing
variable name
(in Select TEOS-10 Variables
dialog and in output .cnv file)
Absolute Salinity
Absolute Salinity Anomaly
adiabatic lapse rate
Conservative Temperature
Conservative Temperature freezing
density, TEOS-10

dynamic enthalpy
enthalpy
entropy
gravity
internal energy
isentropic compressibility
latent heat of evaporation
latent heat of melting
potential temperature
Preformed Salinity
Reference Salinity
saline contraction coefficient
sound speed
specific volume
specific volume anomaly
temperature freezing
thermal expansion coefficient

C function from
www.TEOS-10.org code
gsw_sa_from_sp
gsw_deltasa_from_sp
gsw_adiabatic_lapse_rate_from_ct
gsw_ct_from_t
gsw_ct_freezing
gsw_rho
(use gsw_rho with reference
pressure for the sigmas)
gsw_dynamic_enthalpy
gsw_enthalpy
gsw_entropy_from_t
gsw_grav
gsw_internal_energy
gsw_kappa
gsw_latentheat_evap_ct
gsw_latentheat_melting
gsw_pt0_from_t
gsw_sstar_from_sa
gsw_sr_from_sp
gsw_beta
gsw_sound_speed
gsw_specvol
gsw_specvol_anom
gsw_t_freezing
gsw_alpha

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Filter
Filter runs a low-pass filter on one or more columns of data. A low-pass filter
smoothes high frequency (rapidly changing) data. To produce zero phase
(no time shift), the filter is first run forward through the data and then run
backward through the forward-filtered data. This removes any delays caused
by the filter.
Pressure data is typically filtered with a time constant equal to four times the
CTD scan rate. Conductivity and temperature are typically filtered for some
CTDs. Two time constants can be specified, so different parameters can be
filtered with different time constants in one run of Filter. Typical time
constants are:
Instrument

Temperature
(seconds)
0.5

Conductivity
(seconds)
0.5

Pressure
(seconds)
0.15
1.0

SBE 9plus
SBE 19plus or 19plus V2
SBE 19 (not plus) with or
0.5
0.5
2.0
without TC duct and pump
SBE 25 or 25plus
0.1
0.1
0.5
SBE 49 with TC duct and
0.085
0.085
0.25
3000 rpm pump *
*The SBE 49 can be programmed to filter the data in real-time with a cosine
window filter (see WFilter), eliminating the need to run Filter on temperature
and conductivity data. See the SBE 49 manual for details.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:
Note:
The File Setup tab and
Header View tab are similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.

Desired filter time constants

Select which variables to apply
filter to, and which time constant
to use for each variable.

100

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

The Specify Filters dialog box looks like this:

Select None, Filter A, or
Filter B for each
variable.

Filter: Formulas
For a low-pass filter with time constant Γ:
Γ= 1/ω
ω = 2πf
T = sample interval (seconds)
S0 = 1/ Γ
Laplace transform of the transfer function of a low-pass filter (single pole)
with a time constant of Γ seconds is:
1
H(s) =
1 + (S/S0)
Using the bilinear transform:
Δ

S - f(z) =

Then:

2 (z - 1)
T (z +1)

1
2 (z - 1)
1+
T (z + 1) S0

H(z) =

If:

2 (1-z -1)
T (1 + z -1)

z -1 + 1
2
1+
TS0

2
1+
TS0
Y(z )
X(z)

H(z) =

1 - 2/TS0

{1 + ( 1 + 2/TS ) z }
-1

2
TS0
2
TS0

A (z -1 +1)
(1 + Bz -1)

Where z -1 is the unit delay (one scan behind).
y[N] = current output
y[N-1] = previous output
x[N] = input data (current scan)
x[N-1] = previous input data (from previous scan)
Y(z) (1 + Bz -1) = X(z) A (z -1 + 1)
y[N] + By[N-1] = Ax[N-1] + Ax[N]
y[N] = A(x[N] + x[N-1]) - By[N-1]
101

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Example: Time constant = 0.5 second, sample interval = 1/24 second
1
1
A=
=
= 0.04
(1 + 2 * 0.5 * 24)
(1 + 24)
B = (1 - 2 * 0.5 * 24) A =

1 - 24
1 + 24

= -0.92

Filter adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Description
Filter_date
Date and time that module was run.
Filter_in
Input .cnv converted data file.
Filter_low_pass_tc_A
Time constant for filter A.
Filter_low-Pass_tc_B
Time constant for filter B.
Filter_low_pass_A_vars
List of variables filtered with time constant A.
Filter_low_pass_B_vars
List of variables filtered with time constant B.

102

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Loop Edit
Loop Edit marks scans bad by setting the flag value associated with the scan to
badflag in input .cnv files that have pressure slowdowns or reversals (typically
caused by ship heave). Optionally, Loop Edit can also mark scans associated
with an initial surface soak with badflag. The badflag value is documented in
the input .cnv header.
Note:
Data Conversion calculates
velocity with a 2-second
window (e.g., 48 scans for an
SBE 9plus), giving a much
smoother measure of velocity.

Loop Edit operates on three successive scans to determine velocity. This is
such a fine scale that noise in the pressure channel from counting jitter or other
unknown sources can cause Loop Edit to mark scans with badflag in error.
Therefore, you must run Filter on the pressure data to reduce noise
before you run Loop Edit. See Filter for pressure filter recommendations for
each instrument.
The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Note:
The File Setup tab and
Header View tab are similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.

Minimum velocity type:
 Fixed minimum velocity - If CTD velocity <
specified Minimum CTD Velocity, or
pressure < previous maximum pressure,
scan is marked with badflag.
 Percent of mean speed - For each scan,
mean speed over last Window Size seconds
is computed. If CTD velocity < specified
Percent of Mean Speed, or pressure <
previous maximum pressure, scan is marked
with badflag. Minimum CTD Velocity is used
to evaluate data points in first time window.

If selected, scans related to surface
soak are marked with badflag,
based on Minimum soak depth and
Maximum soak depth (note that
Surface soak depth is not actually
used in calculation of surface
soak scans). See drawing below
for details.
If selected, pressure from first scan in file is used
as a pressure offset in determining scans related
to surface soak. See drawing below for details.
Note: This affects only marking of surface soak
scans, and has no effect on pressure data in file.

 If selected, scans previously
marked with badflag (for example,
in a previous run of Loop Edit) will
not be evaluated.
 If not selected, scans previously
marked with badflag will be
reevaluated, and scan’s flag will
be reset accordingly.
Begin processing data. Status field
on File Setup tab shows Processing
complete when done.

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu - If you made changes
and did not Save or Save As, program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu - Button says Save
& Exit. If you do not want to save changes, use Cancel button to exit.

Algorithm
for removal
of surface
soak data

103

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Loop Edit adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Loopedit_date
Loopedit_in
Loopedit_minVelocity

Loopedit_percentMeanSpeed

Loopedit_surfaceSoak

Loopedit_excl_bad_scans

104

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .cnv converted data file.
If Fixed Minimum Velocity was selected minimum CTD velocity for good scans;
scans with velocity less than this are marked
with badflag.
If Percent of Mean Speed was selected minimum CTD velocity for first time
window, window size, and percent of mean
speed for good scans; scans that do not meet
this criteria are marked with badflag.
If Remove surface soak was selected –
minimum soak depth, maximum soak depth,
and whether to use deck pressure as a
pressure offset (1 = yes, 0 = no).
If yes, do not evaluate scans marked with
badflag in a previous run of Loop Edit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Wild Edit
Note:
Wild Edit marks individual data (for
example, a conductivity value) with
badflag, but does not mark the entire
scan (which may include other data
that is valid, such as temperature,
pressure, etc.).

Wild Edit marks wild points in the data by replacing the data value with
badflag. The badflag value is documented in the input .cnv header.
Wild Edit’s algorithm requires two passes through the data: the first pass
obtains an accurate estimate of the data’s true standard deviation, while the
second pass replaces the appropriate data with badflag.

Note:
The File Setup tab and Header View
tab are similar for all modules; see
Section 2: Installation and Use.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

If selected, data from
scans marked with
badflag in Loop Edit
will not be used in
calculating mean and
standard deviation.

Select which variables
to run Wild Edit on.

Begin processing
data. Status field on
File Setup tab shows
Processing complete
when done.

Do not flag data within this distance of mean,
even if it falls outside specified standard
deviation. Set to a value where difference
between data and mean would indicate a wild
point. May need to use if data is very quiet (for
example, a single bit change in voltage may
cause data to fall outside specified standard
deviation and be marked bad). A typical
sequence for using parameter follows:
1. Run Wild Edit for all desired variables, with
parameter set to 0.
2. Compare output to input data. If a variable’s
data points that are very close to mean were
set to badflag:
A. Rerun Wild Edit for all other variables,
leaving parameter at 0 and overwriting
output file from Step 1.
B. Rerun Wild Edit for quiet variable only,
setting parameter to desired value to
prevent flagging of data close to mean.

105

Wild Edit operates
as follows:
1. Compute mean and
standard deviation of
data in block
(specified by Scans
per Block) for each
selected variable.
Temporarily flag
values that differ from
mean by more than
standard deviations
specified for pass 1.
2. Recompute mean and
standard deviation,
excluding temporarily
flagged values. Mark
values that differ from
mean by more than
standard deviations
specified for pass 2 by
replacing data value
with badflag.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2
for next block of
scans.
 If last block of data
in input file has less
than specified
number of scans,
use data from
previous block to fill
in block.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

If the data file is particularly corrupted, you may need to run Wild Edit more
than once, with different block sizes and number of standard deviations.
If the input file has some variables with large values and some with relatively
smaller values, it may be necessary to run Wild Edit more than once, varying
the value for Keep data within this distance of mean so that it is meaningful
for each variable. Better results may also be obtained by increasing Scans per
block from 100 to around 500.
Example
Sensor A’s range is approximately 1000 and Sensor B’s range is
approximately 10. Run Wild Edit on Sensor A, using Keep data
within this distance of mean = 10. Then run Wild Edit on
Sensor B, using Keep data within this distance of mean = 0.1

Wild Edit adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Wildedit_date
Wildedit_in
Wildedit_pass1_nstd
Wildedit_pass2_nstd
Wildedit_pass2_mindelta
Wildedit_npoint
Wildedit_vars
Wildedit_excl_bad_scans

106

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .cnv converted data file.
Number of standard deviations for pass 1 test.
Number of standard deviations for pass 2 test.
Keep data within this distance of mean.
Number of points to include in each test.
List of the variables tested for wild points.
If yes, values in scans marked with badflag
(in Loop Edit) will not be used to determine
standard deviation.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Window Filter
Window Filter provides four types of window filters and a median filter for
data smoothing of .cnv files:

Note:
The File Setup tab and
Header View tab are similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.



Window filters calculate a weighted average of data values about a center
point and replace the data value at the center point with this average.



The median filter calculates a median for data values about a center point
and replaces the data value at the center point with the median.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

If selected, data
from scans marked
with badflag in Loop
Edit will not be used.
Select which variables to run
Window Filter on, and specify the
filters.

The Specify Window Filters dialog box looks like this:

Select none, boxcar, cosine,
Gaussian, median, or triangle filter.
A dialog box appears to enter
applicable filter parameters, which
then display in Parameters column.

107

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Window Filters: Descriptions and Formulas
Shape and length define filter windows:
 Window Filter provides four window shapes: boxcar, cosine, triangle,
and Gaussian.
 The minimum window length is 1 scan, and the maximum is 511 scans.
Window length must be an odd number, so that the window has a center
point. If a window length is specified as an even number, Window Filter
automatically adds 1 to make the length odd.
The window filter calculates a weighted average of data values about a center
point, using the following transfer function:
L/2

y(n) =



w(k) x(n-k)

k=-L/2

The figure below shows the impulse response of each of the four filter types
for a filter of length 17 scans. The impulse response of a filter is obtained by
filtering a data set that has zeros everywhere except one data value that is set
to 1.
Begin processing data. Status field
on File Setup tab shows
Processing complete when done.

108

Manual revision 7.26.8

Note:
In the window filter equations:
 L = window length in scans,
(always an odd number)
 n = window index, -L/2 to +L/2,
with 0 the center point of
the window
 w(n) = set of window weights

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

The window filtering process is similar for all filter types:
1. Filter weights are calculated (see the equations below).
2. Filter weights are normalized to sum to 1.
 When a bad data point is encountered (scan marked with badflag if
exclude scans marked bad was selected or data value marked with
badflag), the weights are renormalized, excluding the filter element
that would operate on the bad data point.
Boxcar Filter
1
w(n) =

for n = L

L-1

Cosine Filter
w(n) = 1
for n = 0

w(n) = cos

nx

for n = -

L-1

L+1

L-1

. .-1, 1 . .

Triangle Filter
w(n) = 1

w(n) =

for n = 0
n

for n = -

L-1

. .-1, 1 . .

L-1
2

L-1
where K =

+1
2

Gaussian Filter

phase =

offset (sec)

sample interval (sec)
sample rate
scale = log(2) x 2 x
half width (scans)

(

w(n) = e -phase x phase x scale

w(n) = e -(n - phase)

2 x scale

)

for n = 0
L-1
for n = -

L-1
. .-1, 1 . .

The Gaussian window has parameters of halfwidth (in scans) and offset (in
time), in addition to window length (in scans). These extra parameters allow
data to be filtered and shifted in time in one operation. Halfwidth determines
the width of the Gaussian curve. A window length of 9 and halfwidth of 4
produces a set of filter weights that fills the window. A window length of 17
and halfwidth of 4 produces a set of filter weights that fills only half the
window. If the filter weights do not fill the window, the offset parameter may
be used to shift the weights within the window without clipping the edge of the
Gaussian curve.

109

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Example: Window length is 33 scans and halfwidth is 4 scans. Offset is
-3 seconds in left curve, 0 in middle curve, and +3 seconds in right curve.

Note that the window length in the example is larger than the halfwidth. This
allows the complete Gaussian curve to be expressed in the window when the
offset parameter shifts the curve forward or backward in time. If the halfwidth
was larger, the trailing edge of the -3 second offset curve would be truncated
and the leading edge of the +3 second curve would be truncated. The offset
parameter moves the Gaussian shape of the window weights forward or
backward in time. Since the weighted average is calculated for a data value in
the center of the window, this has the effect of shifting the data that the filter is
operating on forward or backward in time relative to the other data in the file.
This capability allows filtering and time shifting to be done in one step.

Median Filter: Description
The median filter is not a smoothing filter in the same sense as the window
filters described above. Median filtering is most useful in spike removal.
A median value is determined for a specified window, and the data value at the
window’s center point is replaced by the median value.

110

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 6: Data Processing Modules

SBE Data Processing

Window Filter has the following /x parameter when run from the Command
Line Options dialog box, from the command line, or with batch file processing:
/x Parameter
/xwfilter:diff

Description
Output difference between original and filtered value
instead of outputting filtered value.

See Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, and Batch File Processing
for details on using parameters.

Window Filter adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Wfilter_date
Wfilter_in
Wfilter_excl_
bad_scans
Wfilter_action

111

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .cnv converted data file.
If yes, values in scans marked with badflag in
Loop Edit will not be used.
Data channel identifier, filter type, filter parameters.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 7: File Manipulation Modules

SBE Data Processing

Section 7: File Manipulation Modules
Module Name
ASCII In

ASCII Out
Section
Split
Strip
Translate

112

Module Description
Add header information to a .asc file containing rows
and columns of ASCII data.
Output data portion and/or header portion from .cnv
converted data file to an ASCII file (.asc for data, .hdr
for header). Useful for exporting converted data for
processing by other (non-Sea-Bird) software.
Extract rows of data from .cnv converted data file.
Split data in .cnv converted data file into upcast and
downcast files.
Extract columns of data from .cnv converted data file.
Convert data format in .cnv converted data file from
ASCII to binary, or vice versa.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 7: File Manipulation Modules

SBE Data Processing

ASCII In
ASCII In adds a header to a .asc file that contains rows of ASCII data. The
data can be separated by spaces, commas, or tabs (or any combination of
spaces, commas, and tabs). The output file, which contains both the header and
the data, is a .cnv file. ASCII In can be used to add a header to data that was
generated by a non-Seasoft program.
Note:
The File Setup tab is similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Select whether interval between
scans is based on time,
pressure, or depth, and indicate
the interval value (time, pressure,
or depth between scans). This
information is put in header.
Select variable name associated
with each column of data, to be
put in header. Selection list
includes all variables that can be
output by Data Conversion and
Derive, as well as user-defined
variable names.

ASCII In creates a data file header containing the following information:
Label

Nquan

Nvalues
Units
Name n
Span n
Interval
Start_time
Bad_flag
Asciiin_in
File type

Description
Number of columns (fields) of data.
NOTE: ASCII In automatically adds 1 field to number of fields
in input .asc file (i.e., if the .asc file contains 3 columns of data,
then nquan=4). This field, initially set to 0, is used by Loop Edit
to mark bad scans.
Number of scans converted.
Specified (indicates units are specified separately for each
variable).
Sensor (and units) associated with data in column n.
Span (highest - lowest value) of data in column n.
Scan rate (seconds).
Start time for when ASCII In was run.
Provided for information only; value that Loop Edit will
use to mark bad scans and Wild Edit will use to mark
bad data values.
Input .asc data file.
Selected output file type - ASCII data.

113

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 7: File Manipulation Modules

SBE Data Processing

ASCII Out
ASCII Out outputs the header portion and/or the data portion of a converted
data file (.cnv).
 The data portion is written in ASCII engineering units to a .asc file, and
may be useful if you are planning to export converted data for processing
by other (non-Sea-Bird) software.
 The header portion is written to a .hdr file.
Note:
The File Setup tab and
Header View tab are similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:
If columns are labeled at top of each
page, form feed character is inserted
after selected number of lines/page.

If selected, scans marked
with badflag in Loop Edit will
not be output in data file.

Column label for output data file: Top of file,
Top of each page, or No column labels.
Column separator for output data file:
space, tab, semi-colon, colon, or comma.

Date and time formats for output
data file (applicable if date
selected as output variable).

If selected, 1 column is
inserted before first column of
data, with specified column
name and data value.

If selected, all occurrences of badflag in input file
(occurrences in flag column as well as in data columns)
are replaced with specified value in output file. This
may be useful for plotting purposes, as SBE Data
Processing uses a very small number (-9.990e-29) for
badflag, which looks like 0 in a plot.

Select which variables to
include in output data file.

ASCII Out has the following /x parameter when run from the Command Line
Options dialog box, from the command line, or with batch file processing:
/x Parameter
/xascii_out:first_
column_value=string
/xascii_out:label_
format=mon/day/yr_
hh:mm

Description
string = value (maximum of 11 characters) placed in
each row of column inserted before first column
of data.
mon/day/yr is heading for date column;
hh:mm is heading for time column.

See Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, and Batch File Processing
for details on using parameters.

ASCII Out does not add anything to the data file header. The output header
(.hdr) file contains the header from the input (.cnv) file.

114

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 7: File Manipulation Modules

SBE Data Processing

Section
Section extracts rows of data from the input .cnv file, based on a pressure
range or scan number range, and writes the rows to an output .cnv file.
Note:
The File Setup tab and
Header View tab are similar
for all modules; see Section 2:
Installation and Use.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Section based on a pressure range or
a scan range.
Select Upcast or Downcast if
section is based on pressure.
Section writes to output file all rows
of data that fall within this range of
pressure or scan number.

Section adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Section_date
Section_in
Section_type
Section_range

115

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .cnv converted data file.
Evaluate data based on pressure or scan range.
Range of (pressure or scan count) data to keep.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 7: File Manipulation Modules

SBE Data Processing

Split
Split separates the data from an input .cnv file into upcast (pressure
decreasing) and downcast (pressure increasing) files. Split writes the data to an
output .cnv file(s). The upcast output file name is the input file name prefixed
by u. The downcast output file name is the input file name prefixed by d.

Note:
Bin Average provides the option of
processing upcast, downcast, or
both, possibly removing the need to
run Split.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:
Note:
The File Setup tab and Header View
tab are similar for all modules; see
Section 2: Installation and Use.

Output an upcast file (prefix u) and
downcast (prefix d) file, or just a
downcast (prefix d) file.

If selected, scans marked with badflag (in
Loop Edit) will not be used to identify
maximum pressure. Maximum pressure
defines when downcast ends and upcast
begins.
Note: Pressure values marked with
badflag in Wild Edit are never used to
determine maximum pressure.

Split adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Split_date
Split_in
Split_excl_bad_scans

116

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .cnv converted data file.
If Yes, pressure from scans marked with badflag
(in Loop Edit) were not used to determine
maximum pressure (for determining when
downcast ends and upcast begins).

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 7: File Manipulation Modules

SBE Data Processing

Strip
Strip outputs selected columns of data from the input .cnv file. Strip writes the
data to an output .cnv file.
Note:
The File Setup tab and Header View
tab are similar for all modules; see
Section 2: Installation and Use.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Select which variables (columns
of data) to output.

Strip adds the following to the data file header:
Label
Strip_date
Strip_in

Description
Date and time that module was run.
Input .cnv converted data file.

117

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 7: File Manipulation Modules

SBE Data Processing

Translate
Translate changes the converted data file format from binary to ASCII or vice
versa, and writes the data to an output .cnv file.
Note:
The File Setup tab and Header View
tab are similar for all modules; see
Section 2: Installation and Use.

The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this:

Switch from:
 Binary to ASCII,
 ASCII to binary, or
 Binary to ASCII or ASCII to binary,
as applicable

Translate changes the following in the data file header:
Label
File_type

Description
File type - changes to ASCII or binary, as applicable.

118

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot
Notes:
 Converted data (.cnv) files are
typically created in Data Conversion
and manipulated in other SBE Data
Processing modules. Sea Plot can
plot data at any point after Data
Conversion has been run.
- For SBE 37 (firmware < 3.0), 39,
39-IM, and 48, a converted (.cnv)
data file is created from an uploaded
.asc file using the Convert button in
Seaterm’s Toolbar.
- For SBE 39plus and 39plus-IM, a
converted (.cnv) data file is created
from an uploaded .xml file using
Convert .XML data file in
SeatermV2’s Tools menu or Convert
XML Data button in SeatermUSB.
 Algorithms for calculation of derived
parameters in Data Conversion,
Derive, Sea Plot, SeaCalc III [EOS80 (Practical Salinity) tab], and
Seasave are identical, except as
noted in Appendix V: Derived
Parameter Formulas (EOS-80;
Practical Salinity), and are based on
EOS-80 equations.
 Calculation of Absolute Salinity and
associated parameters
(TEOS-10) is available in
Derive TEOS-10 and SeaCalc III
[TEOS-10 (Absolute Salinity) tab].
Once they are calculated in Derive
TEOS-10, they can be plotted in
Sea Plot. See Section 6: Data
Processing Modules and
Section 9: Miscellaneous Module –
SeaCalc III.
Note:
When plotting date and time, the
following restrictions apply:
 On the Plot Setup tab, select Single
X – Multiple Y or
Single X – Multiple Y, Overlay
for plot type
 On the X Axis tab, select Julian days
or Elapsed time for the variable, and
select Show as Date/Time.
 On the X Axis tab, do not select
Reverse scale direction.

Sea Plot can be used to plot C, T, and P, as well as derived variables and data
from auxiliary sensors, from any converted .cnv data file. Sea Plot can:


Plot up to 5 variables on one plot, with a single X axis and up to four
Y axes or a single Y axis and up to four X axes.



Plot any variable on a linear or logarithmic scale (logarithmic scale not
applicable to TS plots).



Derive and plot derived salinity and/or derived density, if conductivity,
temperature, and pressure data are in the input file. This allows you to
skip running Derive if salinity and density are the only derived parameters
you are interested in. Alternatively, you can calculate and plot derived
salinity and/or derived density even if salinity and density are already in
the input file; the values may differ because of processing steps performed
on C, T, or P after Derive was run. Note that the calculations for derived
salinity and derived density are based on EOS-80 equations (Practical
Salinity). For TEOS-10 (Absolute Salinity), you must calculate the
parameters in Derive TEOS-10 before plotting with Sea Plot.



Plot time series data; the time scale selections include Julian Days,
elapsed time in hours, minutes, or seconds, or date and time.



Create contour plots, generating density (sigma-t or sigma-theta) or
thermosteric anomaly contours on temperature-salinity (TS) plots.



Process and plot multiple input files that contain the same variables and
with the same setup parameters, each on their own plot, allowing the user
to quickly switch the view from one file to the next.



Process and plot multiple input files that contain the same variables on an
overlay plot, allowing the user to view multiple sets of data at the
same time. If desired, the user can offset each file on the plot to create a
waterfall plot.



Zoom in on plot features.



Send plots to a printer, save plots to the clipboard for insertion in another
program (such as Microsoft Word), or save plots as graphic files in
bitmap, metafile, or JPEG format.



Run in batch processing mode. See Appendix I: Command Line Options,
Command Line Operation, and Batch File Processing.

The Sea Plot dialog box differs somewhat from the other SBE Data Processing
modules. Each tab of the Sea Plot dialog box is described below, as well as
options for viewing, printing, and saving a plot.
119

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Sea Plot File Setup Tab
The File Setup tab defines the Program Setup file; input data file(s); and
output type, orientation, and (if applicable) file name. The File Setup tab looks
like this:

Input data directory and file names.
Select to pick a different file.
To process multiple files from
same directory:
1. Click Select.
2. In Select dialog box, hold down
Ctrl key while clicking on each
desired file.
If multiple files selected, header in each
file must contain same set of sensors
and variables.
For overlay plots:
 If Sort input files selected: Sea Plot
sorts input files in alphabetical order.
 If Sort input files not selected: Sea
Plot maintains order of files as you
selected them using Ctrl key. Use
this feature if there is a particular
data set you want to use as base on
a waterfall overlay plot. Note that
using Shift key to select files will not
maintain selected order.

Output Information is default, and is
only used automatically for batch
processing or when running with Auto
start command line option. For all other
cases, Sea Plot does not automatically
print or output plot to file when you click
Start Process. You can choose to print
or output plot to file while viewing a
plot; output destination and parameters
can be easily changed at that time.
 Output to: Printer, Metafile (.wmf),
JPEG (.jpg), or Bitmap (.bmp). When
viewing plot, you can also output to
clipboard; from clipboard, you can
paste plot into another application
(such as Microsoft Word).
 Orientation: if outputting to printer.
Driver default, Landscape, or
Portrait. If Driver default selected,
orientation determined by default for
printer you select.
 Print full page: Applicable for
outputting to printer. If selected, Sea
Plot sizes plot to fit 81/2 x 11 inch
paper. If not selected, input desired
plot size (Units, Width, and Height).
 Units, Width, and Height: Plot size.
Applicable when outputting to printer
(if Print full page was not selected),
or graphics file.

File to store all information input in File, Plot, and Axis Setup tabs. Open to select a
different .psa file, Save or Save As to save current settings, or Restore to reset all
settings to match last saved version.

Default directory and file name (can be easily changed while
viewing plot) for outputting .wmf, .jpg, or .bmp graphic file.
 If more than 1 file to be processed, Output file field disappears
and output file names are set to match input file names. For
example, if processing Test.cnv and Test1.cnv, and outputting
.jpg files, output files will be Test.jpg and Test1.jpg.
 Sea Plot adds Name append to (each) output file name,
before extension. For example, if processing Test.cnv and
test1.cnv with a Name append of CTDpH, and outputting .jpg
files, output files will be TestCTDpH.jpg and Test1CTDpH.jpg.

Click Start Process to begin
processing data. Status field
shows Processing complete
when done.

120

Return to SBE Data Processing window.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change selected in Options
menu - If you made changes and did not Save or Save
As, program asks if you want to save changes.
 If Confirm Program Setup Change not selected in
Options menu - Button says Save & Exit. If you do not
want to save changes, use Cancel button to exit.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Sea Plot Plot Setup Tab
The Plot Setup tab defines the plot type, scans to be included, and plot layout
(title, color, font grid lines, etc.). The Plot Setup tab looks like this:

Plot Title and Title color. Select
Add file name to title to add
input data (.cnv) file name to title
(for overlay plots, it adds first file
name to title). For example, if you
enter title as P vs T, select Add
file name to title, and data file
name is October1.cnv, title will
be P vs T, October 1.cnv.

 Single X - Multiple Y: 1 X axis and up to 4 Y axes
 Single X - Multiple Y, Overlay: 1 X axis and up to 4 Y axes, overlaying data from
multiple files on 1 plot
 Single Y - Multiple X: 1 Y axis and up to 4 X axes
 Single Y - Multiple X, Overlay: 1 Y axis and up to 4 X axes, overlaying data from
multiple files on 1 plot
 TS Plot: temperature vs. salinity, with density or thermosteric anomaly contours
 TS Plot, Overlay: TS plot, overlaying data from multiple files on 1 plot
Enabled if TS plot
type is selected.
See below.

Enabled if overlay plot type is
selected. See below.

Plot Font type and Font size
(small, medium, or large). Sea
Plot displays example of font
type to right of selection. List of
fonts depends on what fonts are
installed on your computer.

Grid lines (none, horizontal and vertical, horizontal, or
vertical), Grid style (solid, dotted, or dashed line), and
whether to place Grid in front of plotted data.

Inside Background Color
defines color within axes.
Outside Background Color
defines color outside axes.

Symbol plotting frequency
(0 = least frequent, 9 = most
frequent), if Monochrome
plot selected. If too frequent,
symbols create illusion of
very thick line, making details
difficult to see.

Size (small, medium, or large) of
symbol for each variable, if
Monochrome plot or Plot
symbols only selected.
 Monochrome plot: Substitute
black lines with symbols for
colors (Colors and symbols
are defined on Axis setup tabs
for non-overlay plots. For
overlay plots, click Overlay
Setup button to define).
Enables you to set up axes
with colors for viewing on
screen, and then switch to
black lines with symbols for
black and white printing.
 Plot symbols only: Mark
each individual data point with
a symbol, and do not connect
symbols with a line (Symbols
are defined on Axis setup tabs
for non-overlay plots. For
overlay plots, click Overlay
Setup button to define).
 Show line legends: Show line
legends below plot title.
Legend indicates line color
and type (for color plots) or
line symbol and type (for
monochrome plots). For
overlay plots, legend indicates
line color or symbol only for
first file.

See below.

Define space between axes and maximum and
minimum plotted values, if Auto range selected
on Axis setup tabs. For 0%, maximum and
minimum values plot on axes.

121

 Mark data points: Mark
individual data points with
a dot, and connect dots. If
not selected, Sea Plot just
draws a continuous line
between data points.
 Show plot shadow:
Create shadow effect to
bottom and right of axes.
 Black text axes – Create
labels for all axes in black.
If not selected:
- Axis label color matches
selected plot color for
each variable.
- For overlay files, colors
match colors for variables
in first file.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Process Options
If the Process Options button is clicked on the Plot Setup tab, the following
dialog box appears:
Plot all scans in file. If not
selected, plot Scans to process.

Skip these scans at beginning of cast, and then plot
remaining scans or number of scans designated by
Scans to process. Example: If Scans to process
is 100 and Scans to skip at start is 10,
Sea Plot processes scans 10 through 109.

Total number of scans to process.
Skip this number of scans between
each scan to plot.
Example: If Scans to process is 10 and
Scans to skip at start is 2, Sea Plot
plots every other scan (scans 0, 2, 4, 6,
and 8).

Plot scans that were marked with bad flag in
Loop Edit. If not selected, Sea Plot omits those
data points from plot. See illustration below.

Create a discontinuous line:
 Lift pen over data marked with bad
flag in Wild Edit, and
 Lift pen over scans marked with
bad flag in Loop Edit (if Plot scans
marked bad by loop edit was
not selected).
See illustration below.

122

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Overlay Setup
If an overlay plot type is selected on the Plot Setup tab, the Overlay Setup
button is enabled. If clicked, the following dialog box appears:
Axis offsets define distance to separate plot from
each file, for each axis. Offset units match axis
units. For example, if Axis 1 is temperature in °C, a
0.2 offset means that file 1 plots at actual data
points, file 2 plots at 0.2 °C more than actual data
points, file 3 plots at 0.4 °C more than actual data
points, etc. This creates a waterfall effect and allows
user to see changes in shape that would be difficult
to see if plots were not offset from each other.
Note: Axis offsets are not applicable for TS plots.

Select line colors for each
axis, for each file. See below.

Select line symbols for each axis, for each file.
Applicable if Monochrome Plot or Plot symbols
only selected on Plot Setup tab. See below.

Select line types for each axis,
for each file. See below.

Line Colors
Double click on an axis heading to select a range of colors for that
axis, for all files. Color wheel dialog box appears (see below).
Double click on
a file heading to
select a range of
colors for that
file, for all axes.
Color wheel
dialog box
appears
(see below).

Double click on a box to pick a
color for selected axis in
selected file. Color dialog box
appears; select desired color
and click OK.

Note:
If more than 10 files
were selected on the
File Setup tab, Sea
Plot repeats the colors
defined for files 1-10.
For example, if 20 files
were selected, files 1
and 11 have the same
color, 2 and 12 have
the same color, etc.

Click Select Starting Color and click desired
color in color wheel; then click Select Ending
Color and click desired color in color wheel.
Sea Plot calculates evenly spaced colors
(10 evenly spaced colors if you selected an
axis or 4 evenly spaced colors if you selected
a file).
 Advance clockwise not selected: Sea Plot
calculates colors moving counterclockwise
around circle from starting to ending color.
 Advance clockwise selected: Sea Plot
calculates colors moving clockwise around
circle from starting to ending color.

Select desired color
brightness (1 = least bright;
15 = brightest).

To set 1 color for all selected lines, click Select
Starting Color and enter desired color value in
box; then tab to Select Ending Color box and
enter same value again.

123

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Line Symbols
Double click on axis heading to select same line symbol for that axis, for all
files. Line symbol dialog appears; make desired selection and click OK.

Double click on file
heading to select same
line symbol for that file,
for all axes. Line symbol
dialog appears; make
desired selection and
click OK.

Note:
If more than 10 files were
selected on the File Setup
tab, Sea Plot repeats the line
symbols and types defined for
files 1-10. For example, if
20 files were selected, files 1
and 11 have the same line
symbol and type, 2 and 12
have the same line symbol
and type, etc.

Pull down on box to
pick line symbol for
selected axis in
selected file.

Line Types
Double click on axis heading to select same line type for that axis, for all
files. Line type dialog appears; make desired selection and click OK.

Double click on file
heading to select same
line type for that file, for
all axes. Line type
dialog appears; make
desired selection and
click OK.

Pull down on box to
pick line type for
selected axis in
selected file.

124

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

TS Plot Setup
If a TS plot type is selected on the Plot Setup tab, the TS Plot Setup button is
enabled. The TS Plot Setup defines the contour lines for the plot; the user
selects from the following contour types:
 Density contours – Sea Plot calculates and plots sigma-t contours
if temperature is plotted, or sigma-theta contours if potential
temperature is plotted (see Axis Setup Tabs below for selection of
temperature parameter).
 Thermosteric anomaly contours
The units for the parameters in the input data file do not affect the contour
calculations. For example, temperature could be in °C or °F, ITS-90 or
IPTS-68; Sea Plot performs the required conversions to calculate the contours.
The following table defines the required input parameters for various
combinations of temperature, salinity, and contours:
Input .cnv file must
include:

To plot:
temperature, salinity, density sigma-t or
temperature, salinity, thermosteric anomaly
temperature, derived salinity, density sigma-t or
temperature, derived salinity, thermosteric anomaly
potential temperature, salinity, density sigma-theta or
potential temperature, salinity, thermosteric anomaly
potential temperature, derived salinity, density sigma-t or
potential temperature, derived salinity, thermosteric anomaly

temperature, salinity
temperature,
conductivity, pressure
potential temperature,
salinity
potential temperature,
temperature *,
conductivity, pressure

*Derived salinity requires actual temperature in the input file. Potential
temperature cannot be used in calculation of derived salinity.

If the TS Plot Setup button is clicked, the following dialog box appears:
Variable to be calculated and plotted on
contour lines – density (sigma-t or sigma-theta)
or thermosteric anomaly. These variables are
calculated by Sea Plot from data in input file,
and do not need to be in input file.
Starting contour value is lowest value
of contour variable to be plotted. First
contour line is plotted at this value;
subsequent lines are plotted at every
Contour Interval.

Significant digits to right of decimal
point for contour line labels.
Define contour line smoothness
(10 = least smooth, 200 = smoothest).

Distance of contour line labels from
Y axis as a % of X axis size
(0% = label contour lines on Y axis,
100% = label contour lines at far
right of plot).

Type size of contour line labels
(1 = smallest, 10 = largest).

Select contour line thickness.
Select contour line color for color plots.
Button is not enabled if monochrome plot was
selected on Plot Setup tab.

125

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Sea Plot Axis Setup Tabs
Each Axis Setup tab defines a plot variable, scale, and line type.
 Axis tabs are labeled X Axis and Y Axis if an X-Y plot was selected on
the Plot Setup tab.
 Axis tabs are labeled Temperature and Salinity if a TS plot was selected
on the Plot Setup tab.

X-Y Axis Setup Tabs
An Axis Setup tab looks like this for X-Y plots (X Axis 2 tab shown;
other axis tabs are similar):
Drop down list includes all variables in data (.cnv) file. Sea Plot indicates range of data for selected variable, to assist setup of plot scale.
Range is full range of data in file(s), and does not reflect your selection of Scans to process, Scans to skip at start, Scans to skip
between points, etc. in Process Options dialog box. If file contains data collected while instrument was in air, range reflects these values. If
multiple files were selected on File Setup tab, range is lowest value in all files to highest value in all files. If selected variable is derived
salinity or derived density, variable range shown is 0 to 0, because Sea Plot does not know derived salinity or density values until you click
Start Process and it begins to calculate derived values.
Order in drop down list reflects order of variables in file. If file contains multiple occurrences of a variable (for example, you calculated
salinity in Data Conversion and then again in Derive, after aligning and filtering data), list adds a suffix (1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc.) to variable name;
do not confuse this with labeling for data from duplicate sensors (for example, Salinity, 2 [PSU] 1st is first occurrence in file of salinity
calculated from secondary temperature and conductivity sensor data). Select desired variable for plotting.

Include this axis in plot. Sea Plot
can plot up to 5 variables (1 Y
and 4 X, or 1 X and 4 Y). At least
1 X and 1Y variable is required,
so this selection is available only
on Axis Setup tab for third,
fourth, and fifth axis.
Note: If you deselect an axis, all
axes numbered above that axis
are automatically deselected.

Select desired Line type, color,
and symbol.
 Selection of color or monochrome
plot, and inclusion of symbols in plot,
is made on Plot Setup tab, and
applies to all axes.
 If an overlay plot was selected on
Plot Setup tab, line type, color, and
symbol are grayed out – select these
for all files using Overlay Setup
button on Plot Setup tab.

Select to label axis with variable
name as listed in drop down
Variable list, or enter a Custom
label for axis.

 Auto range: Sea Plot selects
axis Minimum and Maximum
values, number of Major
divisions on axis, and number
of Minor divisions between
major divisions.
 Auto divisions: Sea Plot
selects number of major
divisions on axis, and number
of minor divisions between
major divisions. User
selects axis Minimum and
Maximum values.
Any values that fall outside userselected Minimum to Maximum
range will plot at minimum or
maximum, as applicable.

Plot this axis on linear or logarithmic scale.

Plot axis from highest to lowest value. Typically
used when pressure or depth is plotted on Y axis,
so pressure / depth starts at 0 at top of plot and
increases as you move down vertically.

126

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

TS Plot Axis Setup Tabs
An Axis Setup tab looks like this for TS plots (Temperature axis tab shown;
Salinity axis tab is similar):
Drop down list includes all applicable variables in data (.cnv) file - temperature and potential temperature (for Temperature tab) and salinity
(for Salinity tab), as well as derived salinity (for Salinity tab). Sea Plot indicates range of data for selected variable, to assist you in setup of
plot scale. Range is full range of data in .cnv file(s), and does not reflect your selection of Scans to process, Scans to skip at start,
Scans to skip between points, etc. in Process Options dialog box. If file contains data collected while instrument was in air, range reflects
these values. If multiple files were selected on File Setup tab, range is lowest value in all files to highest value in all files. If selected
variable (on Salinity tab) is derived salinity, variable range shown is 0 to 0, because Sea Plot does not know derived salinity values until
you click Start Process and it begins to calculate derived values.
Order in drop down list reflects order of variables in file. If file contains multiple occurrences of a variable (for example, you calculated
salinity in Data Conversion and then again in Derive, after aligning and filtering data), list adds a suffix (1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc.) to variable name;
do not confuse this with labeling for data from duplicate sensors (for example, Salinity, 2 [PSU] 1st is first occurrence in file of salinity
calculated from secondary temperature and conductivity sensor data). Select desired variable for plotting.

Select to label axis with variable
name as listed in drop down
Variable list, or enter a Custom
label for axis.

127

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Sea Plot Header View Tab
The Header View tab allows you to view the existing header in the input
file(s). The Header View tab looks like this:

View existing header in input file(s). If multiple input files are to be processed,
switch between input file headers by using Prior and Next buttons.

 Header lines beginning with * contain header
information copied from raw input data file.
 Header lines beginning with # contain header
information describing input converted data (.cnv) file
(not applicable to example shown). As each module is
run, it adds information to the header, such as the input
file name for the module, date and time the module
was run, and input parameters. Thus, the header
contains a complete record of how the data has been
converted, edited, and manipulated.
 ASCII string *END* flags end of header information.

128

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Viewing Sea Plot Plots
Shown below are three examples:
 Multiple X-Y plots, no overlay
 Multiple TS plots, no overlay
 X-Y overlay plot
Following the examples is a detailed description of the plot’s menus.

Multiple X-Y Plots, No Overlay

, 1/3

If plotting multiple files, title bar indicates which file number is
shown and total number of files plotted. Use View menu or
keyboard Arrow, Home, or End keys to switch between files.

Zoom in to enlarge details by clicking and dragging
to select a rectangular area. You can zoom in
several times before reaching program limits. Undo
zoom by selecting Undo Zoom in View menu.

Double click on axis or axis label (temperature,
pressure, etc.), and appropriate Axis Setup tab
appears, allowing you to make changes and
reprocess data with new plotting parameters.

129

Double click on plot title, and Plot
Setup tab appears, allowing you to
make changes and reprocess data.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Multiple TS Plots, No Overlay

If plotting multiple files, title bar indicates which file number is
shown and total number of files plotted. Use View menu or
keyboard Arrow, Home, or End keys to switch between files.

Contour lines – example reflects following
choices in TS Plot Setup dialog box:
 Contour variable - density (so Sea Plot
calculated and plotted sigma-t).
 Contour interval - 0.2
 Significant digits – 2
 Label position – 5%

Double click on plot title, and Plot
Setup tab appears, allowing you to
make changes and reprocess data.

Zoom in to enlarge details by clicking and dragging
to select a rectangular area. You can zoom in
several times before reaching program limits. Undo
zoom by selecting Undo Zoom in View menu.

Double click on axis or axis label (temperature or
salinity), and appropriate Axis Setup tab appears,
allowing you to make changes and reprocess data
with new plotting parameters.

130

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

X-Y Overlay Plot
In View menu, select Show Plot Legends to view complete list of
file names and plot colors or plot symbols (if monochrome plot was
selected on Plot Setup tab). You can highlight 1 line, all lines in
1 file, or 1 line in all files with color or line symbol. See below.

Double click on plot title, and
Plot Setup tab appears,
allowing you to make
changes and reprocess data.

Legend shows line color and
type for each axis in first file
if Show line legends selected
on Plot Setup tab.

Base lines (from first file) plotted at actual
data points. Other lines are offset from base
line by amounts defined in Overlay Setup
dialog box (access from Plot Setup tab).

Zoom in to enlarge details by clicking and dragging
to select a rectangular area. You can zoom in
several times before reaching program limits. Undo
zoom by selecting Undo Zoom in View menu.

Double click on axis or axis label
(temperature, time, etc.), and
appropriate Axis Setup tab
appears, allowing you to make
changes and reprocess data with
new plotting parameters.

Note:
If Monochrome plot or
Plot symbols only were
selected on the Plot
Setup tab, the Plot
Legend dialog box shows
each line symbol instead
of each line color, and
provides for user
selection of a highlight
symbol instead of a
highlight color.

If you select Show Plot Legend in the View menu, the Plot Legend dialog box
shows the color for each line in each file, and allows you to apply a highlight
color to a selected line or lines. The dialog box looks like this:
Double click on axis heading, and all
files for selected axis change to
highlight color.

Click to select
desired highlight
color. Color dialog
box appears;
make selection
and click OK.

Double click on color, and selected
axis in selected file changes to
highlight color.

Double click on
file name, and all
lines (all axes) for
selected file
change to
highlight color.

Note that if you print, save, or copy
plot to clipboard, it does not include
legend. To save legend information,
click Copy. Legend can then be
pasted into another application, such
as Microsoft Word, and saved.

With the highlight color applied, you can view the plot on screen and output to
the printer, file, or clipboard. When you click Cancel in the Plot Legend dialog
box, the colors return to what they were before you applied the highlight.
131

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 8: Data Plotting Module – Sea Plot

SBE Data Processing

Plot Menus
The Sea Plot View window’s menus are described below:
Note:
If you print, save, or copy
the plot to the clipboard,
it does not include the
legend. To save legend
information, click Copy in
the Plot Legend dialog
box. The legend can then
be pasted into another
application, such as
Microsoft Word, and
saved.

Output - Directs Sea Plot to output plot now to printer, clipboard, or a file. If
multiple files are plotted (but not as an overlay), you can output plot shown on
screen or plots for all files. How plot is output (size, file type, etc.) is
controlled by Options menu.
Options - Sets up how plot is output to printer, clipboard, or a file.
 Print  Orientation – landscape, portrait, or print driver default
 Print full page - scale plot to fit 8 1/2 x 11 inch page. If not selected,
Size determined by Sea Plot View Dimensions - dimensions of plot as shown on screen
File Setup tab entries - entries on File Setup tab for Width and Height
Values Entered Below - dimensions entered in dialog box (in mm)
 File  Data format - Metafile (.wmf), Jpeg (.jpg), or Bitmap (.bmp)
 Size determined by
Sea Plot View Dimensions - dimensions of plot as shown on screen
File Setup tab entries - entries on File Setup tab for Width and Height
Values Entered Below - dimensions entered in dialog box (in mm)
 Clipboard  Data format - Metafile (.wmf), Jpeg (.jpg), or Bitmap (.bmp)
 Size determined by Sea Plot View Dimensions - dimensions of plot as shown on screen
File Setup tab entries - entries on File Setup tab for Width and Height
Values Entered Below - dimensions entered in dialog box (in mm)
View – Sets up viewing options.
 Show cursor position – Directs Sea Plot to show the coordinates of the
cursor as you move the cursor around when viewing a plot.
 Next Plot, Prior Plot – Directs Sea Plot to switch between plots, if you
selected multiple files on File Setup tab but are not doing an overlay plot.
 File name – Lists, and allows you to select from, all input files, if you
selected multiple files on File Setup tab but are not doing an overlay plot.
 Show plot legends – For overlay plots only, allows you to view a complete
list of file names and plot colors or plot symbols (if monochrome plot was
selected on Plot Setup tab).
 Undo Zoom – Directs Sea Plot to return plot to original ranges specified
on Axis Setup tabs. Undo Zoom is grayed out unless you have zoomed in
(by clicking and dragging to select a rectangular area) to enlarge details.
 Set Zoomed Ranges – Directs Sea Plot to substitute current zoomed ranges
of plot for Minimum and Maximum plot ranges on Axis Setup tabs. This
provides ability to save ranges of zoomed view, so you can go to exactly
same view next time you run Sea Plot. Set Zoomed Ranges is grayed out
unless you have zoomed in (by clicking and dragging to select a
rectangular area) to enlarge details.

132

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 9: Miscellaneous Module – SeaCalc III

SBE Data Processing

Section 9: Miscellaneous Module – SeaCalc III
Notes:
 Algorithms used for calculation of
derived parameters in Data
Conversion, Derive, Sea Plot,
SeaCalc III [EOS-80 (Practical
Salinity) tab], and Seasave are
identical, except as noted in
Appendix V: Derived Parameter
Formulas (EOS-80; Practical
Salinity), and are based on EOS-80
equations.
 Algorithms used for calculation of
TEOS-10 parameters in Derive
TEOS-10 and SeaCalc III [TEOS-10
(Absolute Salinity) tab] are
described in Derive TEOS-10 in
Section 6: Data Processing
Modules.

SeaCalc is a seawater calculator that computes a number of derived variables
from one user-input scan of temperature, pressure, etc. SeaCalc has two tabs:



The first tab calculates Practical Salinity and associated parameters using
EOS-80 equations. SeaCalc remembers whether you last changed
conductivity or salinity, and calculates other parameters based on this.
For example, if you change conductivity, salinity is recalculated; if you
then change temperature, salinity is recalculated again (based on input
C, P, and t). Conversely, if you change salinity, conductivity is
recalculated; if you then change temperature, conductivity is recalculated
again (based on input S, P, and t).

Enter temperature in IPTS-68 or
ITS-90. SeaCalc automatically
computes other parameter.
Enter conductivity or salinity. SeaCalc
automatically computes other parameter.
Used to compute sigma-ref.
Click to calculate derived variables.

Used to compute gravity
and salt water depth.

133

Manual revision 7.26.8

Section 9: Miscellaneous Module – SeaCalc III



SBE Data Processing

The second tab calculates Absolute Salinity and associated parameters,
using TEOS-10 equations. SeaCalc automatically populates this tab with
Practical Salinity, temperature [ITS-90, deg C], pressure, reference
pressure, and latitude from the Practical Salinity tab, and requires a
Longitude entry.

If you go back to the Practical Salinity tab, SeaCalc automatically populates it
with values from the Absolute Salinity tab.

134

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, & Batch File Processing

SBE Data Processing

Appendix I: Command Line Options,
Command Line Operation, and
Batch File Processing
Command Line Options
Note:
The default program setup (.psa) file is
the last saved .psa file for
the module. PostProcSuite.ini contains
the location and file name of the last
saved .psa file for each module.
- Primary PostProcSuite.ini file default
location, if available, is:
%LOCALAPPDATA%\
Sea-Bird\IniFiles\
(Example
c:\Users\dbresko\AppData\Local\
Sea-Bird\IniFiles\PostProcSuite.ini)
- Secondary PostProcSuite.ini file
default location is:
%APPDATA%\Sea-Bird\IniFiles\
(Example
c:\Documents and Settings\
dbresko.SEABIRD\Application Data\
Sea-Bird\IniFiles\PostProcSuite.ini)

Command line options can be used to assist in automating processing, by
overriding information in an existing program setup (.psa) file or designating a
different .psa file.
Access the Command Line Options dialog box by selecting Command Line
Options in the SBE Data Processing window’s Run menu:

The Command Line Options dialog box looks like this:

135

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, & Batch File Processing

SBE Data Processing

The option parameters are:
Parameter

Description
Use String as instrument configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file.
String must include full path and file name.
/cString
Note: If using this parameter, you must also specify input file
name (using /iString).
Use String as input data file name. String must include full path
and file name.
The /iString option supports standard wildcard expansion:

? matches any single character in specified position within
/iString
file name or extension.
* matches any set of characters starting at specified position

within file name or extension and continuing until end of
file name or extension or another specified character.
/oString Use String as output directory (not including file name).
/fString Use String as output file name (not including directory).
/aString Append String to output file name (before extension).
Use String as Program Setup (.psa) file. String must include
/pString
full path and file name.
Use String to define an additional parameter to pass to
Module. Not all modules have x parameters; see module
descriptions. If specifying multiple x parameters, enclose in
double quotes and separate with a space; do not specify x
/xModule: parameter more than once.
String
Example: Run Data Conversion, telling it to skip first
1000 scans, and also run Window Filter, telling it to output
difference between original and filtered value:
/x“datcnv:skip1000 wfilter:diff”
Correct
/xdatcnv:skip1000 /xwfilter:diff
Incorrect
If specifying multiple parameters, insert one or more spaces or tabs
between each parameter in the list.
Example: You set up and saved .psa files for Filter, Loop Edit, Bin Average,
and Derive within each module’s dialog box, and ran each module
successively. The input and output file names in all the .psa files were the
same - c:\1st\test.cnv (this has the effect of overwriting the module input with
the module output).
You now want to run each process again, using a different input and output
file - c:\2nd\test1.cnv. You enter the following in SBE Data Processing’s
Command Line Options dialog box:
/ic:\2nd\test1.cnv

Note:
If you do not select Auto Start,
when you select a module the
module dialog box appears,
allowing you to review the selected
input files and data setup before
beginning processing.

/ftest1.cnv

/oc:\2nd

When you pull down on the Run menu and select Filter, you see in the Filter
dialog box that the program substituted c:\2nd\test1.cnv for c:\1st\test.cnv as
the input data and output data path and file. Similarly, test1.cnv is shown as
the input and output data file in all the modules. You can run each process
rapidly in succession, without needing to enter the new path and file name
individually in each module.

Auto Start (for running a module)
Select this and then select the desired module to have SBE Data Processing
automatically run the module with the last saved setup parameters (defined by
the .psa file) and any entered Command Line Options.
 If you select Auto Start, a Run Minimized selection box appears. If
selected, SBE Data Processing minimizes its window while processing the
data, allowing you to do other work on the computer. When processing is
complete, the SBE Data Processing window reappears.
136

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, & Batch File Processing

SBE Data Processing

Command Line Operation
The following modules can be run from the command line (default location for
files is c:\Program Files\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessing-Win32):
Module
Executable File Name
Align CTD
AlignCTDW.exe
ASCII In
ASCII_InW.exe
ASCII Out
ASCII_OutW.exe
Bin Average
BinAvgW.exe
Bottle Summary
BottleSumW.exe *
Buoyancy
BuoyancyW.exe
Cell Thermal Mass
CellTMW.exe
Data Conversion
DatCnvW.exe
Derive
DeriveW.exe
Derive TEOS-10
DeriveTEOS_10W.exe
Filter
FilterW.exe
Loop Edit
LoopEditW.exe
Mark Scan
MarkScanW.exe
SeaCalc III
SeaCalcII.exe
Sea Plot
SeaPlotW.exe
Section
SectionW.exe
Split
SplitW.exe
Strip
StripW.exe
Translate
TransW.exe
Wild Edit
WildEditW.exe
Window Filter
W_FilterW.exe
* Bottle Summary’s executable file name was previously RosSumW.exe.
BottleSumW.exe will run if BottleSumW.exe or RosSumW.exe is typed on
command line.
Note:
The default program setup (.psa) file is
the last saved .psa file for
the module. PostProcSuite.ini contains
the location and file name of the last
saved .psa file for each module.
- Primary PostProcSuite.ini file default
location, if available, is:
%LOCALAPPDATA%\
Sea-Bird\IniFiles\
(Example
c:\Users\dbresko\AppData\Local\
Sea-Bird\IniFiles\PostProcSuite.ini)
- Secondary PostProcSuite.ini file
default location is:
%APPDATA%\Sea-Bird\IniFiles\
(Example
c:\Documents and Settings\
dbresko.SEABIRD\Application Data\
Sea-Bird\IniFiles\PostProcSuite.ini)

Command line parameters can be used to override existing information in the
.psa file. The command line parameters are:
Parameter

Description

Use String as instrument configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file.
/cString String must include full path and file name. Note: If using
/cString, must also specify input file name (using /iString).
Use String as input data file name. String must include full
path and file name.
This parameter supports standard wildcard expansion:
? matches any single character in specified position within

/iString
file name or extension

* matches any set of characters starting at specified
position within file name or extension and continuing until
end of file name or extension or another specified character
/oString Use String as output directory (not including file name).
/fString Use String as output file name (not including directory).
Append String to output file name (before file name
/aString
extension).
Use String as Program Setup (.psa) file. String must include
/pString
full path and file name.
Use String to define an additional parameter to pass to
Module. Not all modules have x parameters; see module
/xModule: descriptions. If specifying multiple x parameters, enclose in
String
double quotes and separate with a space.
Example: Run Data Conversion from command line, telling it to
skip first 1000 scans: datcnvw.exe /xdatcnv:skip1000
/s
Start processing now.
If specifying multiple parameters, insert one or more spaces or tabs
between each parameter in the list.
137

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, & Batch File Processing

SBE Data Processing

Example: The specified input file directory contains test.dat, test1.dat, and
test2.dat. Select Run in the Windows Start menu. The Run dialog box appears.

Note:
If you have not modified your
autoexec.bat file to put the .exe
files in the path statement, specify
the full path of the .exe file in the
Run dialog box.

For the command line shown (datcnvw.exe /itest*.dat /s), SBE Data
Processing will process test.dat, test1.dat, and test2.dat using Data Conversion.
If the ? wildcard symbol is used (datcnvw /itest?.dat) instead of the *, Data
Conversion will process only test1.dat and test2.dat.

Batch File Processing

Note:
A duplicate copy of SBEBatch.exe
is placed in the Windows folder
when SBE Data Processing is
installed. This allows the user to run
SBEBatch.exe from anywhere,
without having to specify its path.

Traditional DOS batch file processing cannot be used with the 32-bit
processing modules because the Windows operating system will start the
second process before the first process is finished. The program SBEBatch.exe
(default location c:\Program Files\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessing-Win32) or the
Windows Scripting Host can be used to process a batch file to automate data
processing tasks. The format for SBEBatch is:
sbebatch filename parameters
The parameters are referenced in the batch file in the same way as the DOS
batch file, using the percent sign (%) followed by numbers 1 through 9. %1 in
the batch file is replaced by the first command line parameter, %2 in the batch
file is replaced by the second command line parameter, and so on until %9.

Note:
SBEBatch can also launch system
commands, such as copying or
renaming a file, deleting a file from
an intermediate step, etc.
Additionally, it can launch nonSea-Bird programs, such as Word
Pad. If you call a program that does
not run and then shut down
automatically, such as Word Pad,
you must manually close the
program before batch processing
will continue to the next step.

Each line in the batch file contains the process name followed by command
line arguments. The process names are:
Module
Process Name
Align CTD
Alignctd
ASCII In
Asciiin
ASCII Out
Asciiout
Bin Average
Binavg
Bottle Summary
Bottlesum *
Buoyancy
Buoyancy
Cell Thermal Mass
Celltm
Data Conversion
Datcnv
Derive
Derive
Derive TEOS-10
DeriveTEOS10
Filter
Filter
Loop Edit
Loopedit
Mark Scan
Markscan
Sea Plot
Seaplot
Section
Section
Split
Split
Strip
Strip
Translate
Trans
Wild Edit
Wildedit
Window Filter
Wfilter
* Bottle Summary’s process name was previously Rossum. Bottlesum will run if
Bottlesum or Rossum is used in the batch file.

138

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, & Batch File Processing

SBE Data Processing

The batch file can also contain comment lines to document the file purpose.
Any line beginning with @ is a comment line, and does not affect the results.
Note:
The default program setup (.psa) file is
the last saved .psa file for
the module. PostProcSuite.ini contains
the location and file name of the last
saved .psa file for each module.
- Primary PostProcSuite.ini file default
location, if available, is:
%LOCALAPPDATA%\
Sea-Bird\IniFiles\
(Example
c:\Users\dbresko\AppData\Local\
Sea-Bird\IniFiles\PostProcSuite.ini)
- Secondary PostProcSuite.ini file
default location is:
%APPDATA%\Sea-Bird\IniFiles\
(Example
c:\Documents and Settings\
dbresko.SEABIRD\Application Data\
Sea-Bird\IniFiles\PostProcSuite.ini)

Parameters specified in the batch file can be used to override existing
information in the .psa file. These parameters are:
Parameter

Description

Use String as instrument configuration (.con or .xmlcon) file.
String must include full path and file name.
/cString
Note: If using /cString, must also specify input file name
(using /iString).
Use String as input file name. String must include full path
and file name.
This parameter supports standard wildcard expansion:

? matches any single character in specified position within
/iString
file name or extension

* matches any set of characters starting at specified
position within file name or extension and continuing
until the end of file name or extension or another
specified character
/oString
Use String as output directory (not including file name).
/fString
Use String as output file name (not including directory).
/aString
Append String to output file name (before extension).
Use String as Program Setup (.psa) file. String must include
/pString
full path and file name.
Use String to define an additional parameter to pass to
Module. Not all modules have x parameters; see module
/xModule: descriptions. If specifying multiple x parameters, enclose in
String
double quotes and separate with a space.
Example: Run Data Conversion, telling it to skip first
1000 scans: /xdatcnv:skip1000
Wait for user input at start of Module, allowing user to review
setup before processing data for a particular Module. After
/w
reviewing setup, user clicks Start Process in Module dialog
box to continue.
Pause processing data at end of Module, allowing user to
/d
review output from a particular Module before continuing with
rest of processing.
If specifying multiple parameters, insert one or more spaces or tabs
between each parameter in the list.

Parameters specified on the Run line can also be used to control the process:
#m

Minimize SBE Data Processing window while processing
data, allowing you to do other work on computer.
Wait for user input at start of each Module, allowing user
to review setup before processing data for each Module.
After reviewing setup, user clicks Start Process in Module
dialog box to continue.
Pause processing data at end of each Module, allowing
user to review output from each Module before continuing
with rest of processing.

139

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, & Batch File Processing

SBE Data Processing

To process data using a batch file:
1.

Run each software module, entering the desired choices in the File Setup
and Data Setup dialog boxes. Upon completing setup, press Save or Save
As on the File Setup tab. The configuration is stored in the Program Setup
File (.psa).

Create a batch file to process the data.

Note:
For Sea Plot, enter the desired
choices in the File Setup, Plot
Setup, and Axis Setup tabs.

Following are two examples of typical batch files.

Example 1 – Process Single File, and Save All Intermediate Files
The data file is c:\leg1\cast5.dat, and the .con file is c:\leg1\cast5.con.
1.

Set up each software module, entering desired choices in Setup dialog
boxes. In the File Setup dialog boxes, delete the output file name (this
allows program to base output file name on input file name and any
appended text), and set the output file path as c:\leg1.

Create a batch file named prcast.txt in c:\leg1, which contains:
@ Lines starting with @ are comment lines
@ Comment lines have no effect on the result
datcnv /ic:\leg1\%1.dat /cc:\leg1\%1.con /a%2
wildedit /ic:\leg1\%1%2.cnv /as1
filter /ic:\leg1\%1%2s1.cnv /as2
loopedit /ic:\leg1\%1%2s1s2.cnv /as3
derive /ic:\leg1\%1%2s1s2s3.cnv /cc:\leg1\%1.con /as4
seaplot /ic:\leg1\%1%2s1s2s3s4.cnv
Module names and options are separated by one or more spaces or tabs.

Select Run in the Windows Start menu. The Run dialog box appears.

Type in the program name and parameters as shown:
sbebatch c:\leg1\prcast.txt cast5 test1
(batch filename is c:\leg1\prcast1.txt; parameter %1 is cast5;
parameter %2 is test1)

The data is processed as follows (all input and output files are in c:\leg1):
Module
Data Conversion
(datcnv)
Wild Edit (wildedit)
Filter (filter)
Loop Edit (loopedit)
Derive (derive)
Sea Plot (seaplot)

140

Input File(s)
cast5.dat
cast5.con
cast5test1.cnv
cast5test1s1.cnv
cast5test1s1s2.cnv
cast5test1s1s2s3.cnv
cast5.con
cast5test1s1s2s3s4.cnv

Output File
cast5test1.cnv
cast5test1s1.cnv
cast5test1s1s2.cnv
cast5test1s1s2s3.cnv
cast5test1s1s2s3s4.cnv
cast5test1s1s2s3s4.jpg
(if File Setup tab was
set to output to jpeg)

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix I: Command Line Options, Command Line Operation, & Batch File Processing

SBE Data Processing

Example 2 – Process Several Files, and Overwrite All Intermediate Files
Process all data files in c:\leg1. The data files are c:\leg1\cast1.dat and
c:\leg1\cast2.dat, and the .con file is c:\leg1\cast.con.
1.

Create a batch file named prallcasts.txt in c:\leg1, which contains:
@ Lines starting with @ are comment lines
@ Comment lines have no effect on the result
datcnv /i%1\*.dat /c%1\cast.con /o%1
wildedit /i%1\*.cnv /o1%
filter /i%1\*.cnv /o1%
loopedit /i%1\*.cnv /o1%
binavg /i%1\*.cnv /aavg /o%1
derive /i%1\*avg.cnv /c%1\cast.con /o%1
seaplot /i%1\*.cnv
Module names and options are separated by one or more spaces or tabs.

Select Run in the Windows Start menu. The Run dialog box appears.

Type in the program name and parameters as shown:
sbebatch c:\leg1\prallcasts.txt c:\leg1
(batch filename is c:\leg1\prallcasts.txt; parameter %1 is c:\leg1)

The data is processed as follows (all input and output files are in c:\leg1):
Module
Data Conversion (datcnv)
Wild Edit (wildedit)
Filter (filter)
Loop Edit (loopedit)
Bin Average (binavg)
Derive (derive)

Sea Plot (seaplot)

141

Input File(s)
cast1.dat
cast2.dat
cast.con
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv
cast1avg.cnv
cast2avg.cnv
cast.con
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv

Output File
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv
cast1avg.cnv
cast2avg.cnv
cast1.cnv
cast2.cnv
cast1.jpg
cast2.jpg
(if File Setup tab
was set to output
to jpeg)

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix II: Configure (.con or .xmlcon) File Format

SBE Data Processing

Appendix II:
Configure (.con or .xmlcon) File Format
Note:
For an easy-to-read report of .con or
.xmlcon file contents, see Appendix III:
Generating .con or .xmlcon File
Reports – ConReport.exe.

Modify a .con or .xmlcon configuration file by selecting the instrument in the
Configure menu.
Configuration files (.con or .xmlcon) can also be opened, viewed, and
modified with DisplayConFile.exe, a utility that is installed in the same folder
as SBE Data Processing. Right click on the desired configuration file, select
Open With, and select DisplayConFile. This utility is often used at Sea-Bird to
quickly open and view a configuration file for troubleshooting purposes,
without needing to go through the additional steps of selecting the file in
SBE Data Processing or Seasave.

.xmlcon Configuration File Format
Note:
We recommend that you do not open
.xmlcon files with a text editor (i.e.,
Notepad, Wordpad, etc.).

.xmlcon configuration files, written in XML format, were introduced with
SBE Data Processing and Seasave 7.20a. A .xmlcon file uses XML tags to
describe each line in the file. Versions 7.20a and later allow you to open a .con
or a .xmlcon file, and to save the configuration to a .con or a .xmlcon file.
Instruments introduced after 7.20a are compatible only with .xmlcon files.

.con Configuration File Format
Shown below is a line-by-line description of a .con configuration file contents,
which can be viewed in a text editor (i.e., Notepad, Wordpad, etc.).
Line
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

Contents
Conductivity sensor serial number
Conductivity M, A, B, C, D, CPCOR
Conductivity cell_const, series_r, slope, offset, use GHIJ coefficients?
Temperature sensor serial number
Temperature F0, A, B, C, D, slope, offset, use GHIJ coefficients?
Secondary conductivity sensor serial number
Secondary conductivity M, A, B, C, D, PCOR
Secondary conductivity cell_const, series_r, slope, offset, use GHIJ coefficients?
Secondary temperature sensor serial number
Secondary temperature F0, A, B, C, D, slope, offset, use GHIJ coefficients?
Pressure sensor serial number
Pressure T1, T2, T3, T4, T5
Pressure C1 (A1), C2 (A0), C3, C4 (A2) - parameters in parentheses for strain gauge sensor
Pressure D1, D2, slope, offset, pressure sensor type, AD590_M, AD590_B
Oxygen (Beckman/YSI type) sensor serial number
Oxygen (Beckman/YSI type) M, B, K, C, SOC, TCOR
Oxygen (Beckman/YSI type) WT, PCOR, TAU, BOC
pH sensor serial number
pH slope, offset, VREF
PAR light sensor serial number
PAR cal const, multiplier, M, B, surface_cc, surface_r, offset
Transmissometer (SeaTech, Chelsea AlphaTracka, WET Labs Cstar) sensor serial number
Transmissometer (SeaTech, Chelsea AlphaTracka, WET Labs Cstar) M, B, path length
Fluorometer SeaTech sensor serial number
Fluorometer SeaTech scale factor, offset
Tilt sensor serial number
Tilt XM, XB, YM, YB
ORP sensor serial number
ORP M, B, offset
OBS/Nephelometer D&A Backscatterance sensor serial number

142

Manual revision 7.26.8
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45

46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100

Appendix II: Configure (.con or .xmlcon) File Format

SBE Data Processing

OBS/Nephelometer D&A Backscatterance gain, offset
Altimeter scale factor, offset, hyst, min pressure, hysteresis
Microstructure temperature sensor serial number
Microstructure temperature pre_m, pre_b
Microstructure temperature num, denom, A0, A1, A3
Microstructure conductivity sensor serial number
Microstructure conductivity A0, A1, A2
Microstructure conductivity M, B, R
Number of external frequencies, number of bytes, number of voltages, instrument type, computer
interface, scan rate, interval, store system time, deck unit or searam?
Data format channels 0 - 9
Data format channels 10 - 19
Data format channels 20 - 39
SBE 16: use water temperature?, fixed pressure, fixed pressure temperature
Firmware version
Miscellaneous: number of frequencies from SBE 9, number of frequencies from SBE 9 to be
suppressed, number of voltages from SBE 9 to be suppressed, voltage range, add surface PAR
voltage?, add NMEA position data?, include IOW sensors? Add NMEA depth data?
OBS/Nephelometer IFREMER sensor serial number
OBS/Nephelometer IFREMER VM0, VD0, D0, K
OBS/Nephelometer Chelsea sensor serial number
OBS/Nephelometer Chelsea clear water voltage, scale factor
ZAPS sensor serial number
ZAPS m, b
Conductivity sensor calibration date
Temperature sensor calibration date
Secondary conductivity sensor calibration date
Secondary temperature sensor calibration date
Pressure sensor calibration date
Oxygen (Beckman/YSI type) sensor calibration date
pH sensor calibration date
PAR light sensor calibration date
Transmissometer (SeaTech, Chelsea AlphaTracka, WET Labs Cstar) sensor calibration date
Fluorometer (SeaTech) sensor calibration date
Tilt sensor calibration date
ORP sensor calibration date
OBS/Nephelometer D&A Backscatterance sensor calibration date
Microstructure temperature sensor calibration date
Microstructure conductivity sensor calibration date
IFREMER OBS/nephelometer sensor calibration date
Chelsea OBS/nephelometer sensor calibration date
ZAPS sensor calibration date
Secondary oxygen (Beckman/YSI type) sensor serial number
Secondary oxygen (Beckman/YSI type) sensor calibration date
Secondary oxygen(Beckman/YSI type) M, B, K, C, SOC, TCOR
Secondary oxygen(Beckman/YSI type) WT, PCOR, TAU, BOC
User polynomial 1 sensor serial number
User polynomial 1 sensor calibration date
User poly1 A0, A1, A2, A3
User polynomial 2 sensor serial number
User polynomial 2 sensor calibration date
User polynomial 2 A0, A1, A2, A3
User polynomial 3 sensor serial number
User polynomial 3 sensor calibration date
User polynomial 3 A0, A1, A2, A3
Dr. Haardt Chlorophyll fluorometer sensor serial number
Dr. Haardt Chlorophyll fluorometer sensor calibration date
Dr. Haardt Chlorophyll fluorometer A0, A1, B0, B1, which modulo bit, gain range switching
Dr. Haardt Phycoerythrin fluorometer sensor serial number
Dr. Haardt Phycoerythrin fluorometer sensor calibration date
Dr. Haardt Phycoerythrin fluorometer A0, A1, B0, B1, which modulo bit, gain range switching
Dr. Haardt Turbidity OBS/nephelometer sensor serial number
Dr. Haardt Turbidity OBS/nephelometer sensor calibration date
Dr. Haardt Turbidity OBS/nephelometer A0, A1, B0, B1, which modulo bit, gain range switching
IOW oxygen sensor serial number
IOW oxygen sensor calibration date
IOW oxygen A0, A1, A2, A3, B0, B1
IOW sound velocity sensor serial number
IOW sound velocity sensor calibration date
IOW sound velocity A0, A1, A2
Biospherical natural fluorometer sensor serial number
Biospherical natural fluorometer sensor calibration date
Biospherical natural fluorometer Cfn, A1, A2, B

143

Manual revision 7.26.8
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170

Appendix II: Configure (.con or .xmlcon) File Format

SBE Data Processing

Sea tech ls6000 OBS/nephelometer sensor serial number
Sea tech ls6000 OBS/nephelometer sensor calibration date
Sea tech ls6000 OBS/nephelometer gain, slope, offset
Fluorometer Chelsea Aqua 3 sensor serial number
Fluorometer Chelsea Aqua 3 sensor calibration date
Fluorometer Chelsea Aqua 3 scale factor, slope, offset, Vacetone, VB (static), V1ug/l
Fluorometer Turner sensor serial number
Fluorometer Turner sensor calibration date
Fluorometer Turner scale factor, offset; or
Turner-10au-005 full scale concentration, full scale voltage, zero point concentration
Conductivity G, H, I, J, ctcor, cpcor
Temperature F0, G, H, I, J
Secondary conductivity G, H, I, J, ctcor, cpcor
Secondary temperature F0, G, H, I, J
WET Labs AC3 beam transmission transmissometer sensor serial number
WET Labs AC3 beam transmission transmissometer sensor calibration date
WET Labs AC3 beam transmission transmissometer Ch2o, Vh2o, Vdark, x, chlorophyll absorption
Kv, Vh2o, a^x
WET Labs WETStar fluorometer sensor serial number
WET Labs WETStar fluorometer sensor calibration date
WET Labs WETStar Vblank, scale factor
Primary conductivity sensor using g, h, i, j coefficients calibration date
Primary temperature sensor using g, h, i, j coefficients calibration date
Secondary conductivity sensor using g, h, i, j coefficients calibration date
Secondary temperature sensor using g, h, i, j coefficients calibration date
FGP pressure sensor #0 serial number
FGP pressure sensor #0 calibration date
FGP pressure sensor #0 scale factor, offset
FGP pressure sensor #1 serial number
FGP pressure sensor #1 calibration date
FGP pressure sensor #1 scale factor, offset
FGP pressure sensor #2 serial number
FGP pressure sensor #2 calibration date
FGP pressure sensor #2 scale factor, offset
FGP pressure sensor #3 serial number
FGP pressure sensor #3 calibration date
FGP pressure sensor #3 scale factor, offset
FGP pressure sensor #4 serial number
FGP pressure sensor #4 calibration date
FGP pressure sensor #4 scale factor, offset
FGP pressure sensor #5 serial number
FGP pressure sensor #5 calibration date
FGP pressure sensor #5 scale factor, offset
FGP pressure sensor #6 serial number
FGP pressure sensor #6 calibration date
FGP pressure sensor #6 scale factor, offset
FGP pressure sensor #7 serial number
FGP pressure sensor #7 calibration date
FGP pressure sensor #7 scale factor, offset
Primary OBS/Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter sensor serial number
Primary OBS/Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter sensor calibration date
Primary OBS/Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter gain, scale
Secondary OBS/Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter sensor serial number
Secondary OBS/Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter sensor calibration date
Secondary OBS/Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter gain, scale
Fluorometer Dr. Haardt Yellow Substance sensor serial number
Fluorometer Dr. Haardt Yellow Substance sensor calibration date
Fluorometer Dr. Haardt Yellow Substance A0, A1, B0, B1, which modulo bit, gain range switching
Fluorometer Chelsea Minitraka serial number
Fluorometer Chelsea Minitraka calibration date
Fluorometer Chelsea Minitraka vacetone, vacetone100, offset
Seapoint fluorometer serial number
Seapoint fluorometer calibration date
Seapoint fluorometer gain, offset
Primary Oxygen (SBE 43) serial number
Primary Oxygen (SBE 43) calibration date
Primary Oxygen (SBE 43) Soc, Tcor, offset
Primary Oxygen (SBE 43) Pcor, Tau, Boc
Secondary Oxygen (SBE 43) serial number
Secondary Oxygen (SBE 43) calibration date
Secondary Oxygen (SBE 43) Soc, Tcor, offset
Secondary Oxygen (SBE 43) Pcor, Tau, Boc

144

Manual revision 7.26.8
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240

Appendix II: Configure (.con or .xmlcon) File Format

SBE Data Processing

Secondary sea tech ls6000 OBS/nephelometer sensor serial number
Secondary sea tech ls6000 OBS/nephelometer sensor calibration date
Secondary sea tech ls6000 OBS/nephelometer gain, slope, offset
Secondary Chelsea Transmissometer sensor serial number
Secondary Chelsea Transmissometer calibration date
Secondary Chelsea Transmissometer M, B, path length
Altimeter serial number
Altimeter calibration date
WET Labs AC3 serial number
WET Labs AC3 calibration date
Surface PAR serial number
Surface PAR calibration date
SEACATplus temperature sensor serial number
SEACATplus temperature sensor calibration date
SEACATplus temperature sensor A0, A1, A2, A3, slope, offset
SEACATplus serial sensor, scans to average, mode
Pressure (strain gauge with span TC) serial number
Pressure (strain gauge with span TC) calibration date
Pressure (strain gauge with span TC) ptempA0, ptempA1, ptempA2, pTCA0, pTCA1, PTCA2
Pressure (strain gauge with span TC) pTCB0, pTCB1, pTCB2, pA0, pA1, pA2, offset
SBE 38 temperature sensor serial number
SBE 38 temperature sensor calibration date
Turner SCUFA fluorometer serial number
Turner SCUFA fluorometer calibration date
Turner SCUFA fluorometer scale factor, offset, units, mx, my, b
Turner SCUFA OBS serial number
Turner SCUFA OBS calibration date
Turner SCUFA OBS scale factor, offset
WET Labs ECO-AFL fluorometer serial number
WET Labs ECO-AFL fluorometer calibration date
WET Labs ECO-AFL fluorometer vblank, scale factor
Userpoly 0 name
Userpoly 1 name
Userpoly 2 name
Franatech (formerly Capsum) METS serial number
Franatech (formerly Capsum) METS calibration date
Franatech (formerly Capsum) METS D, A0, A1, B0, B1, B2, T1, T2
Secondary PAR sensor serial number
Secondary PAR sensor calibration date
Secondary PAR sensor cal const, multiplier, M, B, offset
Secondary WET Labs WETStar Fluorometer sensor serial number
Secondary WET Labs WETStar Fluorometer sensor calibration date
Secondary WET Labs WETStar Fluorometer Vblank, scale factor
Secondary Seapoint Fluorometer sensor serial number
Secondary Seapoint Fluorometer sensor calibration date
Secondary Seapoint Fluorometer gain, offset
Secondary Turner SCUFA Fluorometer sensor serial number
Secondary Turner SCUFA Fluorometer sensor calibration date
Secondary Turner SCUFA Fluorometer scale factor, offset, units, mx, my, b
WET Labs WETStar CDOM sensor serial number
WET Labs WETStar CDOM sensor calibration date
WET Labs WETStar CDOM Vblank, scale factor
Seapoint Rhodamine Fluorometer sensor serial number
Seapoint Rhodamine Fluorometer sensor calibration date
Seapoint Rhodamine Fluorometer gain, offset
Primary Gas Tension Device sensor serial number
Primary Gas Tension Device sensor calibration date
Primary Gas Tension Device type
Secondary Gas Tension Device sensor serial number
Secondary Gas Tension Device sensor calibration date
Secondary Gas Tension Device type
Sequoia LISST-25A sensor serial number
Sequoia LISST-25A sensor calibration date
Sequoia LISST-25A Total Volume Conc Const, Sauter Mean Diameter Cal, Clean Water Scattering,
Clean Water Trans
SBE 45 output conductivity? Output salinity? Output sound velocity? Use 90402 junction box?
SBE 38 remote temperature?
SBE 21 remote temperature type
SBE 50 serial number
SBE 50 calibration date
Secondary Chelsea Aqua 3 fluorometer serial number
Secondary Chelsea Aqua 3 fluorometer calibration date

145

Manual revision 7.26.8
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281

Appendix II: Configure (.con or .xmlcon) File Format

SBE Data Processing

Secondary Chelsea Aqua 3 fluorometer scale factor, slope, offset, vacetone, vb, v1
Chelsea UV Aquatracka serial number
Chelsea UV Aquatracka calibration date
Chelsea UV Aquatracka a, b
SBE 49 temperature sensor serial number
SBE 49 temperature sensor calibration date.
SBE 49 temperature sensor A0, A1, A2, A3, slope, and offset.
Secondary Turner SCUFA OBS serial number
Secondary Turner SCUFA OBS calibration date
Secondary Turner SCUFA OBS scale factor, offset
OBS D&A 3+ serial number
OBS D&A 3+ calibration date
OBS D&A 3+ a0, a1, a2
Secondary OBS D&A 3+ serial number
Secondary OBS D&A 3+ calibration date
Secondary OBS D&A 3+ a0, a1, a2
SBE 16, 19, 19plus, 21, 25, or 49 scan time added? NMEA time added? NMEA device connected to
PC?
SBE 43 Oxygen sensor: use Sea-Bird equation, Soc2007, A, B, C, E, Voffset, Tau20, D0, D1, D2,
H1, H2, H3
Secondary SBE 43 Oxygen sensor: use Sea-Bird equation, Soc2007, A, B, C, E, Voffset, Tau20,
D0, D1, D2, H1, H2, H3
File version of SB_ConfigCTD.dll which saved the .con file
IFREMER OBS/nephelometer sensor serial number
Primary Beckman Oxygen Temperature sensor – calibration date
Primary Beckman Oxygen Temperature sensor – serial number
Secondary Beckman Oxygen Temperature sensor – calibration date
Secondary Beckman Oxygen Temperature sensor – serial number
IOW Oxygen Temperature sensor – calibration date
IOW Oxygen Temperature sensor – serial number
Methane Gas Tension, Franatech (formerly Capsum) METS sensor – calibration date
Methane Gas Tension, Franatech (formerly Capsum) METS sensor –serial number
Secondary WET Labs ECO-AFL fluorometer serial number
Secondary WET Labs ECO-AFL fluorometer calibration date
Secondary WET Labs ECO-AFL fluorometer vblank, scale factor
Secondary OBS/Nephelometer D&A Backscatterance sensor serial number
Secondary OBS/Nephelometer D&A Backscatterance gain, offset
Secondary OBS/Nephelometer D&A Backscatterance sensor calibration date
Aanderaa Oxygen Optode serial number
Aanderaa Oxygen Optode calibration date
Aanderaa Oxygen Optode: do salinity correction? do depth correction? internal salinity value
Satlantic PAR/Logarithmic serial number
Satlantic PAR/Logarithmic calibration date
Satlantic PAR/Logarithmic a0, a1, lm

146

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix III: Generating .con or .xmlcon File Reports – ConReport.exe

SBE Data Processing

Appendix III: Generating .con or .xmlcon
File Reports – ConReport.exe
The configuration file report is an ASCII .txt file that shows all parameters in
the .con or .xmlcon file in an easy-to-read form. The .txt report is for viewing
only, and cannot be used to modify parameters in the configuration file for
processing data. The .txt file is generated by:
 Clicking Report in a Configuration dialog box (see Instrument
Configuration in Section 4: Configuring Instrument (Configure)), or
 Using ConReport.exe.
ConReport.exe is run from the command line or from a DOS prompt, and
accepts wildcards for the file names, so multiple reports can be produced
at one time, and reports can be placed into a specified directory.
ConReport is automatically installed when you install SBE Data Processing
(default location c:\Program Files\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessing-Win32).
The format for running ConReport is:
Conreport InputFilename OutputDirectory /S
Parameter

Description

InputFilename is .con or .xmlcon file for which you want to
generate a report. Must include full path and file name.
This parameter supports standard wildcard expansion
with *:
InputFilename

* matches any set of characters starting at specified
position within file name or extension and continuing
until the end of file name or extension or another
specified character.
(optional) Full path to location to store output .txt file(s).
OutputDirectory If not specified, defaults to location of input .con or
.xmlcon file(s).
/S
(optional) Do not echo messages to screen.
If specifying multiple parameters, insert one or more spaces or tabs
between each parameter in the list.

Example – Generate Reports for All .con Files in Directory, and Save to
Different Directory
The .con files test1.con, test2.con, and test3.con are in c:\leg1, and you want to
generate the .txt reports and save them to c:\CruiseSummary.
At the DOS prompt, starting in the directory where ConReport is located
(default c:\Program Files\Sea-Bird\SBEDataProcessing-Win32), type in the
program name and parameters as shown:
Note:
You can also run ConReport from a
Run dialog (select Run in the Windows
Start menu). If you have not modified
your autoexec.bat file to put the
ConReport.exe file in the path
statement, specify the full path of the
.exe file in the Run dialog box.

conreport c:\leg1\*.con c:\CruiseSummary
The program responds:
c:\CruiseSummary\test1.txt
c:\CruiseSummary\test2.txt
c:\CruiseSummary\test3.txt
3 reports written to c:\CruiseSummary

147

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix IV: Software Problems

SBE Data Processing

Appendix IV: Software Problems
Considerable effort has been made to test and check this software before its
release. However, because of the wide range of instruments that Sea-Bird
produces (and interfaces with) and the many applications that these
instruments are used in, there may be software problems that have not been
discovered and corrected. If a problem occurs, please contact us via phone
(425-643-9866), email (software@seabird.com), or fax (425-643-9954) with
the following information:





Instrument serial number
Version of the software originally shipped with the instrument
Version of the software you are attempting to run
Complete description of the problem you are having

If the problem involves the configuration or setup of the software, in most
cases a phone call to Sea-Bird will be sufficient to solve the problem. If you
phone, we would appreciate it if you would be ready to run the software
during the phone conversation.
If the problem involves data processing, you may be asked to send a sample of
the data to Sea-Bird for evaluation.

148

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

SBE Data Processing

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas
(EOS-80; Practical Salinity)
For formulas for the calculation of conductivity, temperature, and pressure, see
the calibration sheets for your instrument.

Notes:
 Algorithms used for calculation of
derived parameters in Data
Conversion, Derive, Sea Plot,
SeaCalc III [EOS-80 (Practical
Salinity) tab], and Seasave are
identical, except as noted in this
section, and are based on EOS-80
equations (Practical Salinity).
 Calculation of Absolute Salinity
and associated parameters
(TEOS-10) is available in
Derive TEOS-10 and SeaCalc III
[TEOS-10 (Absolute Salinity) tab].
Once they are calculated in Derive
TEOS-10, they can be plotted in Sea
Plot. See Section 6: Data Processing
Modules and Section 9:
Miscellaneous Module – SeaCalc III.

Formulas for the computation of salinity, density, potential temperature,
specific volume anomaly, and sound velocity were obtained from "Algorithms
for computation of fundamental properties of seawater", by N.P. Fofonoff and
R.C Millard Jr.; Unesco technical papers in marine science #44, 1983.
 Temperature used for calculating derived variables is IPTS-68, except as
noted. Following the recommendation of JPOTS, T68 is assumed to be
1.00024 * T90 (-2 to 35 °C).
 Salinity is PSS-78 (Practical Salinity) (see Application Note 14: 1978
Practical Salinity Scale). By definition, PSS-78 is valid only in the range
of 2 to 42 psu. Sea-Bird uses the PSS-78 algorithm in our software,
without regard to those limitations on the valid range.
Unesco technical papers in marine science 62 "Salinity and density of
seawater: Tables for high salinities (42 to 50)" provides a method for
calculating salinity in the higher range
(http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0009/000964/096451mb.pdf).

Equations / descriptions are provided for the following parameters:























density (density, sigma-theta, sigma-1, sigma-2, sigma-4, sigma-t)
thermosteric anomaly
specific volume
specific volume anomaly
geopotential anomaly
dynamic meters
depth (salt water, fresh water)
seafloor depth (salt water, fresh water)
Practical Salinity (psu)
sound velocity (Chen-Millero, DelGrosso, Wilson)
average sound velocity
potential temperature (reference pressure = 0.0 decibars)
potential temperature anomaly
plume anomaly
specific conductivity
oxygen (if input file contains pressure, temperature, and either
conductivity or salinity, and has not been averaged into pressure or
depth bins) - also requires oxygen signal (for SBE 43), oxygen current and
oxygen temperature (for SBE 13 or 23), or oxygen phase and thermistor
voltage (SBE 63)
oxygen saturation
oxygen percent saturation
nitrogen saturation
derivative variables (descent rate and acceleration) - if input file has not
been averaged into pressure or depth bins
corrected irradiance (CPAR)

149

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

SBE Data Processing

density =  =  (s, t, p) [kg/m ]
(density of seawater with salinity s, temperature t, and pressure p, based on the
equation of state for seawater (EOS80))
Density calculation:
Using the following constants B0 = 8.24493e-1, B1 = -4.0899e-3, B2 = 7.6438e-5, B3 = -8.2467e-7, B4 = 5.3875e-9,
C0 = -5.72466e-3, C1 = 1.0227e-4, C2 = -1.6546e-6, D0 = 4.8314e-4, A0 = 999.842594,
A1 = 6.793952e-2, A2 = -9.095290e-3, A3 = 1.001685e-4, A4 = -1.120083e-6, A5 = 6.536332e-9,
FQ0 = 54.6746, FQ1 = -0.603459, FQ2 = 1.09987e-2, FQ3 = -6.1670e-5, G0 = 7.944e-2, G1 = 1.6483e-2,
G2 = -5.3009e-4, i0 = 2.2838e-3, i1 = -1.0981e-5, i2 = -1.6078e-6, J0 =1.91075e-4, M0 = -9.9348e-7,
M1 = 2.0816e-8, M2 = 9.1697e-10, E0 = 19652.21, E1 = 148.4206, E2 = -2.327105, E3 = 1.360477e-2,
E4 = -5.155288e-5, H0 = 3.239908, H1 = 1.43713e-3, H2 = 1.16092e-4, H3 = -5.77905e-7,
K0 = 8.50935e-5, K1 =-6.12293e-6, K2 = 5.2787e-8

C Computer Code double Density(double s, double t, double p)
// s = salinity PSU, t = temperature deg C ITPS-68, p = pressure in decibars
{
double t2, t3, t4, t5, s32;
double sigma, k, kw, aw, bw;
double val;
t2 = t*t;
t3 = t*t2;
t4 = t*t3;
t5 = t*t4;
if (s <= 0.0) s = 0.000001;
s32 = pow(s, 1.5);
p /= 10.0;
/* convert decibars to bars */
sigma = A0 + A1*t + A2*t2 + A3*t3 + A4*t4 + A5*t5 + (B0 + B1*t + B2*t2 + B3*t3 + B4*t4)*s +
(C0 + C1*t + C2*t2)*s32 + D0*s*s;
kw = E0 + E1*t + E2*t2 + E3*t3 + E4*t4;
aw = H0 + H1*t + H2*t2 + H3*t3;
bw = K0 + K1*t + K2*t2;
k = kw + (FQ0 + FQ1*t + FQ2*t2 + FQ3*t3)*s + (G0 + G1*t + G2*t2)*s32 + (aw + (i0 + i1*t +
i2*t2)*s + (J0*s32))*p + (bw + (M0 + M1*t + M2*t2)*s)*p*p;
val = 1 - p / k;
if (val) sigma = sigma / val - 1000.0;
return sigma;
}

Sigma-theta =   =  (s, (s, t, p, 0), 0) - 1000 [kg/m 3]
Sigma-1 =  1 =  (s, (s, t, p, 1000), 1000) - 1000 [kg/m 3]
Sigma-2 =  2 =  (s, (s, t, p, 2000), 2000) - 1000 [kg/m 3]
Sigma-4 =  4 =  (s, (s, t, p, 4000), 4000) - 1000 [kg/m 3]
[kg/m 3]

Sigma-t =  t =  (s, t, 0) - 1000

thermosteric anomaly = 10 5 ((1000/(1000 +  t)) - 0.97266) [10 -8 m 3/kg]
specific volume = V(s, t, p) = 1/

[m 3/kg]

specific volume anomaly =  = 10 8 (V(s, t, p) - V(35, 0, p)) [10 -8 m 3/kg]
p=p

-4

geopotential anomaly = 10



( x p)

[J/kg] = [m 2/s 2 ]

p, p=0

dynamic meters = geopotential anomaly / 10.0
(1 dynamic meter = 10 J/kg;
(Sverdup, Johnson, Flemming (1946), UNESCO (1991)))

150

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

Note:
You can also enter the latitude on the
Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion
or Derive, as applicable.

SBE Data Processing

depth = [m]
(When you select salt water depth as a derived variable, SBE Data Processing
prompts you to input the latitude, which is needed to calculate local gravity. It
uses the user-input value, unless latitude is written in the input data file header
[from a NMEA navigation device]. If latitude is in the input file header, SBE
Data Processing uses the header value, and ignores the user-input latitude.).

Depth calculation:
C Computer Code –
// Depth
double Depth(int dtype, double p, double latitude)
// dtype = fresh water or salt water, p = pressure in decibars, latitude in degrees
{
double x, d, gr;
if (dtype == FRESH_WATER)
/* fresh water */
d = p * 1.019716;
else {
/* salt water */
x = sin(latitude / 57.29578);
x = x * x;
gr = 9.780318 * (1.0 + (5.2788e-3 + 2.36e-5 * x) * x) + 1.092e-6 * p;
d = (((-1.82e-15 * p + 2.279e-10) * p - 2.2512e-5) * p + 9.72659) * p;
if (gr) d /= gr;
}
return(d);
}

seafloor depth = depth + altimeter reading [m]

151

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

Note:
Absolute Salinity (TEOS-10) is
available in our seawater calculator,
Sea Calc III. See Section 9:
Miscellaneous Module – SeaCalc III.
All other SBE Data Processing
modules output only Practical
Salinity, and all parameters derived
from salinity in those modules
(density, sound velocity, etc) are
based on Practical Salinity.

SBE Data Processing

Practical Salinity = [PSU]
(Salinity is PSS-78, valid from 2 to 42 psu.)

Practical Salinity calculation:
Using the following constants A1 = 2.070e-5, A2 = -6.370e-10, A3 = 3.989e-15, B1 = 3.426e-2, B2 = 4.464e-4, B3 = 4.215e-1,
B4 = -3.107e-3, C0 = 6.766097e-1, C1 = 2.00564e-2, C2 = 1.104259e-4, C3 = -6.9698e-7,
C4 = 1.0031e-9

C Computer Code –
static double a[6] = { /* constants for salinity calculation */
0.0080, -0.1692, 25.3851, 14.0941, -7.0261, 2.7081
};
static double b[6]={ /* constants for salinity calculation */
0.0005, -0.0056, -0.0066, -0.0375, 0.0636, -0.0144
};
double Salinity(double C, double T, double P)
/* compute salinity */
// C = conductivity S/m, T = temperature deg C ITPS-68, P = pressure in decibars
{
double R, RT, RP, temp, sum1, sum2, result, val;
int i;
if (C <= 0.0)
result = 0.0;
else {
C *= 10.0;
/* convert Siemens/meter to mmhos/cm */
R = C / 42.914;
val = 1 + B1 * T + B2 * T * T + B3 * R + B4 * R * T;
if (val) RP = 1 + (P * (A1 + P * (A2 + P * A3))) / val;
val = RP * (C0 + (T * (C1 + T * (C2 + T * (C3 + T * C4)))));
if (val) RT = R / val;
if (RT <= 0.0) RT = 0.000001;
sum1 = sum2 = 0.0;
for (i = 0;i < 6;i++) {
temp = pow(RT, (double)i/2.0);
sum1 += a[i] * temp;
sum2 += b[i] * temp;
}
val = 1.0 + 0.0162 * (T - 15.0);
if (val)
result = sum1 + sum2 * (T - 15.0) / val;
else
result = -99.;
}
return result;
}

152

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

SBE Data Processing

sound velocity = [m/sec]
(sound velocity can be calculated as Chen-Millero, DelGrosso, or Wilson)
Sound velocity calculation:
C Computer Code –
// Sound Velocity Chen and Millero
double SndVelC(double s, double t, double p0)
/* sound velocity Chen and Millero 1977 */
/* JASA,62,1129-1135 */
// s = salinity, t = temperature deg C ITPS-68, p = pressure in decibars
{
double a, a0, a1, a2, a3;
double b, b0, b1;
double c, c0, c1, c2, c3;
double p, sr, d, sv;
p = p0 / 10.0;
/* scale pressure to bars */
if (s < 0.0)
s = 0.0;
sr = sqrt(s);
d = 1.727e-3 - 7.9836e-6 * p;
b1 = 7.3637e-5 + 1.7945e-7 * t;
b0 = -1.922e-2 - 4.42e-5 * t;
b = b0 + b1 * p;
a3 = (-3.389e-13 * t + 6.649e-12) * t + 1.100e-10;
a2 = ((7.988e-12 * t - 1.6002e-10) * t + 9.1041e-9) * t - 3.9064e-7;
a1 = (((-2.0122e-10 * t + 1.0507e-8) * t - 6.4885e-8) * t - 1.2580e-5) * t + 9.4742e-5;
a0 = (((-3.21e-8 * t + 2.006e-6) * t + 7.164e-5) * t -1.262e-2) * t + 1.389;
a = ((a3 * p + a2) * p + a1) * p + a0;
c3 = (-2.3643e-12 * t + 3.8504e-10) * t - 9.7729e-9;
c2 = (((1.0405e-12 * t -2.5335e-10) * t + 2.5974e-8) * t - 1.7107e-6) * t + 3.1260e-5;
c1 = (((-6.1185e-10 * t + 1.3621e-7) * t - 8.1788e-6) * t + 6.8982e-4) * t + 0.153563;
c0 = ((((3.1464e-9 * t - 1.47800e-6) * t + 3.3420e-4) * t - 5.80852e-2) * t + 5.03711) * t +
1402.388;
c = ((c3 * p + c2) * p + c1) * p + c0;
sv = c + (a + b * sr + d * s) * s;
return sv;
}
// Sound Velocity Delgrosso
double SndVelD(double s, double t, double p) /* Delgrosso JASA, Oct. 1974, Vol 56, No 4 */
// s = salinity, t = temperature deg C ITPS-68, p = pressure in decibars
{
double c000, dct, dcs, dcp, dcstp, sv;
c000 = 1402.392;
p = p / 9.80665;
/* convert pressure from decibars to KG / CM**2 */
dct = (0.501109398873e1 - (0.550946843172e-1 - 0.22153596924e-3 * t) * t) * t;
dcs = (0.132952290781e1 + 0.128955756844e-3 * s) * s;
dcp = (0.156059257041e0 + (0.244998688441e-4 - 0.83392332513e-8 * p) * p) * p;
dcstp = -0.127562783426e-1 * t * s + 0.635191613389e-2 * t * p + 0.265484716608e-7 * t * t *
p * p - 0.159349479045e-5 * t * p * p + 0.522116437235e-9 * t * p * p * p - 0.438031096213e-6 * t *
t * t * p - 0.161674495909e-8 * s * s * p * p + 0.968403156410e-4 * t * t * s + 0.485639620015e-5 *
t * s * s * p - 0.340597039004e-3 * t * s * p;
sv = c000 + dct + dcs + dcp + dcstp;
return sv;
}
// sound velocity Wilson
double SndVelW(double s, double t, double p) /* wilson JASA, 1960, 32, 1357 */
// s = salinity, t = temperature deg C ITPS-68, p = pressure in decibars
{
double pr, sd, a, v0, v1, sv;
pr = 0.1019716 * (p + 10.1325);
sd = s - 35.0;
a = (((7.9851e-6 * t - 2.6045e-4) * t - 4.4532e-2) * t + 4.5721) * t + 1449.14;
sv = (7.7711e-7 * t - 1.1244e-2) * t + 1.39799;
v0 = (1.69202e-3 * sd + sv) * sd + a;
a = ((4.5283e-8 * t + 7.4812e-6) * t - 1.8607e-4) * t + 0.16072;
sv = (1.579e-9 * t + 3.158e-8) * t + 7.7016e-5;
v1 = sv * sd + a;
a = (1.8563e-9 * t - 2.5294e-7) * t + 1.0268e-5;
sv = -1.2943e-7 * sd + a;
a = -1.9646e-10 * t + 3.5216e-9;
sv = (((-3.3603e-12 * pr + a) * pr + sv) * pr + v1) * pr + v0;
return sv;
}

153

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

SBE Data Processing

p=p



average sound velocity =

p,p=min

[m/s]

p=p



di / vi

p,p=min

Average sound velocity is the harmonic mean (average) from the surface to
the current CTD depth, and is calculated on the downcast only. The first
window begins when pressure is greater than a minimum specified pressure
and salinity is greater than a minimum specified salinity. Depth is calculated
from pressure based on user-input latitude (regardless of whether latitude data
from a NMEA navigation device is in the data file).
 In Derive, the algorithm is based on the assumption that the data has been
bin averaged already. Average sound velocity is computed scan-by-scan:
d i = depth of current scan – depth of previous scan [meters]
v i = sound velocity of this scan (bin) [m/sec]
 In Seasave and Data Conversion, the algorithm also requires user input of a
pressure window size and time window size. It then calculates:
d i = depth at end of window – depth at start of window [m]
vi =
(sound velocity at start of window + sound velocity at end of window) / 2 [m/sec]
When you select average sound velocity as a derived variable, SBE Data
Processing prompts you to enter the minimum pressure, minimum salinity, and
if applicable, pressure window size and time window size.

Note:
You can also enter the user-input
parameters on the Miscellaneous
tab in Data Conversion or Derive,
as applicable.
Surface
> Minimum specified pressure and salinity

d i and v i

Average
sound velocity
Average
sound velocity

d i and v i

154

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

SBE Data Processing

potential temperature [IPTS-68] =  (s, t, p, pr) [ C]
(Potential temperature is the temperature an element of seawater would have if
raised adiabatically with no change in salinity to reference pressure pr.
Sea-Bird software uses a reference pressure of 0 decibars).
Potential Temperature [IPTS-68] calculation:
C Computer Code // ATG (used in potential temperature calculation)
double ATG(double s, double t, double p)
/* adiabatic temperature gradient deg C per decibar */
/* ref broyden,h. Deep-Sea Res.,20,401-408 */
// s = salinity, t = temperature deg C ITPS-68, p = pressure in decibars
{
double ds;
ds = s - 35.0;
return((((-2.1687e-16 * t + 1.8676e-14) * t - 4.6206e-13) * p + ((2.7759e-12 * t - 1.1351e10) * ds + ((-5.4481e-14 * t + 8.733e-12) * t - 6.7795e-10) * t + 1.8741e-8)) * p + (-4.2393e-8 * t
+ 1.8932e-6) * ds + ((6.6228e-10 * t - 6.836e-8) * t + 8.5258e-6) * t + 3.5803e-5);
}
// potential temperature
double PoTemp(double s, double t0, double p0, double pr)
/* local potential temperature at pr */
/* using atg procedure for adiabadic lapse rate */
/* Fofonoff,N.,Deep-Sea Res.,24,489-491 */
// s = salinity, t0 = local temperature deg C ITPS-68, p0 = local pressure in decibars, pr =
reference pressure in decibars
{
double p, t, h, xk, q, temp;
p = p0;
t = t0;
h = pr - p;
xk = h * ATG(s,t,p);
t += 0.5 * xk;
q = xk;
p += 0.5 * h;
xk = h * ATG(s,t,p);
t += 0.29289322 * (xk-q);
q = 0.58578644 * xk + 0.121320344 * q;
xk = h * ATG(s,t,p);
t += 1.707106781 * (xk-q);
q = 3.414213562 * xk - 4.121320344 * q;
p += 0.5 * h;
xk = h * ATG(s,t,p);
temp = t + (xk - 2.0 * q) / 6.0;
return(temp);
}

potential temperature [ITS-90] =  (s, t, p, pr) / 1.00024 [ C]

Note:
You can also enter the user-input
parameters on the Miscellaneous tab
in Data Conversion or Derive, as
applicable.

potential temperature anomaly =
potential temperature - a0 - a1 x salinity
or
potential temperature - a0 - a1 x Sigma-theta
(When you select potential temperature anomaly as a derived variable,
SBE Data Processing prompts you to enter a0, a1, and the selection of salinity
or sigma-theta.)

155

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

Notes:
 You can also enter the user-input
parameters on the Miscellaneous
tab in Data Conversion; plume
anomaly is not available as a
derived variable in Derive.
 Reference: Baker, E.T., Feely, R.A.,
Mottl, M.J., Sansone, F. T., Wheat,
C.G., Resing, J.A., Lupton, J.E.,
"Hydrothermal plumes along the
East Pacific Rise, 8° 40′ to 11° 50′
N: Plume distribution and
relationship to the apparent
magmatic budget", Earth and
Planetary Science Letters 128
(1994) 1-17.

SBE Data Processing

plume anomaly =
potential temperature (s, t, p, Reference Pressure) – Theta-B
– Theta-Z / Salinity-Z * (salinity – Salinity-B)
(When you select plume anomaly as a derived variable, SBE Data Processing
prompts you to enter Theta-B, Salinity-B, Theta-Z / Salinity-Z, and
Reference Pressure.)
The plume anomaly equation is based on work in hydrothermal vent plumes.
The algorithm used for identifying hydrothermal vent plumes uses potential
temperature, gradient conditions in the region, vent salinity, and ambient
seawater conditions adjacent to the vent. This function is specific to
hydrothermal vent plumes, and more specifically, temperature and potential
density anomalies. It is not a generic function for plume tracking (for example,
not for wastewater plumes). One anomaly for one region and application does
not necessarily apply to another type of anomaly in another region for a
different application. The terms are specific to corrections for hydrothermal
vent salinity and local hydrographic features near vents. They are likely not
relevant to other applications in this exact form.
If looking at wastewater plumes, you need to derive your own anomaly
function that is specific to what it is you are looking for and that is defined to
differentiate between surrounding waters and the wastewater plume waters.

specific conductivity = (C * 10,000) / (1 + A * [T – 25]) [microS/cm]
(C = conductivity (S/m), T = temperature ( C),
A = thermal coefficient of conductivity for a natural salt solution
[0.019 - 0.020]; Sea-Bird software uses 0.020.)

156

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

Note:
Oxygen [ml/l] for the SBE 63 Optical
Dissolved Oxygen Sensor is calculated
as described in its manual. Tau and
hysteresis corrections are not
applicable to the SBE 63.

Note:
You can also enter the oxygen
window size, and enable / disable the
Tau and hysteresis corrections, on the
Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion
or Derive, as applicable.

Note:
The hysteresis correction can be
performed to calculate and output
oxygen voltage and/or calculated
oxygen (ml/l, etc.) in Data Conversion.
Hysteresis-corrected voltage from
Data Conversion can be further
processed in other modules (such as
Align CTD) before calculating oxygen
values (ml/l, etc.) in Derive.

SBE Data Processing

Oxygen [ml/l] is calculated as described in Application Note 64: SBE 43
Dissolved Oxygen Sensor or Application Note 13-1: SBE 13, 23, 30 Dissolved
Oxygen Sensor Calibration & Deployment.
When you select oxygen as a derived variable, Data Conversion prompts you
to enter the window size (seconds), and asks if you want to apply the Tau
correction and the hysteresis correction:
 Tau correction – The Tau correction ([tau(T,P)*V/t] in SBE 43 or
[tau*doc/dt] in SBE 13 or 23) improves response of the measured signal
in regions of large oxygen gradients. However, this term also amplifies
residual noise in the signal (especially in deep water); in some situations
this negative consequence overshadows gains in signal responsiveness.
If the Tau correction is enabled, oxygen computed by Seasave and Data
Conversion is somewhat different from values computed by Derive. Both
algorithms compute the derivative of the oxygen signal with respect to
time (with a user-input window size for calculating the derivative), using a
linear regression to determine the slope. Seasave and Data Conversion
compute the derivative looking backward in time, since they share
common code and Seasave cannot use future values of oxygen while
acquiring data in real time. Derive uses a centered window (equal number
of points before and after the scan) to obtain a better estimate of the
derivative. Use Seasave and Data Conversion to obtain a quick look at
oxygen values; use Derive to obtain the most accurate values.
 Hysteresis correction (SBE 43 only, when using Sea-Bird equation) Under extreme pressure, changes can occur in gas permeable Teflon
membranes that affect their permeability characteristics. Some of these
changes (plasticization and amorphous/crystalinity ratios) have long time
constants and depend on the sensor’s time-pressure history. These slow
processes result in hysteresis in long, deep casts. The hysteresis correction
algorithm (using H1, H2, and H3 coefficients entered for the SBE 43 in
the .con or .xmlcon file) operates through the entire data profile and
corrects the oxygen voltage values for changes in membrane permeability
as pressure varies. At each measurement, the correction to the membrane
permeability is calculated based on the current pressure and how long the
sensor spent at previous pressures.
Hysteresis responses of membranes on individual SBE 43 sensors are very
similar, and in most cases the default hysteresis parameters provide the
accuracy specification of 2% of true value. For users requiring higher
accuracy (±1 µmol/kg), the parameters can be fine-tuned, if a complete
profile (descent and ascent) made preferably to greater than 3000 meters
is available. H1, the effect’s amplitude, has a default of -0.033, but can
range from -0.02 to -0.05 between sensors. H2, the effect’s non-linear
component, has a default of 5000, and is a second-order parameter that
does not require tuning between sensors. H3, the effect’s time constant,
has a default of 1450 seconds, but can range from 1200 to 2000.
Hysteresis can be eliminated by alternately adjusting H1 and H3 in the
.con or .xmlcon file during analysis of the complete profile. Once
established, these parameters should be stable, and can be used without
adjustment on other casts with the same SBE 43.
When you select oxygen as a derived variable, Derive prompts you to enter
the window size (seconds), and asks if you want to apply the Tau correction
(described above for Data Conversion). You cannot apply the hysteresis
correction in Derive, to prevent users from applying the correction to oxygen
voltage in Data Conversion and then applying it again in Derive, providing
erroneous results.

oxygen [moles/kg] =
157

44660
Sigma-theta + 1000

oxygen [ml/l]

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

Notes:
 The oxygen saturation equation
based on work from Garcia and
Gordon (1992) reduces error in the
Weiss (1970) parameterization at
cold temperatures.
 As implemented in Sea-Bird
software, the Garcia and Gordon
equation is valid for -5 < T < 50 and
0 < S < 60. Outside of those ranges,
the software returns a value of -99
for Oxsol.
 As implemented in Sea-Bird
software, the Weiss equation is
valid for -2 < T < 40 and 0 < S < 42.
Outside of those ranges, the
software returns a value of -99 for
Oxsat.

SBE Data Processing

Oxygen saturation is the theoretical saturation limit of the water at the
local temperature and salinity value, but with local pressure reset to zero
(1 atmosphere). This calculation represents what the local parcel of water
could have absorbed from the atmosphere when it was last at the surface (p=0)
but at the same (T,S) value. Oxygen saturation can be calculated as Garcia and
Gordon, or Weiss –
Garcia and Gordon:
Oxsol(T,S) = exp {A0 + A1(Ts) + A2(Ts) 2 + A3(Ts) 3 + A4(Ts) 4 + A5(Ts) 5
+ S * [B0 + B1(Ts) + B2(Ts) 2 + B3(Ts) 3] + C0(S) 2}
where
 Oxsol(T,S) = oxygen saturation value (ml/l)
 S = salinity (psu)
 T = water temperature (ITS-90, oC)
 Ts = ln [(298.15 – T) / (273.15 + T)]
 A0 = 2.00907
A1 = 3.22014
A2 = 4.0501
A3 = 4.94457
A4 = - 0.256847
A5 = 3.88767
 B0 = -0.00624523
B1 = -0.00737614
B2 = -0.010341
B3 = -0.00817083
 C0 = -0.000000488682
Weiss:
Oxsat(T,S) = exp {[A1 + A2 * (100/Ta) + A3 * ln(Ta/100) + A4 * ( Ta/100)]
+ S * [B1 + B2 * (Ta/100) + B3 * (Ta/100)2 ]}
where
 Oxsat(T,S) = oxygen saturation value (ml/l)
 S = salinity (psu)
 T = water temperature (IPTS-68, oC)
 Ta = absolute water temperature (T + 273.15)
 A1 = -173.4292
A2 = 249.6339
A3 = 143.3483
A4 = -21.8492
 B1 = -0.033096
B2 = 0.014259
B3 = -0.00170

Oxygen, percent saturation is the ratio of calculated oxygen to oxygen
saturation, in percent:
(Oxygen / Oxygen saturation) * 100%.
The Oxygen Saturation value used in this calculation is the value that was used
in the Oxygen calculation –
 SBE 43 -if you selected the Sea-Bird equation in the .con or .xmlcon file,
the software uses the Garcia and Gordon Oxsol in this ratio; if you
selected the Owens-Millard equation in the .con or .xmlcon file, the
software uses the Weiss Oxsat in this ratio.
 SBE 13, 23, or 30 – the software uses the Weiss Oxsat for this ratio.

Note:
The nitrogen saturation equation is
based on work from Weiss (1970).

Nitrogen saturation is the theoretical saturation limit of the water at the
local temperature and salinity value, but with local pressure reset to zero
(1 atmosphere). This calculation represents what the local parcel of water could
have absorbed from the atmosphere when it was last at the surface (p=0) but at
the same (T,S) value.
N2sat(T,S) = exp {[A1 + A2 * (100/Ta) + A3 * ln(Ta/100) + A4 * (Ta/100) ]
+ S * [B1 + B2 * (Ta/100) + B3 * (Ta/100) 2 ]}
where
 N2Sat(T,S) = nitrogen saturation value (ml/l)
 S = salinity (psu)
 T = water temperature (oC)
 Ta = absolute water temperature (oC + 273.15)
 A1 = -172.4965
A2 = 248.4262
A3 = 143.0738
A4 = -21.7120
 B1 = -0.049781
B2 = 0.025018
B3 = -0.0034861
158

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix V: Derived Parameter Formulas (EOS-80; Practical Salinity)

Note:
You can also enter the descent rate
and acceleration window size on the
Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion
or Derive, as applicable.

Note:
See Application Note 11S (SBE 11plus
Deck Unit with Biospherical surface
PAR sensor), 47 (SBE 33 or 36 Deck
Unit with Biospherical surface PAR
sensor), or 96 (SBE 11plus, 33, or 36
Deck Unit with Satlantic surface PAR
sensor for description of ratio
multiplier.

SBE Data Processing

Descent rate and acceleration are computed by calculating the derivative of
the pressure signal with respect to time (with a user-input window size for
calculating the derivative), using a linear regression to determine the slope.
Values computed by Seasave and Data Conversion are somewhat different
from values computed by Derive. Seasave and Data Conversion compute the
derivative looking backward in time (with a user-input window size), since
they share common code and Seasave cannot use future values of pressure
while acquiring data in real time. Derive uses a centered window (equal
number of points before and after the scan; user-input window size) to obtain a
better estimate of the derivative. Use Seasave and Data Conversion to obtain a
quick look at descent rate and acceleration; use Derive to obtain the most
accurate values.
(When you select descent rate or acceleration as a derived variable, SBE Data
Processing prompts you to enter the window size (seconds).)

Corrected Irradiance [CPAR] =
100 * ratio multiplier * underwater PAR / surface PAR [%]
(Ratio multiplier = scaling factor used for comparing light fields of disparate
intensity, input in .con or .xmlcon file entry for surface PAR sensor;
Underwater PAR = underwater PAR data;
Surface PAR = surface PAR data)

159

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names
This appendix provides a list of output variable names. The names vary,
depending on whether you are viewing header information in a data file or
viewing real-time data in Seasave.
 Headers generated by modules in SBE Data Processing show
‘Short name: Full name’ in header.
Example:
# name 0 = prdM: Pressure, Strain Gauge [db]
(# name 0 indicates that this is the header for the first data column;
prdM is the Short name used in the software coding;
Pressure, Strain Gauge [db] is the more descriptive Full name)
 Seasave’s scrolled display shows a ‘Friendly name’ in heading.
Example:
pr M
(this is the Friendly name for Pressure, Strain Gauge [db];
pr indicates pressure and M indicates metric units)
 Seasave’s fixed display and plot display show 'Full name’.
Example:
Pressure, Strain Gauge [db]
(this is the Full name)

Note:
The Notes/Comments column in the
table below indicates 1st sensor, 2nd
sensor, etc. For parameters calculated
from multiple sensors (for example,
salinity is a function of temperature,
conductivity, and pressure), 1st refers
to the 1st sensor T-C pair, 2nd refers to
the secondary T-C pair.

For CTDs that support redundant sensors: Unless noted otherwise, derived
variables are calculated only from primary sensor(s).
Example:
Sound Velocity [Chen-Millero, m/s] can be calculated from both primary and
secondary temperature and conductivity sensors on an SBE 9plus (which
supports secondary temperature and conductivity sensors), as indicated
by the presence of both Sound Velocity [Chen-Millero, m/s] and
Sound Velocity,2 [Chen-Millero, m/s] in the table.
However, Average Sound Velocity [Chen-Millero, m/s] can only be calculated
from the primary temperature and conductivity sensors (there is no entry for
this variable with a 2).
For some parameters, there are multiple entries in the table with the same
meaning for the user (but different meanings for the software).
Example:
Short names of c_S/m, cond0S/m, and c0S/m all have long names of
Conductivity [S/m]; these parameters all provide conductivity in S/m.
However, the short names are different because of differences in the
conductivity equation used by the software in the calculation (equation varies,
depending on the CTD).
All variable selections can be made in Seasave and in SBE Data Processing’s
Derive module, except as noted.
The list is in two parts:
 Practical Salinity and related thermodynamic parameters (EOS-80), and
auxiliary sensor data
 Absolute Salinity and related thermodynamic parameters (calculated in
and output by SBE Data Processing’s Derive TEOS-10 module)

160

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Practical Salinity and related Thermodynamic Parameters (EOS-80),
and Auxiliary Sensor Data
Short Name
accM
accF
altM
altF
avgsvCM

Full Name
Acceleration [m/s^2]
Acceleration [ft/s^2]
Altimeter [m]
Altimeter [ft]
Average Sound Velocity [Chen-Millero,
m/s]
Average Sound Velocity [Chen-Millero, ft/s]

Friendly Name
acc M
acc F
alt M
alt F
avgsv-C M

avgsv-D M
avgsv-D F
avgsv-W M
avgsv-W F
bat
bat2
batdiff
wetBAttn
CStarAt
CStarAt2

1/m
1/m
1/m

1st sensor
2nd sensor

CStarAt3

1/m

3rd sensor

CStarAt4

1/m

4th sensor

CStarAt5

1/m

5th sensor

CStarAt6

1/m

6th sensor

CStarAtDiff

1/m

2nd sensor - 1st sensor

xmiss
xmiss2
xmissdiff

%
%
%

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

wetBTrans
CStarTr
CStarTr2

%
%
%

1st sensor
2nd sensor

CStarTr3

3rd sensor

CStarTr4

4th sensor

CStarTr5

5th sensor

CStarTr6

6th sensor

CStarTrdiff

2nd sensor - 1st sensor

bpos
HBBotCls
nbf
bct
N

Average Sound Velocity [Delgrosso, m/s]
Average Sound Velocity [Delgrosso, ft/s]
Average Sound Velocity [Wilson, m/s]
Average Sound Velocity [Wilson, ft/s]
Beam Attenuation, Chelsea/Seatech [1/m]
Beam Attenuation, Chelsea/Seatech, 2 [1/m]
Beam Attenuation, Chelsea/Seatech/WET
Labs CStar, Diff, 2 - 1 [1/m]
Beam Attenuation, WET Labs AC3 [1/m]
Beam Attenuation, WET Labs C-Star [1/m]
Beam Attenuation, WET Labs C-Star, 2
[1/m]
Beam Attenuation, WET Labs C-Star, 3
[1/m]
Beam Attenuation, WET Labs C-Star, 4
[1/m]
Beam Attenuation, WET Labs C-Star, 5
[1/m]
Beam Attenuation, WET Labs C-Star, 6
[1/m]
Beam Attenuation, WET Labs C-Star, Diff,
2 - 1 [1/m]
Beam Transmission, Chelsea/Seatech [%]
Beam Transmission, Chelsea/Seatech, 2 [%]
Beam Transmission, Chelsea/Seatech/WET
Labs CStar, Diff, 2 - 1 [%]
Beam Transmission, WET Labs AC3 [%]
Beam Transmission, WET Labs C-Star [%]
Beam Transmission, WET Labs C-Star, 2
[%]
Beam Transmission, WET Labs C-Star, 3
[%]
Beam Transmission, WET Labs C-Star, 4
[%]
Beam Transmission, WET Labs C-Star, 5
[%]
Beam Transmission, WET Labs C-Star, 6
[%]
Beam Transmission, WET Labs C-Star, Diff,
2 - 1 [%]
Bottle Position in Carousel
Bottles Closed, HB
Bottles Fired
Bottom Contact
Buoyancy [cycles/hour]

Units
m/s^2
ft/s^2
m
ft
Chen-Millero,
m/s
Chen-Millero,
ft/s
Delgrosso, m/s
Delgrosso, ft/s
Wilson, m/s
Wilson, ft/s
1/m
1/m
1/m

bpos
HBBotCls
nbf
bct
N

cycles/hour

N^2

Buoyancy [rad^2/s^2]

N^2

rad^2/s^2

Calculated in SBE Data
Processing's Buoyancy
module
Calculated in SBE Data
Processing's Buoyancy
module

nbytes

Byte Count

nbytes

avgsvCF
avgsvDM
avgsvDF
avgsvWM
avgsvWF
bat
bat1
batdiff
wetBAttn
CStarAt0
CStarAt1
CStarAt2
CStarAt3
CStarAt4
CStarAt5
CStarAtDiff
xmiss
xmiss1
xmissdiff
wetBTrans
CStarTr0
CStarTr1
CStarTr2
CStarTr3
CStarTr4
CStarTr5
CStarTrdiff

avgsv-C F

161

Notes/Comments

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Short Name
cdomflTC0
cdomflTC1
cdomflTCdiff

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Full Name
CDOM, Turner Cyclops [ppb QS]
CDOM, Turner Cyclops, 2 [ppb QS]
CDOM, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2 - 1 [ppb
QS]
Chlorophyll, Turner Cyclops [ug/l]
Chlorophyll, Turner Cyclops, 2 [ug/l]
Chlorophyll, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2 - 1
[ug/l]
Conductivity [S/m]

Friendly Name
cdomflTC
cdomflTC2
cdomflTCdiff

Units
ppb QS
ppb QS
ppb QS

Notes/Comments
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

chloroflTC
chloroflTC2
chloroflTCdiff

ug/l
ug/l
ug/l

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

c S/m

S/m

1st sensor

Conductivity [mS/cm]

c mS/cm

mS/cm

1st sensor

Conductivity [uS/cm]

c uS/cm

uS/cm

1st sensor

c2 S/m
c2 mS/cm
c2 uS/cm
c2-c1 S/m
c2-c1 mS/cm
c2-c1 uS/cm
cpar
croilflTC
croilflTC2
croilflTCdiff

S/m
mS/cm
uS/cm
S/m
mS/cm
uS/cm
%
ppb QS
ppb QS
ppb QS

2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

density00
sigma-é00

Conductivity, 2 [S/m]
Conductivity, 2 [mS/cm]
Conductivity, 2 [uS/cm]
Conductivity Difference, 2 - 1 [S/m]
Conductivity Difference, 2 - 1 [mS/cm]
Conductivity Difference, 2 - 1 [uS/cm]
CPAR/Corrected Irradiance [%]
Crude Oil, Turner Cyclops [ppb QS]
Crude Oil, Turner Cyclops, 2 [ppb QS]
Crude Oil, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2 - 1 [ppb
QS]
Density [density, kg/m^3]
Density [sigma-theta, kg/m^3]

density
sigmath

1st sensor
1st sensor

sigma-t00
sigma-100

Density [sigma-t, kg/m^3 ]
Density [sigma-1, kg/m^3 ]

sigmat
sigma1

sigma-200

Density [sigma-2, kg/m^3 ]

sigma2

sigma-400

Density [sigma-4, kg/m^3 ]

sigma4

density11
sigma-é11

Density, 2 [density, kg/m^3]
Density, 2 [sigma-theta, kg/m^3]

density 2
sigmath 2

sigma-t11
sigma-111

Density, 2 [sigma-t, kg/m^3 ]
Density, 2 [sigma-1, kg/m^3 ]

sigmat 2
sigma1 2

sigma-211

Density, 2 [sigma-2, kg/m^3 ]

sigma2 2

sigma-411

Density, 2 [sigma-4, kg/m^3 ]

sigma4 2

D2-D1,d
D2-D1

D2-D1,d
D2-D1,th

D2-D1,t
D2-D1,1

Density Difference, 2 - 1 [density, kg/m^3]
Density Difference, 2 - 1 [sigma-theta,
kg/m^3]
Density Difference, 2 - 1 [sigma-t, kg/m^3 ]
Density Difference, 2 - 1 [sigma-1, kg/m^3 ]

D2-D1,2

Density Difference, 2 - 1 [sigma-2, kg/m^3 ] D2-D1,2

D2-D1,4

Density Difference, 2 - 1 [sigma-4, kg/m^3 ] D2-D1,4

depSM
depSF
depFM
depFF
dNMEA

Depth [salt water, m]
Depth [salt water, ft]
Depth [fresh water, m]
Depth [fresh water, ft]
Depth, NMEA [salt water, m]

density, kg/m^3
sigma-theta,
kg/m^3
sigma-t, kg/m^3
sigma-1,
kg/m^3
sigma-2,
kg/m^3
sigma-4,
kg/m^3
density, kg/m^3
sigma-theta,
kg/m^3
sigma-t, kg/m^3
sigma-1,
kg/m^3
sigma-2,
kg/m^3
sigma-4,
kg/m^3
density, kg/m^3
sigma-theta,
kg/m^3
sigma-t, kg/m^3
sigma-1,
kg/m^3
sigma-2,
kg/m^3
sigma-4,
kg/m^3
salt water, m
salt water, ft
fresh water, m
fresh water, ft
salt water, m

chloroflTC0
chloroflTC1
chloroflTCdiff
c_S/m,
cond0S/m, or
cond0S/m
c_mS/cm,
cond0mS/cm,
or c0mS/cm
c_uS/cm,
cond0uS/cm,
or cond0uS/cm
c1S/m
c1mS/cm
c1uS/cm
C2-C1S/m
C2-C1mS/cm
C2-C1uS/cm
cpar
croilflTC0
croilflTC1
croilflTCdiff

D2-D1,t
D2-D1,1

depS M
depS F
depF M
depF F
dNMEA

162

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Short Name
dz/dtM
dz/dtF
dm

Full Name
Descent Rate [m/s]
Descent Rate [ft/s]
Dynamic Meters [10 J/kg]

Friendly Name
dz/dt M
dz/dt F
dm

flag
chConctr
naFluor
product
flC

ug/l

Concentration
Natural fluorescence
Production
1st sensor

flC2

ug/l

2nd sensor

flCdiff

ug/l

2nd sensor - 1st sensor

flCM
flCUVA
flCUVA2

ug/l
ug/l
ug/l

1st sensor
2nd sensor

flCUVAdiff

ug/l

2nd sensor - 1st sensor

flS

Flag
Fluorescence, Biospherical Chl Con
Fluorescence, Biospherical Natural
Fluorescence, Biospherical Production
Fluorescence, Chelsea Aqua 3 Chl Con
[ug/l]
Fluorescence, Chelsea Aqua 3 Chl Con, 2
[ug/l]
Fluorescence, Chelsea Aqua 3 Chl Con,
Diff, 2 - 1 [ug/l]
Fluorescence, Chelsea Mini Chl Con [ug/l]
Fluorescence, Chelsea UV Aquatracka [ug/l]
Fluorescence, Chelsea UV Aquatracka, 2
[ug/l]
Fluorescence, Chelsea UV Aquatracka, Diff,
2 - 1 [ug/l]
Fluorescence, Dr. Haardt Chlorophyll a
Fluorescence, Dr. Haardt Phycoerythrin
Fluorescence, Dr. Haardt Yellow Sub
Fluorescence, Seapoint
Fluorescence, Seapoint, 2
Fluorescence, Seapoint Diff, 2 - 1
Fluorescence, Seapoint Rhodamine
Fluorescence, Seapoint Ultraviolet
Fluorescence, Seapoint Ultraviolet, 2
Fluorescence, Seapoint Ultraviolet, Diff, 2 1
Fluorescence, Seatech

flT
flTAu
flSCC

Fluorescence, Turner 10-005
Fluorescence, Turner 10-Au-005
Fluorescence, Turner Cor Chl [RFU]

flT
flTAu
flSCC

RFU

flSCC1

Fluorescence, Turner Cor Chl, 2 [RFU]

flSCC2

RFU

flSCCdiff

Fluorescence, Turner Cor Chl, Diff, 2 - 1

flSCCdiff

RFU

flScufa
flScufa1
flScufadiff

Fluorescence, Turner SCUFA [RFU]
Fluorescence, Turner SCUFA, 2 [RFU]
Fluorescence, Turner SCUFA Diff, 2 - 1

flScufa
flScufa2
flScufadiff

wetChAbs

Fluorescence, WET Labs AC3 Absorption
[1/m]
Fluorescence, WET Labs CDOM [mg/m^3]
Fluorescence, WET Labs CDOM, 2
[mg/m^3]
Fluorescence, WET Labs CDOM, 3
[mg/m^3]
Fluorescence, WET Labs CDOM, 4
[mg/m^3]
Fluorescence, WET Labs CDOM, 5
[mg/m^3]
Fluorescence, WET Labs CDOM, 6
[mg/m^3]
Fluorescence, WET Labs CDOM, Diff, 2 - 1
[mg/m^3]
Fluorescence, WET Labs Chl Con [mg/m^3]

wetChAbs

1/m

wetCDOM
wetCDOM2

mg/m^3
mg/m^3

1st sensor
2nd sensor

wetCDOM3

mg/m^3

3rd sensor

wetCDOM4

mg/m^3

4th sensor

wetCDOM5

mg/m^3

5th sensor

wetCDOM6

mg/m^3

6th sensor

wetCDOMdiff

mg/m^3

2nd sensor - 1st sensor

wetChConc

mg/m^3

WET Labs AC3 chlorophyll

flC1
flCdiff
flCM
flCUVA
flCUVA1
flCUVAdiff
haardtC
haardtP
haardtY
flSP
flSP1
flSPdiff
flSPR
flSPuv0
flSPuv1
flSPuvdiff

wetCDOM
wetCDOM1
wetCDOM2
wetCDOM3
wetCDOM4
wetCDOM5
wetCDOMdiff
wetChConc

Units
m/s
ft/s
10 J/kg

haardtC
haardtP
haardtY
flSP
flSP2
flSPdiff
flSPR
flSPuv
flSPuv2
flSPuvdiff

Calculated in SBE Data
Processing's Derive module

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

flS

163

Notes/Comments

Sea Tech fluorometer or WET
Labs Flash Lamp fluorometer

SCUFA corrected chlorophyll;
1st sensor
SCUFA corrected chlorophyll;
2nd sensor
SCUFA corrected chlorophyll;
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
SCUFA chlorophyll; 1st sensor
SCUFA chlorophyll; 2nd sensor
SCUFA chlorophyll;
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Short Name
flECO-AFL

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

Full Name
Fluorescence, WET Labs ECO-AFL/FL
[mg/m^3]
flECO-AFL1
Fluorescence, WET Labs ECO-AFL/FL, 2
[mg/m^3]
flECO-AFL2
Fluorescence, WET Labs ECO-AFL/FL, 3
[mg/m^3]
flECO-AFL3
Fluorescence, WET Labs ECO-AFL/FL, 4
[mg/m^3]
flECO-AFL4
Fluorescence, WET Labs ECO-AFL/FL, 5
[mg/m^3]
flECO-AFL5
Fluorescence, WET Labs ECO-AFL/FL, 6
[mg/m^3]
flECO-AFLdiff Fluorescence, WET Labs ECO-AFL/FL,
Diff, 2 - 1 [mg/m^3]
flWETSeaOWL
chl0
Fluorescence, WET Labs SeaOWL CHL
flWETSeaOWL
chl1
Fluorescence, WET Labs SeaOWL CHL, 2
flWETSeaOWL Fluorescence, WET Labs SeaOWL CHL,
chldiff
Diff, 2 - 1
flWETSeaOWL
fdom0
Fluorescence, WET Labs SeaOWL FDOM
flWETSeaOWL
fdom1
Fluorescence, WET Labs SeaOWL FDOM
flWETSeaOWL Fluorescence, WET Labs SeaOWL FDOM,
fdomdiff
Diff, 2 - 1
wetStar
Fluorescence, WET Labs WETstar
[mg/m^3]
wetStar1
Fluorescence, WET Labs WETstar, 2
[mg/m^3]
wetStar2
Fluorescence, WET Labs WETstar, 3
[mg/m^3]
wetStar3
Fluorescence, WET Labs WETstar, 4
[mg/m^3]
wetStar4
Fluorescence, WET Labs WETstar, 5
[mg/m^3]
wetStar5
Fluorescence, WET Labs WETstar, 6
[mg/m^3]
wetStardiff
Fluorescence, WET Labs WETstar, Diff,
2 - 1 [mg/m^3]
flflTC0
Fluorescein, Turner Cyclops [ppb]
flflTC1
Fluorescein, Turner Cyclops, 2 [ppb]
flflTCdiff
Fluorescein, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2 - 1
[ppb]
f0
Frequency 0
f1
Frequency 1
f2
Frequency 2
f3
Frequency 3
f4
Frequency 4
f5
Frequency 5
f6
Frequency 6
f7
Frequency 7
f8
Frequency 8
f9
Frequency 9
f10
Frequency 10
f11
Frequency 11
f12
Frequency 12
f13
Frequency 13
f14
Frequency 14
f15
Frequency 15
f16
Frequency 16
f17
Frequency 17
f18
Frequency 18
f19
Frequency 19
f20
Frequency 20

SBE Data Processing

Friendly Name
eco-afl

Units
mg/m^3

Notes/Comments
1st sensor

eco-afl2

mg/m^3

2nd sensor

eco-afl3

mg/m^3

3rd sensor

eco-afl4

mg/m^3

4th sensor

eco-afl5

mg/m^3

5th sensor

eco-afl6

mg/m^3

6th sensor

eco-afldiff

mg/m^3

2nd sensor - 1st sensor

flWETSeaOWLchl0 µg/l

1st chlorophyll sensor

flWETSeaOWLchl1
flWETSeaOWLchldi
ff
flWETSeaOWLfdom
0
flWETSeaOWLfdom
1
flWETSeaOWLfdom
diff
WETstar

µg/l

2nd chlorophyll sensor

µg/l

2nd – 1st chlorophyll sensor

µg/l

1st FDOM sensor

µg/l

2nd FDOM sensor

µg/l
mg/m^3

2nd – 1st FDOM sensor
1st sensor

WETstar2

mg/m^3

2nd sensor

WETstar3

mg/m^3

3rd sensor

WETstar4

mg/m^3

4th sensor

WETstar5

mg/m^3

5th sensor

WETstar6

mg/m^3

6th sensor

wetStardiff

mg/m^3

2nd sensor - 1st sensor

flflTC
flflTC2
flflTCdiff

ppb
ppb
ppb

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

f0
f1
f2
f3
f4
f5
f6
f7
f8
f9
f10
f11
f12
f13
f14
f15
f16
f17
f18
f19
f20

Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz

1st sensor
2nd sensor
3rd sensor
4th sensor
5th sensor
6th sensor
7th sensor
8th sensor
9th sensor
10th sensor
11th sensor
12th sensor
13th sensor
14th sensor
15th sensor
16th sensor
17th sensor
18th sensor
19th sensor
20th sensor
21st sensor

164

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Short Name
f21
f22
f23
f24
f25
f26
f27
f28
f29
f30
f31
f32
f33
f34
f35
f36
gpa

Full Name
Frequency 21
Frequency 22
Frequency 23
Frequency 24
Frequency 25
Frequency 26
Frequency 27
Frequency 28
Frequency 29
Frequency 30
Frequency 31
Frequency 32
Frequency 33
Frequency 34
Frequency 35
Frequency 36
Geopotential Anomaly [J/kg]

Friendly Name
f21
f22
f23
f24
f25
f26
f27
f28
f29
f30
f31
f32
f33
f34
f35
f36
gpa

Units
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
J/kg

GTDDOP0
GTDDOP1
GTDDOPdiff
GTDDOT0
GTDDOT1
GTDDOTdiff
GTDN2P0
GTDN2P1
GTDN2Pdiff
GTDN2T0
GTDN2T1
GTDN2Tdiff
latitude
lisstBC
lisstOT
lisstMD
lisstTVC
lisst200X-MD
lisst200X-TVC
lisstABS-PC

GTD-DO Pressure [mb]
GTD-DO Pressure, 2 [mb]
GTD-DO Pressure, Diff, 2 - 1 [mb]
GTD-DO Temperature [deg C]
GTD-DO Temperature, 2 [deg C]
GTD-DO Temperature, Diff, 2 - 1 [deg C]
GTD-N2 Pressure [mb]
GTD-N2 Pressure, 2 [mb]
GTD-N2 Pressure, Diff, 2 - 1 [mb]
GTD-N2 Temperature [deg C]
GTD-N2 Temperature, 2 [deg C]
GTD-N2 Temperature, Diff, 2 - 1 [deg C]
Latitude [deg]
LISST-25A, Beam C [1/m]
LISST-25A, Optical Transmission [%]
LISST-25A, Sauter Mean Diameter [u]
LISST-25A, Total Volume Conc. [ul/l]
LISST-200X, Sauter Mean Diameter
LISST-200X, Total Volume Conc
LISST-ABS, Particle Concentration

GTDDOP
GTDDOP2
GTDDOPdiff
GTDDOT
GTDDOT2
GTDDOTdiff
GTDN2P
GTDN2P2
GTDN2Pdiff
GTDN2T
GTDN2T2
GTDN2Tdiff
latitude
lisstBC
lisstOT
lisstMD
lisstTVC
Lisst200X-MD
Lisst200X-TVC
lisstABS-PC

mb
mb
mb
deg C
deg C
deg C
mb
mb
mb
deg C
deg C
deg C
deg
1/m
%
u
ul/l
u
ppm
Cu or mg/l

longitude
meth
methT

deg
umol/l
deg C

modError
mod
newpos
N2sat ml/l
N2sat mg/l
N2sat umol/kg
obs
obs2
obsdiff

ml/l
mg/l
umol/kg
NTU
NTU
NTU

nephc
obs3+
obs3+1
obs3+diff

Longitude [deg]
Methane Conc., Franatech METS [umol/l]
Methane Gas Temp., Franatech METS [deg
C]
Modulo Error Count
Modulo Word
New Position
Nitrogen Saturation [ml/l]
Nitrogen Saturation [mg/l]
Nitrogen Saturation [umol/kg]
OBS, Backscatterance (D & A) [NTU]
OBS, Backscatterance (D & A), 2 [NTU]
OBS, Backscatterance (D & A), Diff, 2 - 1
[NTU]
OBS, Chelsea Nephelometer [FTU]
OBS, D & A 3plus [NTU]
OBS, D & A 3plus, 2 [NTU]
OBS, D & A 3plus, Diff, 2 - 1 [NTU]

nephc
obs3+
obs3+2
obs3+diff

FTU
NTU
NTU
NTU

haardtT
diff

OBS, Dr. Haardt Turbidity
OBS, IFREMER

haardtT
diff

modError
mod
newpos
n2satML/L
n2satMg/L
n2satumol/kg
obs
obs1
obsdiff

165

Notes/Comments
22nd sensor
23rd sensor
24th sensor
25th sensor
26th sensor
27th sensor
28th sensor
29th sensor
30th sensor
31st sensor
32nd sensor
33rd sensor
34th sensor
35th sensor
36th sensor
37th sensor
Calculated in SBE Data
Processing's Derive module
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
From NMEA device

Microns
Calibration factor = 1.0 Cu
else mg/l
From NMEA device

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

D&A OBS 3+; 1st sensor
D&A OBS 3+; 2nd sensor
D&A OBS 3+; 2nd sensor - 1st
sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

Short Name
stLs6000

Full Name
OBS, Seatech LS6000

Friendly Name
stLs6000

stLs60001

OBS, Seatech LS6000, 2

stLs60002

stLs6000diff

OBS, Seatech LS6000, Diff, 2 - 1

stLs6000diff

obsscufa
obsscufa1
obsscufadiff
obrflTC0

OBS, Turner SCUFA [NTU]
OBS, Turner SCUFA, 2 [NTU]
OBS, Turner SCUFA, Diff, 2 - 1 [NTU]
Optical Brighteners, Turner Cyclops [ppb
QS]
obrflTC1
Optical Brighteners, Turner Cyclops, 2 [ppb
QS]
obrflTCdiff
Optical Brighteners, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2
- 1 [ppb QS]
orp
Oxidation Reduction Potential [mV]
sbeox0V
Oxygen raw, SBE 43 [V]
sbeox0F
Oxygen raw, SBE 43 [Hz]
sbeox1V
Oxygen raw, SBE 43, 2 [V]
sbeox1F
Oxygen raw, SBE 43, 2 [Hz]
sbeox0ML/L
Oxygen, SBE 43 [ml/l]
sbeox0Mg/L
Oxygen, SBE 43 [mg/l]
sbeox0PS
Oxygen, SBE 43 [% saturation]
sbeox0Mm/Kg Oxygen, SBE 43 [umol/kg]
sbeox0Mm/L
Oxygen, SBE 43 [umol/l]
sbeox0dOV/dT Oxygen, SBE 43 [dov/dt]
sbeox1ML/L
Oxygen, SBE 43, 2 [ml/l]
sbeox1Mg/L
Oxygen, SBE 43, 2 [mg/l]
sbeox1PS
Oxygen, SBE 43, 2 [% saturation]
sbeox1Mm/Kg Oxygen, SBE 43, 2 [umol/kg]
sbeox1Mm/L
Oxygen, SBE 43, 2 [umol/l]
sbeox1dOV/dT Oxygen, SBE 43, 2 [dov/dt]
sbeox0ML/Ldiff Oxygen, SBE 43, Diff, 2 - 1 [ml/l]
sbeox0Mg/Ldiff Oxygen, SBE 43, Diff, 2 - 1 [mg/l]
sbeox0PSdiff
Oxygen, SBE 43, Diff, 2 - 1 [% saturation]
sbeox0Mm/
Oxygen, SBE 43, Diff, 2 - 1 [umol/kg]
Kgdiff
sbeox0Mm/Ldiff Oxygen, SBE 43, Diff, 2 - 1 [umol/l]
sbeoxpd
Oxygen raw, SBE 63 phase delay [usec]
sbeoxpdv
Oxygen raw, SBE 63 phase delay [V]
sbeoxpd1
Oxygen raw, SBE 63 phase delay, 2 [usec]
sbeoxpdv1
Oxygen raw, SBE 63 phase delay, 2 [V]
sbeoxtv
Oxygen raw, SBE 63 thermistor voltage [V]
sbeoxtv1
Oxygen raw, SBE 63 thermistor voltage, 2
[V]
sbeoxTC
Oxygen Temperature, SBE 63 [ITS-90, deg
C]
sbeoxTF
Oxygen Temperature, SBE 63 [ITS-90, deg
F]
sbeoxTC1
Oxygen Temperature, SBE 63, 2 [ITS-90,
deg C]
sbeoxTF1
Oxygen Temperature, SBE 63, 2 [ITS-90,
deg F]
sbeopoxML/L Oxygen, SBE 63 [ml/l]
sbeopoxMg/L
Oxygen, SBE 63 [mg/l]
sbeopoxPS
Oxygen, SBE 63 [% saturation]
sbeopoxMm/Kg Oxygen, SBE 63 [umol/kg]
sbeopoxMm/L Oxygen, SBE 63 [umol/l]
sbeopoxML/L1 Oxygen, SBE 63, 2 [ml/l]
sbeopoxMg/L1 Oxygen, SBE 63, 2 [mg/l]
sbeopoxPS1
Oxygen, SBE 63, 2 [% saturation]
Sbeopox
Oxygen, SBE 63, 2 [umol/kg]
Mm/Kg1
sbeopoxMm/L1 Oxygen, SBE 63, 2 [umol/l]

SBE Data Processing

obsscufa
obsscufa2
obsscufadiff
obrflTC

NTU
NTU
NTU
ppb QS

Notes/Comments
Sea Tech LS6000 or WET Labs
LBSS; 1st sensor
Sea Tech LS6000 or WET Labs
LBSS; 2nd sensor
Sea Tech LS6000 or WET Labs
LBSS; 2nd sensor - 1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
1st sensor

obrflTC2

ppb QS

2nd sensor

obrflTCdiff

ppb QS

2nd sensor - 1st sensor

orp
sbeoxV
sbeoxF
sbeoxV2
sbeoxF2
sbeox ml/l
sbeox mg/l
sbeox %S
sbeox mm/kg
sbeoxMm/L
sbeox dov/dt
sbeox2 ml/l
sbeox2 mg/l
sbeox2 %S
sbeox2 mm/kg
sbeoxMm/L2
sbeox2 dov/dt
sbeox ml/l diff
sbeox mg/l diff
sbeox %S diff
sbeox mm/kg diff

mV
V
Hz
V
Hz
ml/l
mg/l
% saturation
umol/kg
umol/l
dov/dt
ml/l
mg/l
% saturation
umol/kg
umol/l
dov/dt
ml/l
mg/l
% saturation
umol/kg

1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

sbeox mm/l diff
sbeoxpd
sbeoxpdv
sbeoxpd2
sbeoxpdv2
sbeoxtv
sbeoxtv2

umol/l
usec
V
usec
V
V
V

2nd sensor - 1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor

sbeoxTC

ITS-90, deg C 1st sensor

sbeoxTF

ITS-90, deg F 1st sensor

sbeoxTC1

ITS-90, deg C 2nd sensor

sbeoxTF1

ITS-90, deg F 2nd sensor

sbeopox ml/l
sbeopox mg/l
sbeopox %S
sbeopox Mm/Kg
sbeopox Mm/L
sbeopox ml/l2
sbeopox mg/l2
sbeopox %S2
sbeopox Mm/Kg2

ml/l
mg/l
% saturation
umol/kg
umol/l
ml/l
mg/l
% saturation
umol/kg

1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor

sbeopox Mm/L2

umol/l

2nd sensor

166

Units

Manual revision 7.26.8

Short Name
opoxML/L
opoxMg/L
opoxPS
opoxMm/L
oxC
oxsC
oxTC
oxTF
oxsTC

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Friendly Name
opox ml/l
opox mg/l
opox %S
opox Mm/l
oxc
oxc2
oxT C
oxT F
oxT2 C

Units
ml/l
mg/l
% saturation
umol/l
uA
uA
deg C
deg F
deg C

Notes/Comments

oxT2 F

deg F

2nd sensor

ox ml/l
ox mg/l
ox %S
ox mm/Kg
ox doc/dt
ox2 ml/l
ox2 mg/l
oxs %S
oxs mm/Kg
oxs doc/dt
iowox ml/l
oxsol ml/l
oxsol mg/l
oxsol Mm/kg

ml/l
mg/l
% saturation
umol/kg
doc/dt
ml/l
mg/l
% saturation
umol/kg
doc/dt
ml/l
ml/l
mg/l
umol/kg

1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor

oxsatML/L
oxsatMg/L
oxsatMm/Kg
par

Full Name
Oxygen Optode, Aanderaa [ml/l]
Oxygen Optode, Aanderaa [mg/l]
Oxygen Optode, Aanderaa [% saturation]
Oxygen Optode, Aanderaa [umol/l]
Oxygen Current, Beckman/YSI [uA]
Oxygen Current, Beckman/YSI, 2 [uA]
Oxygen Temperature, Beckman/YSI [deg C]
Oxygen Temperature, Beckman/YSI [deg F]
Oxygen Temperature, Beckman/YSI, 2 [deg
C]
Oxygen Temperature, Beckman/YSI, 2 [deg
F]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI [ml/l]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI [mg/l]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI [% saturation]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI [umol/kg]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI [doc/dt]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI, 2 [ml/l]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI, 2 [mg/l]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI, 2 [% saturation]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI, 2 [umol/kg]
Oxygen, Beckman/YSI, 2 [doc/dt]
Oxygen, IOW [ml/l]
Oxygen Saturation, Garcia & Gordon [ml/l]
Oxygen Saturation, Garcia & Gordon [mg/l]
Oxygen Saturation, Garcia & Gordon
[umol/kg]
Oxygen Saturation, Weiss [ml/l]
Oxygen Saturation, Weiss [mg/l]
Oxygen Saturation, Weiss [umol/kg]
PAR/Irradiance, Biospherical/Licor

oxsat ml/l
oxsat mg/l
oxsat Mm/kg
par

ml/l
mg/l
umol/kg

par1

PAR/Irradiance, Biospherical/Licor, 2

par2

par/log
ph
phycyflTC0
phycyflTC1
phycyflTCdiff

PAR/Logarithmic, Satlantic
pH
Phycocyanin, Turner Cyclops [RFU]
Phycocyanin, Turner Cyclops, 2 [RFU]
Phycocyanin, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2 - 1
[RFU]
Phycoerythrin, Turner Cyclops [RFU]
Phycoerythrin, Turner Cyclops, 2 [RFU]
Phycoerythrin, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2 - 1
[RFU]
Plume Anomaly
Potential Temperature [ITS-90, deg C]
Potential Temperature [ITS-90, deg F]
Potential Temperature [IPTS-68, deg C]
Potential Temperature [IPTS-68, deg F]
Potential Temperature, 2 [ITS-90, deg C]
Potential Temperature, 2 [ITS-90, deg F]
Potential Temperature, 2 [IPTS-68, deg C]

par/log
ph
phycyflTC
phycyflTC2
phycyflTCdiff

RFU
RFU
RFU

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

phyeryflTC
phyeryflTC2
phyeryflTCdiff

RFU
RFU
RFU

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor

Potential Temperature, 2 [IPTS-68, deg F]
Potential Temperature, Diff, 2 - 1 [ITS-90,
deg C]
Potential Temperature, Diff, 2 - 1 [ITS-90,
deg F]
Potential Temperature, Diff, 2 - 1 [IPTS-68,
deg C]
Potential Temperature, Diff, 2 - 1 [IPTS-68,
deg F]

potemp2 68 F
potemp diff 90 C

ITS-90, deg C
ITS-90, deg F
IPTS-68, deg C
IPTS-68, deg F
ITS-90, deg C
ITS-90, deg F
IPTS-68, deg
C
IPTS-68, deg F
ITS-90, deg C

potemp diff 90 F

ITS-90, deg F 2nd sensor - 1st sensor

potemp diff 68 C

IPTS-68, deg 2nd sensor - 1st sensor
C
IPTS-68, deg F 2nd sensor - 1st sensor

oxsTF
oxML/L
oxMg/L
oxPS
oxMm/Kg
oxdOC/dT
oxsML/L
oxsMg/L
oxsPS
oxsMm/Kg
oxsdOC/dT
iowOxML/L
oxsolML/L
oxsolMg/L
oxsolMm/Kg

phyeryflTC0
phyeryflTC1
phyeryflTCdiff
pla
potemp090C
potemp090F
potemp068C
potemp068F
potemp190C
potemp190F
potemp168C
potemp168F
potemp90Cdiff
potemp90Fdiff
potemp68Cdiff
potemp68Fdiff

pla
potemp 90 C
potemp 90 F
potemp 68 C
potemp 68 F
potemp2 90 C
potemp2 90 F
potemp2 68 C

potemp diff 68 F

167

1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor

Biospherical, Licor, or Chelsea
sensor; 1st sensor
Biospherical, Licor, or Chelsea
sensor; 2nd sensor

2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Short Name
pta090C

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Friendly Name
pta 90 C

Units
Notes/Comments
ITS-90, deg C 1st sensor

pta 90 F

ITS-90, deg F 1st sensor

pta 68 C
pta 68 F

IPTS-68, deg 1st sensor
C
IPTS-68, deg F 1st sensor

pta1 90 C

ITS-90, deg C 2nd sensor

pta1 90 F

ITS-90, deg F 2nd sensor

pta1 68 C
pta1 68 F

IPTS-68, deg 2nd sensor
C
IPTS-68, deg F 2nd sensor

prM

Full Name
Potential Temperature Anomaly [ITS-90,
deg C]
Potential Temperature Anomaly [ITS-90,
deg F]
Potential Temperature Anomaly [IPTS-68,
deg C]
Potential Temperature Anomaly [IPTS-68,
deg F]
Potential Temperature Anomaly, 2 [ITS-90,
deg C]
Potential Temperature Anomaly, 2 [ITS-90,
deg F]
Potential Temperature Anomaly, 2 [IPTS-68,
deg C]
Potential Temperature Anomaly, 2 [IPTS-68,
deg F]
Pressure [db]

pr M

prE

Pressure [psi]

pr E

psi

ptempC

Pressure Temperature [deg C]

ptemp C

deg C

ptempF

Pressure Temperature [deg F]

ptemp F

deg F

prDM
prDE
fgp0
fgp1
fgp2
fgp3
fgp4
fgp5
fgp6
fgp7
pr50M
pr50E
pr50M1
pr50E1
prSM or prdM
prSE or prdE
pumps
rfuels0
rfuels1
rfuelsdiff

Pressure, Digiquartz [db]
Pressure, Digiquartz [psi]
Pressure, FGP [KPa]
Pressure, FGP, 2 [KPa]
Pressure, FGP, 3 [KPa]
Pressure, FGP, 4 [KPa]
Pressure, FGP, 5 [KPa]
Pressure, FGP, 6 [KPa]
Pressure, FGP, 7 [KPa]
Pressure, FGP, 8 [KPa]
Pressure, SBE 50 [db]
Pressure, SBE 50 [psi]
Pressure, SBE 50, 2 [db]
Pressure, SBE 50, 2 [psi]
Pressure, Strain Gauge [db]
Pressure, Strain Gauge [psi]
Pump Status
Refined Fuels, Turner Cyclops [ppb NS]
Refined Fuels, Turner Cyclops, 2 [ppb NS]
Refined Fuels, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2 - 1
[ppb NS]
Rhodamine, Turner Cyclops [ppb]
Rhodamine, Turner Cyclops, 2 [ppb]
Rhodamine, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2 - 1
[ppb]
RS-232 WET Labs raw counts 0
RS-232 WET Labs raw counts 1
RS-232 WET Labs raw counts 2
RS-232 WET Labs raw counts 3
RS-232 WET Labs raw counts 4
RS-232 WET Labs raw counts 5
Salinity, Practical [PSU]
Salinity, Practical, 2 [PSU]
Salinity, Practical, Difference, 2 - 1 [PSU]
Scan Count
Scans Per Bin

pr M
pr E
fgp
fgp2
fgp3
fgp4
fgp5
fgp6
fgp7
fgp8
pr50 M
pr50 E
pr50 M2
pr50 E2
pr M
pr E
pumps
rfuels
fuels2
rfuelsdiff

db
psi
KPa
KPa
KPa
KPa
KPa
KPa
KPa
KPa
db
psi
db
psi
db
psi

User-entry for moored pressure
(instrument with no pressure
sensor)
User-entry for moored pressure
(instrument with no pressure
sensor)
Temperature measured by
pressure sensor
Temperature measured by
pressure sensor
Digiquartz pressure sensor
Digiquartz pressure sensor
1st FGP pressure sensor
2nd FGP pressure sensor
3rd FGP pressure sensor
4th FGP pressure sensor
5th FGP pressure sensor
6th FGP pressure sensor
7th FGP pressure sensor
8th FGP pressure sensor
1st SBE 50 pressure sensor
1st SBE 50 pressure sensor
2nd SBE 50 pressure sensor
2nd SBE 50 pressure sensor
strain-gauge pressure sensor
strain-gauge pressure sensor

ppb NS
ppb NS
ppb NS

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

rhodflTC
rhodflTC2
rhodflTCdiff

ppb
ppb
ppb

1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

wl
wl2
wl3
wl4
wl5
wl6
sal
sal2
sal2-sal1
scan
nbin

Counts
Counts
Counts
Counts
Counts
Counts
PSU
PSU
PSU

1st sensor
2nd sensor
3rd sensor
4th sensor
5th sensor
6th sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

pta090F
pta068C
pta068F
pta190C
pta190F
pta168C
pta168F

rhodflTC0
rhodflTC1
rhodflTCdiff
wl0
wl1
wl2
wl3
wl4
wl5
sal00 or sal_
sal11
secS-priS
scan
nbin

168

Calculated in SBE Data
Processing's Bin Average
module

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Short Name
sfdSM
sfdSF
sfdFM
sfdFF
svCM

Full Name
Seafloor depth [salt water, m]
Seafloor depth [salt water, ft]
Seafloor depth [fresh water, m]
Seafloor depth [fresh water, ft]
Sound Velocity [Chen-Millero, m/s]

Friendly Name
sfdS M
sfdS F
sfdF M
sfdF F
svC M

svCF

Sound Velocity [Chen-Millero, ft/s]

svC F

svDM
svDF
svWM
svWF
svCM1

Sound Velocity [Delgrosso, m/s]
Sound Velocity [Delgrosso, ft/s]
Sound Velocity [Wilson, m/s]
Sound Velocity [Wilson, ft/s]
Sound Velocity, 2 [Chen-Millero, m/s]

svD M
svD F
svW M
svW F
svC2 M

svCF1

Sound Velocity, 2 [Chen-Millero, ft/s]

svC2 F

svDM1
svDF1
svWM1
svWF1
iowSv
sbeSv-iowSv
spar
spar/sat/lin
spar/sat/log
specc
speccumhoscm
speccmsm
speccmmhoscm
sva

Sound Velocity, 2 [Delgrosso, m/s]
Sound Velocity, 2 [Delgrosso, ft/s]
Sound Velocity, 2 [Wilson, m/s]
Sound Velocity, 2 [Wilson, ft/s]
Sound Velocity, IOW [m/s]
Sound Velocity Diff, SBE - IOW [m/s]
SPAR/Surface Irradiance
SPAR/Linear, Satlantic
SPAR/Logarithmic/Satlantic
Specific Conductance [uS/cm]
Specific Conductance [umhos/cm]
Specific Conductance [mS/cm]
Specific Conductance [mmhos/cm]
Specific Volume Anomaly [10^-8 * m^3/kg]

svD2 M
svD2 F
svW2 M
svW2 F
iowSv
svSbeC-svIOW
spar
spar/sat/lin
spar/sat/log
specc
speccumhoscm
speccmsm
speccmmhoscm
sva

Stability [rad^2/m]

E10^-8

Stability [10^-8 * rad^2/m]

E10^-8

t090Cm,
t4990C, tnc90C,
or tv290C
t090F, t4990F,
tnc90F, or
tv290F
t068C, t4968C,
tnc68C, or
tv268C
t068F, t4968F,
tnc68F, or
tv268F
t190C or
tnc290C
t190F or
tnc290F
t168C or
tnc268C
t168F or
tnc268F
T2-T190C

Temperature [ITS-90, deg C]

t 90 C

Calculated in SBE Data
Processing's Buoyancy module
10^-8 *
Calculated in SBE Data
rad^2/m
Processing's Buoyancy module
ITS-90, deg C 1st sensor

Temperature [ITS-90, deg F]

t 90 F

ITS-90, deg F 1st sensor

Temperature [IPTS-68, deg C]

t 68 C

IPTS-68, deg
C

Temperature [IPTS-68, deg F]

t 68 F

IPTS-68, deg F 1st sensor

Temperature, 2 [ITS-90, deg C]

t2 90 C

ITS-90, deg C 2nd sensor

Temperature, 2 [ITS-90, deg F]

t2 90 F

ITS-90, deg F 2nd sensor

Temperature, 2 [IPTS-68, deg C]

t2 68 C

Temperature, 2 [IPTS-68, deg F]

t2 68 F

IPTS-68, deg 2nd sensor
C
IPTS-68, deg F 2nd sensor

Temperature Difference, 2 - 1 [ITS-90, deg
C]
Temperature Difference, 2 - 1 [ITS-90, deg
F]
Temperature Difference, 2 - 1 [IPTS-68, deg
C]
Temperature Difference, 2 - 1 [IPTS-68, deg
F]

T2-T1 90 C

ITS-90, deg C 2nd sensor - 1st sensor

T2-T1 90 F

ITS-90, deg F 2nd sensor - 1st sensor

T2-T1 68 C

IPTS-68, deg 2nd sensor - 1st sensor
C
IPTS-68, deg F 2nd sensor - 1st sensor

T2-T190F
T2-T168C
T2-T168F

T2-T1 68 F

169

Units
salt water, m
salt water, ft
fresh water, m
fresh water, ft
Chen-Millero,
m/s
Chen-Millero,
ft/s
Delgrosso, m/s
Delgrosso, ft/s
Wilson, m/s
Wilson, ft/s
Chen-Millero,
m/s
Chen-Millero,
ft/s
Delgrosso, m/s
Delgrosso, ft/s
Wilson, m/s
Wilson, ft/s
m/s
m/s

Notes/Comments

1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
IOW sound velocity sensor
SBE CTD - IOW SV sensor
Biospherical or Licor sensor

uS/cm
umhos/cm
mS/cm
mmhos/cm
10^-8 *
m^3/kg
rad^2/m

1st sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Short Name
t3890C or
t38_90C
t3890F or
t38_90F
t3868C or
t38_68C
t3868F or
t38_68F
t3890C1
t3890F1
t3868C1

Full Name
Temperature, SBE 38 [ITS-90, deg C]

Friendly Name
t38 90 C

Units
Notes/Comments
ITS-90, deg C 1st sensor

Temperature, SBE 38 [ITS-90, deg F]

t38 90 F

ITS-90, deg F 1st sensor

Temperature, SBE 38 [IPTS-68, deg C]

t38 68 C

Temperature, SBE 38 [IPTS-68, deg F]

t38 68 F

IPTS-68, deg 1st sensor
C
IPTS-68, deg F 1st sensor

Temperature, SBE 38, 2 [ITS-90, deg C]
Temperature, SBE 38, 2 [ITS-90, deg F]
Temperature, SBE 38, 2 [IPTS-68, deg C]

t38 90 C2
t38 90 F2
t38 68 C2

t3868F1
tsa

Temperature, SBE 38, 2 [IPTS-68, deg F]
Thermosteric Anomaly [10^-8 * m^3/kg]

t38 68 F2
tsa

timeS

Time, Elapsed [seconds]

time S

ITS-90, deg C
ITS-90, deg F
IPTS-68, deg
C
IPTS-68, deg F
10^-8 *
m^3/kg
seconds

timeM

Time, Elapsed [minutes]

time M

minutes

timeH

Time, Elapsed [hours]

time H

hours

timeJ

Julian Days

time J

julian days

timeN

Time, NMEA [seconds]

timeN

seconds

timeQ

Time, NMEA [seconds]

timeQ

seconds

timeK

Time, Instrument [seconds]

timeK

seconds

timeJV2

Time, Instrument [julian days]

timeJV2

julian days

timeSCP

Time, Seacat plus [julian days]

timeSCP

julian days

timeY

Time, System [seconds]

timeY

seconds

170

2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor

Elapsed time (seconds) based
on first scan in data file and
sample rate (profiling) or
sample interval (moorings);
sample rate is defined by
configuration (.con or .xmlcon)
file.
Elapsed time (minutes) based
on first scan in data file and
sample rate (profiling) or
sample interval (moorings);
sample rate or interval is as
defined by configuration (.con
or .xmlcon) file.
Elapsed time (hours) based on
first scan in data file and
sample rate (profiling) or
sample interval (moorings);
sample rate or interval is as
defined by configuration (.con
or .xmlcon) file.
Elapsed time (Julian days)
based on first scan in data file
and sample rate (profiling) or
sample interval (moorings);
sample rate or interval is as
defined by configuration (.con
or .xmlcon) file.
From NMEA device: Seconds
since January 1, 1970; only for
SBE 45
From NMEA device: Seconds
since January 1, 2000;
everything but SBE 45
Seconds since January 1, 2000,
based on time stamp in 16plus
V2 or 19plus V2 (in moored
mode).
Julian days, based on time
stamp in 16plus V2 or 19plus
V2 (in moored mode).
Julian days, based on time
stamp in 16plus or 19plus (in
moored mode). Not applicable
to V2 versions.
Computer time (seconds) since
January 1, 1970, appended by
Seasave V7 if 'Scan time added'
selected in configuration (.con
or .xmlcon) file.

Manual revision 7.26.8

Short Name
seaTurbMtr
seaTurbMtr1
seaTurbMtrdiff
turbflTC0
turbflTC1
turbflTCdiff
turbWETbb0
turbWETbb1
turbWETbb2
turbWETbb3
turbWETbb4
turbWETbbdiff

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Full Name
Turbidity, Seapoint [FTU]
Turbidity, Seapoint, 2 [FTU]
Turbidity, Seapoint, Diff, 2 - 1 [FTU]
Turbidity, Turner Cyclops [NTU]
Turbidity, Turner Cyclops, 2 [NTU]
Turbidity, Turner Cyclops, Diff, 2 - 1 [NTU]
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO BB [m^-1/sr]
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO BB, 2 [m^-1/sr]
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO BB, 3 [m^-1/sr]
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO BB, 4 [m^-1/sr]
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO BB, 5 [m^-1/sr]
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO BB, Diff, 2 - 1
[m^-1/sr]
turbWETntu0
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO [NTU]
turbWETntu1
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO, 2 [NTU]
turbWETntu2
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO, 3 [NTU]
turbWETntu3
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO, 4 [NTU]
turbWETntu4
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO, 5 [NTU]
turbWETntu5
Turbidity, WET Labs ECO, 6 [NTU]
turbWETntudiff Turbidity, WET Labs ECO, Diff, 2 - 1
[NTU]
turbWET
SeaOWLbb0
Turbidity, WET Labs SeaOWL BB
turbWET
SeaOWLbb1
Turbidity, WET Labs SeaOWL BB, 2
turbWET
Turbidity, WET Labs SeaOWL BB,
SeaOWLbbdiff Diff, 2 - 1
user1
User Defined Variable

Friendly Name
seaTurbMtr
seaTurbMtr2
seaTurbMtrdiff
turbflTC
turbflTC2
turbflTCdiff
turbWETbb
turbWETbb2
turbWETbb3
turbWETbb4
turbWETbb5
turbWETbbdiff

Units
FTU
FTU
FTU
NTU
NTU
NTU
m^-1/sr
m^-1/sr
m^-1/sr
m^-1/sr
m^-1/sr
m^-1/sr

Notes/Comments
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
3rd sensor
4th sensor
5th sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

turbWETntu
turbWETntu2
turbWETntu3
turbWETntu4
turbWETntu5
turbWETntu6
turbWETntudiff

NTU
NTU
NTU
NTU
NTU
NTU
NTU

1st sensor
2nd sensor
3rd sensor
4th sensor
5th sensor
6th sensor
2nd sensor - 1st sensor

user2

User Defined Variable, 2

user2

user3

User Defined Variable, 3

user3

user4

User Defined Variable, 4

user4

user5

User Defined Variable, 5

user5

uexpo0
uexpo1
uexpo2
upoly0
upoly1
upoly2

User Exponential
User Exponential, 2
User Exponential, 3
User Polynomial
User Polynomial, 2
User Polynomial, 3

uexpo
uexpo1
uexpo2
upoly
upoly2
upoly3

turbWETSeaOWLbb m -1sr -1
turbWETSeaOWL
bb2
m -1sr -1
turbWETSeaOWL
bbdiff
m -1sr -1
user

171

1st turbidity sensor
2nd turbidity sensor
2nd – 1st turbidity sensor
1st sensor; user selects variable
name for file imported to ASCII
In
2nd sensor; user selects variable
name for file imported to ASCII
In
3rd sensor; user selects variable
name for file imported to ASCII
In
4th sensor; user selects variable
name for file imported to ASCII
In
5th sensor; user selects variable
name for file imported to ASCII
In
1st user exponential sensor
2nd user exponential sensor
3rd user exponential sensor
1st user polynomial sensor
2nd user polynomial sensor
3rd user polynomial sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Short Name
v0
v1
v2
v3
v4
v5
v6
v7
v8
v9
v10
v11
v12
v13
v14
v15
zaps

Full Name
Voltage 0
Voltage 1
Voltage 2
Voltage 3
Voltage 4
Voltage 5
Voltage 6
Voltage 7
Voltage 8
Voltage 9
Voltage 10
Voltage 11
Voltage 12
Voltage 13
Voltage 14
Voltage 15
Zaps [nmol]

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

Friendly Name
v0
v1
v2
v3
v4
v5
v6
v7
v8
v9
v10
v11
v12
v13
v14
v15
zaps

172

SBE Data Processing

Units
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
nmol

Notes/Comments
1st voltage sensor
2nd voltage sensor
3rd voltage sensor
4th voltage sensor
5th voltage sensor
6th voltage sensor
7th voltage sensor
8th voltage sensor
9th voltage sensor
10th voltage sensor
11th voltage sensor
12th voltage sensor
13th voltage sensor
14th voltage sensor
15th voltage sensor
16th voltage sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Appendix VI: Output Variable Names

SBE Data Processing

Absolute Salinity and related Thermodynamic Parameters (TEOS-10)
Short Name
gsw_saA0
gsw_saA1
gsw_deltasaA0
gsw_deltasaA1
gsw_adlr0A
gsw_adlr1A
gsw_ctA0
gsw_ctA1
gsw_ctfA0
gsw_ctfA1
gsw_densityA0
gsw_sigma0A0
gsw_sigma1A0
gsw_sigma2A0
gsw_sigma3A0
gsw_sigma4A0
gsw_densityA1
gsw_sigma0A1
gsw_sigma1A1
gsw_sigma2A1
gsw_sigma3A1
gsw_sigma4A1
gsw_dynenthA0
gsw_dynenthA1
gsw_enthalpyA0
gsw_enthalpyA1
gsw_entropyA0
gsw_entropyA1
gsw_gravA
gsw_ieA0
gsw_ieA1
gsw_icA0
gsw_icA1
gsw_lheA0
gsw_lheA1
gsw_lhmA0
gsw_lhmA1
gsw_ptA0
gsw_ptA1
gsw_sstarA0
gsw_sstarA1
gsw_srA0
gsw_srA1
gsw_betaA0
gsw_betaA1
gsw_ssA0
gsw_ssA1
gsw_specvolA0
gsw_specvolA1
gsw_svolanomA0
gsw_svolanomA1
gsw_tfA0
gsw_tfA1
gsw_alphaA0
gsw_alphaA1

Full Name
Absolute Salinity [g/kg]
Absolute Salinity, 2 [g/kg]
Absolute Salinity Anomaly [g/kg]
Absolute Salinity Anomaly, 2 [g/kg]
adiabatic lapse rate [K/Pa]
adiabatic lapse rate, 2 [K/Pa]
Conservative Temperature [ITS-90, deg C]
Conservative Temperature, 2 [ITS-90, deg C]
Conservative Temperature Freezing [ITS-90, deg C]
Conservative Temperature Freezing, 2 [ITS-90, deg C]
density, TEOS-10 [density, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10 [sigma-0, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10 [sigma-1, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10 [sigma-2, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10 [sigma-3, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10 [sigma-4, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10, 2 [density, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10, 2 [sigma-0, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10, 2 [sigma-1, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10, 2 [sigma-2, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10, 2 [sigma-3, kg/m^3]
density, TEOS-10, 2 [sigma-4, kg/m^3]
dynamic enthalpy [J/kg]
dynamic enthalpy, 2 [J/kg]
enthalpy [J/kg]
enthalpy, 2 [J/kg]
entropy [J/kg/K]
entropy, 2 [J/kg/K]
gravity [m/s^2]
internal energy [J/kg]
internal energy, 2 [J/kg]
isentropic compressibility [1/Pa]
isentropic compressibility, 2 [1/Pa]
latent heat of evaporation [J/kg]
latent heat of evaporation, 2 [J/kg]
latent heat of melting [J/kg]
latent heat of melting, 2 [J/kg]
potential temperature [ITS-90, deg C]
potential temperature, 2 [ITS-90, deg C]
Preformed Salinity [g/kg]
Preformed Salinity, 2 [g/kg]
Reference Salinity [g/kg]
Reference Salinity, 2 [g/kg]
saline contraction coefficient [kg/g]
saline contraction coefficient, 2 [kg/g]
sound speed, TEOS-10 [m/s]
sound speed, TEOS-10, 2 [m/s]
specific volume, TEOS-10 [m^3/kg]
specific volume, TEOS-10, 2 [m^3/kg]
specific volume anomaly, TEOS-10 [m^3/kg]
specific volume anomaly, TEOS-10, 2 [m^3/kg]
temperature freezing [ITS-90, deg C]
temperature freezing, 2 [ITS-90, deg C]
thermal expansion coefficient [1/K]
thermal expansion coefficient, 2 [1/K]

173

Friendly Name
gsw_sa
gsw_sa2
gsw_deltasaA0
gsw_deltasaA1
gsw_adlr0A
gsw_adlr1A
gsw_ct
gsw_ct2
gsw_ctfA0
gsw_ctfA1
gsw_densityA0
gsw_sigma0A0
gsw_sigma1A0
gsw_sigma2A0
gsw_sigma3A0
gsw_sigma4A0
gsw_densityA1
gsw_sigma0A1
gsw_sigma1A1
gsw_sigma2A1
gsw_sigma3A1
gsw_sigma4A1
gsw_dynenthA0
gsw_dynenthA1
gsw_enthalpyA0
gsw_enthalpyA1
gsw_entropyA0
gsw_entropyA1
gsw_gravA
gsw_ieA0
gsw_ieA1
gsw_icA0
gsw_icA1
gsw_lheA0
gsw_lheA1
gsw_lhmA0
gsw_lhmA1
gsw_ptA0
gsw_ptA1
gsw_sstarA0
gsw_sstarA1
gsw_srA0
gsw_srA1
gsw_betaA0
gsw_betaA1
gsw_ssA0
gsw_ssA1
gsw_specvolA0
gsw_specvolA1
gsw_svolanomA0
gsw_svolanomA1
gsw_tfA0
gsw_tfA1
gsw_alphaA0
gsw_alphaA1

Units
g/kg
g/kg
g/kg
g/kg
K/Pa
K/Pa
ITS-90, deg C
ITS-90, deg C
ITS-90, deg C
ITS-90, deg C
density, kg/m^3
sigma-0, kg/m^3
sigma-1, kg/m^3
sigma-2, kg/m^3
sigma-3, kg/m^3
sigma-4, kg/m^3
density, kg/m^3
sigma-0, kg/m^3
sigma-1, kg/m^3
sigma-2, kg/m^3
sigma-3, kg/m^3
sigma-4, kg/m^3
J/kg
J/kg
J/kg
J/kg
J/kg/K
J/kg/K
m/s^2
J/kg
J/kg
1/Pa
1/Pa
J/kg
J/kg
J/kg
J/kg
ITS-90, deg C
ITS-90, deg C
g/kg
g/kg
g/kg
g/kg
kg/g
kg/g
m/s
m/s
m^3/kg
m^3/kg
m^3/kg
m^3/kg
ITS-90, deg C
ITS-90, deg C
1/K
1/K

Notes/Comments
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor
1st sensor
2nd sensor

Manual revision 7.26.8

Index

SBE Data Processing

Index
AMT pH sensor · 66
ASCII In · 114
ASCII Out · 115
Average · 88
Average sound velocity · 155

.
.afm file · 15
.asc file · 15
.bl file · 15
.bmp file · 15
.bsr file · 15
.btl file · 15
.cnv file · 15
.con file · 15, 24, 143
reports · 148
SBE 16 · 28
SBE 16plus · 29
SBE 16plus V2 · 31
SBE 16plus-IM · 29
SBE 16plus-IM V2 · 31
SBE 19 · 33
SBE 19plus · 35
SBE 19plus V2 · 37
SBE 21 · 39
SBE 25 · 41
SBE 45 · 49
SBE 49 · 50
SBE 911plus · 26
SBE 917plus · 26
.dat file · 15
.hdr file · 15
.hex file · 15
.ini file · 15
.jpg file · 15
.mrk file · 15
.psa file · 15
.ros file · 15
.txt file · 15
.wmf file · 15
.xml file · 15
.xmlcon file · 15, 24, 143
reports · 148
SBE 16 · 28
SBE 16plus · 29
SBE 16plus V2 · 31
SBE 16plus-IM · 29
SBE 16plus-IM V2 · 31
SBE 19 · 33
SBE 19plus · 35
SBE 19plus V2 · 37
SBE 21 · 39
SBE 25 · 41
SBE 25plus · 43
SBE 37 · 47
SBE 45 · 49
SBE 49 · 50
SBE 911plus · 26
SBE 917plus · 26
SBE Glider Payload CTD · 51

B
Batch file processing · 139
Bin Average · 88
Bottle Summary · 80
Bugs · 149
Buoyancy · 91

C
Calculator
seawater · 134
Calibration coefficients · 52
A/D count sensors · 56
altimeter · 57
bottles closed · 55
conductivity · 54
exporting · 52
fluorometer · 57
frequency sensors · 53
GTD · 72
importing · 52
Logarithmic PAR · 65
methane · 62
OBS/Nephelometer/Turbidity · 62
optode · 72
oxidation reduction potential · 63
oxygen · 55, 64
PAR/irradiance · 65
particle size · 66
pH · 71
pH · 66
pressure · 55, 56, 57
pressure/FGP · 66
RS-232 sensors · 70
SBE 38 · 70
SBE 50 · 70
SBE 63 · 70
sound velocity · 55
suspended sediment · 67
temperature · 53, 56
transmissometer · 67
user exponential · 69
user polynomial · 69
voltage sensors · 57
WET Labs C-Star · 70
WET Labs ECO · 70
WET Labs SeaOWL · 71
WET Labs WETStar · 70
Zaps · 69
Cell Thermal Mass · 93
Command line operation · 138
Command line options · 136
Compatibility issues · 149
Conductivity · 54
specific · 157

A
A/D count sensors · 56
Absolute Salinity · 98
Acceleration · 160
Algorithms · 150
Align CTD · 84
Altimeter · 57

174

Manual revision 7.26.8

Index

Configuration
calibration coefficients · 52
calibration coefficients – RS-232 sensors · 70
file · 15, 24, 143, 148
Configure · 24
calibration coefficients – A/D count sensors · 56
calibration coefficients - frequency sensors · 53
calibration coefficients - voltage sensors · 57
Glider Payload CTD · 51
SBE 16 · 28
SBE 16plus · 29
SBE 16plus V2 · 31
SBE 16plus-IM · 29
SBE 16plus-IM V2 · 31
SBE 19 · 33
SBE 19plus · 35
SBE 19plus V2 · 37
SBE 21 · 39
SBE 25 · 41
SBE 25plus · 43
SBE 37 · 47
SBE 45 · 49
SBE 49 · 50
SBE 911plus · 26
SBE 917plus · 26
ConReport.exe · 148
Contour · 120
Corrected irradiance · 160
C-Star · 70

SBE Data Processing

H
Headings · 161

I
Importing calibration coefficients · 52
Installation · 9
Instrument configuration · 143, 148
Irradiance · 65, 160

L
Limited liability statement · 2
Logarithmic PAR · 65
Loop Edit · 104

M
Mark Scan · 82
Methane · 62
Modules · 8
dialog box · 11

N
Nephelometer · 62
Nitrogen saturation · 159

O
D

OBS · 62
Optode · 72
ORP · 63
Oxidation reduction potential · 63
Oxygen · 64, 158
Oxygen saturation · 159
Oxygen solubility · 159

Data Conversion · 74
Data processing · 18
density · 151
Depth · 152
seafloor · 152
Derive · 95
Derive TEOS-10 · 98
Derived parameter formulas · 150
Descent rate · 160
Dynamic meters · 151

P
PAR · 65, 160
Parameter formulas · 150
Parameter names · 161
Particle size · 66
pH · 66, 71
Plot · 120
Plume anomaly · 157
PostProcSuite.ini file · 15
Potential temperature · 156
Potential temperature anomaly · 156
Practical salinity · 95
Pressure · 55, 56, 57, 66
Processing data · 18
Processing sequence
Glider Payload CTD · 23
profiling CTDs · 20, 23
SBE 16 · 21
SBE 16plus · 21
SBE 16plus V2 · 21
SBE 16plus-IM · 21
SBE 16plus-IM V2 · 21
SBE 19 · 20
SBE 19plus · 20, 23
SBE 19plus V2 · 20
SBE 21 · 21
SBE 25 · 20
SBE 25plus · 20

E
ECO · 70
Editing data files · 18
EOS-80 · 95
Exporting calibration coefficients · 52

F
FGP · 66
File extensions · 15
File formats · 15
Filter · 101
Fluorometer · 57
Formulas · 150
Frequency sensors · 53

G
Geopotential anomaly · 151
Glider Payload CTD · 23, 51
GTD · 72

175

Manual revision 7.26.8

Index

SBE 37 · 22
SBE 39 · 23
SBE 39-IM · 23
SBE 39plus · 23
SBE 39plus-IM · 23
SBE 45 · 21
SBE 48 · 23
SBE 49 · 20
SBE 911plus · 20
Profiling CTDs · 20, 23

SBE Data Processing

Header View tab · 13
Loop Edit · 104
Mark Scan · 82
module dialog box · 11
modules · 8
problems · 149
Rosette Summary · 80
SeaCalc III · 134
Section · 116
Split · 117
Strip · 118
Translate · 119
use · 10
Wild Edit · 106
window · 10
Window Filter · 108
Sea Plot · 120
SeaCalc III · 134
Seafloor depth · 152
SeaOWL · 71
Seasoft
file extensions · 15
file formats · 15
programs · 6
Section · 116
Sigma-1 · 151
Sigma-2 · 151
Sigma-4 · 151
Sigma-t · 151
Sigma-theta · 151
Software
problems · 149
Solubility · 159
Sound velocity · 55, 154
average · 155
Specific conductivity · 157
Specific volume · 151
Specific volume anomaly · 151
Split · 117
Strip · 118
Summary · 6
Surface PAR · 160
Suspended sediment · 67

R
Reports
.con or .xmlcon file · 148
Rosette Summary · 80
RS-232 sensors · 70

S
Salinity · 153
Saturation · 159
SBE 16 · 21, 28
SBE 16plus · 21, 29
SBE 16plus V2 · 21, 31
SBE 16plus-IM · 21, 29
SBE 16plus-IM V2 · 21, 31
SBE 18 · 66
SBE 19 · 20, 33
SBE 19plus · 20, 35
SBE 19plus V2 · 20, 37
SBE 21 · 21, 39
SBE 25 · 20, 41
SBE 25plus · 20, 43
SBE 27 · 66
SBE 37 · 22, 47
SBE 38 · 70
SBE 39 · 23
SBE 39-IM · 23
SBE 39plus · 23
SBE 39plusIM · 23
SBE 45 · 21, 49
SBE 48 · 23
SBE 49 · 20, 50
SBE 50 · 70
SBE 63 · 70
SBE 911plus · 20, 26
SBE 917plus · 26
SBE Data Processing
Align CTD · 84
ASCII In · 114
ASCII Out · 115
Bin Average · 88
Bottle Summary · 80
Buoyancy · 91
Cell Thermal Mass · 93
Configure · See Configure
creating water bottle files · 77
Data Conversion · 74
Derive · 95
Derive TEOS-10 · 98
File Setup tab · 13
Filter · 101
Getting started · 10

T
Temperature · 53, 56
potential · 156
TEOS-10 · 134
Thermosteric anomaly · 151
Translate · 119
Transmissometer · 67
Troubleshooting · 149
TS plot · 120
Turbidity · 62

U
Updates · 9
User exponential · 69
User polynomial · 69

176

Manual revision 7.26.8

Index

SBE Data Processing

Variable names · 161
Velocity · 160
Voltage sensors · 57

Zaps · 69

W
Water bottle files · 77
WETStar · 70
Wild Edit · 106
Window Filter · 108

177

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 177
Author                          : 
Create Date                     : 2017:09:12 06:42:59-07:00
Creator                         : 
Modify Date                     : 2017:09:12 06:42:59-07:00
Producer                        : Foxit PhantomPDF Printer Version 6.2.0.0319
Subject                         : 
Title                           :

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Manual Seassoft Data Processing 7.26.8

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation